100-odd articles "similar to" Abbot et al.
Molecular Analysis of Plant Migration and Refugia in the Arctic
Volume 289, Number 5483, Issue of 25 Aug 2000, pp. 1343-1346.
(using ISI's similarity algorithm, and including abstracts, cited sources, and [under "TC"] the number of times each has been cited)
VR 1.0
PT J
AU Cruzan, MB
Templeton, AR
TI Paleoecology and coalescence: phylogeographic analysis of
hypotheses from the fossil record
SO TRENDS IN ECOLOGY & EVOLUTION
NR 49
AB The application of principles from coalescence theory to
genealogical relationships within species can provide insights
into the process of diversification and the influence of
biogeography on distributional patterns. There are several
features that make some organisms more suitable for detailed
studies of historical processes; in particular, limited
dispersal, which serves to conserve the patterns of genetic
variation that developed during colonization. We describe the
potential benefits of studies that integrate analyses of
genetic variation with information from the fossil pollen
record and present recent examples of the application of
quantitative methods of phylogeographic analysis.
CR AVISE JC, 1994, MOL MARKERS NATURAL
BENNETT KD, 1986, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V314, P523
BIRKS HJB, 1989, J BIOGEOGR, V16, P503
BIRKY CW, 1976, BIOSCIENCE, V26, P26
BYUN AS, 1999, EVOLUTION, V53, P2013
CAIN ML, 1998, ECOL MONOGR, V68, P325
CLARK JS, 1998, BIOSCIENCE, V48, P13
COMES HP, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P355
CRANDALL KA, 1993, GENETICS, V134, P959
CRANDALL KA, 1996, NEW USES NEW PHYLOGE, P81
DAVIS MB, 1983, ANN MO BOT GARD, V70, P550
DELCOURT HR, 1991, QUATERNARY ECOLOGY P
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393
EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479
HARDING R, 1996, NEW USES NEW PHYLOGE
HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P1
HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247
HEWITT GM, 1993, HYBRID ZONES EVOLUTI, P140
HOLDER K, 1999, EVOLUTION, V53, P1936
HUDSON RR, 1990, OXF SURV EVOL BIOL, V7, P1
HUNTLEY B, 1988, VEGETATION HIST
LENK P, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1911
MASKAS SD, 2000, EVOLUTION, V54, P815
MORITZ C, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P419
NEIGEL JE, 1997, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V28, P105
PETIT RJ, 1993, HEREDITY, V71, P630
PETIT RJ, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P9996
PIELOU EC, 1991, ICE AGE
POSADA D, 2000, MOL ECOL, V9, P487
SCHAAL BA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P465
SCHNEIDER C, 1999, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V266, P191
SINCLAIR WT, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P83
SOLTIS DE, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V206, P353
STAUFFER C, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P763
SWINGLAND IR, 1987, ECOLOGY ANIMAL MOVEM
TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453
TEMPLETON AR, 1996, CONSERVATION GENETIC, P398
TEMPLETON AR, 1992, GENETICS, V132, P619
TEMPLETON AR, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P381
TREMBLAY NO, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1187
TURNER TF, 2000, GENETICS, V154, P777
WEBB SL, 1987, ECOLOGY, V68, P1993
WEBB T, 1992, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V23, P141
WESTOBY M, 1997, PLANT LIFE HIST ECOL, P143
WHITLOCK C, 1997, NATURE, V388, P57
WHITLOCK MC, 1999, HEREDITY, V82, P117
WILLIS KJ, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P1406
WOOD N, 1996, ELECTROPHORESIS, V17, P247
TC 0
BP 491
EP 496
PG 6
JI Trends Ecol. Evol.
PY 2000
PD DEC
VL 15
IS 12
GA 383AV
J9 TREND ECOL EVOLUT
UT ISI:000165860300012
ER
PT J
AU Box, EO
Choi, JN
TI Estimating species-based community integrity under global
warming, with special reference to the western Mediterranean
region
SO PHYTOCOENOLOGIA
NR 44
AB Climate-based estimates of the fitness of the main structural
elements of several western Mediterranean plant communities
were used to estimate potential community integrity and its
consequent vulnerability under a global-change scenario
involving warming but no net drying. Results for a simple
Quercus ilex community suggest expansion northward and inland
under warming but with significant loss of area currently
covered by the community. The data for estimating such changes
in potential community integrity and areal coverage can be
readily obtained from climatic envelope models. Mapping can be
done by interpolation or by pixel-based GIS methods.
CR *ESRI, 1996, ARCV GIS ENV SYST RE
*GOLD SOFTW, 1999, SURFER CONT 3D SURF
*HARV U, 1968, SYMAP SYN MAPP
*IPCC, 1995, CLIM CHANG 1994 RAD
ANGERMEIER PL, 1994, BIOSCIENCE, V44, P690
ARRIGONI PV, 1996, PARLATOREA, V1, P47
BARBERO M, 1992, VEGETATIO, V99, P19
BOLOS O, 1998, ATLAS COROLOGIC FLOR
BOX EO, 1987, ANN BOT, V45, P7
BOX EO, 1999, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V41, P213
BOX EO, 1986, CLIMATIC RELATIONS V, V91, P181
BOX EO, IN PRESS J VEG SCI
BOX EO, 1993, J BIOGEOGR, V20, P629
BOX EO, 1996, J VEG SCI, V7, P309
BOX EO, 1981, MACROCLIMATE PLANT F
BOX EO, 1995, VEGETATIO, V121, P101
CAMARDA I, 1995, WEBBIA, V49, P141
COSTA M, 1986, VEGETACIO PAIS VALEN
COSTA M, 1999, VEGETACION PAISAJE T
CRAMER W, 1993, VEGETATION DYNAMICS, P190
CRUMPACKER DW, IN PRESS PREDICTED B
DELCOURT HR, 1985, POLLEN RECORDS LATE, P1
EMANUEL WR, 1985, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V7, P29
FENAROLI L, 1985, FLORA MEDITERRANEA
FIFE D, 1971, ENVIRONMENT, V13, P20
FRENZEL B, 1968, SCIENCE, V161, P637
GAVILAN R, 1997, J VEG SCI, V8, P377
GAVILAN RG, 1998, PLANT ECOL, V139, P1
HOLDRIDGE LR, 1959, SCIENCE, V130, P572
KLOTZLI F, 1999, C REC SHIFTS VEG BOU
LASSITER RR, 2000, J ENV TOXICOL CHEM, V19, P1153
LOIDI J, 1997, ITINERA GEOBOT, V9, P161
MAESTRE MV, 1998, ITINERA GEOBOTANICA, V11, P121
MEUSEL H, 1965, VERGLEICHENDE CHOROL
PIGNATTI S, 1998, BOSCHI ITALIA SINECO
PIGNATTI S, 1994, ECOLOGIA PAESAGGIO
POLUNIN O, 1981, GUIDA FLORA MEDITERR
RIVASMARTINEZ S, 1999, 42 S SOC INT SCI VEG, V13, P5
RIVASMARTINEZ S, 1993, ITINERA GEBOTANICA, V7, P5
ROMANE F, 1992, QUERCUS ILEX ECOSYST, V99, P1
SCHLESINGER ME, 1985, POTENTIAL CLIMATIC E, P81
SOLOMON AM, 1993, VEGETATION DYNAMICS
WATTS WA, 1983, LATE QUATERNARY ENV, V1, P294
ZABINSKI C, 1989, HARD TIMES AHEAD GRE, P5
TC 0
BP 335
EP 352
PG 18
JI Phytocoenologia
PY 2000
PD NOV 17
VL 30
IS 3-4
GA 380NG
J9 PHYTOCOENOLOGIA
UT ISI:000165707500004
ER
PT J
AU Kraaijeveld, K
Nieboer, EN
TI Late Quaternary paleogeography and evolution of arctic breeding
waders
SO ARDEA
NR 61
AB This review Links published data on mitochondrial DNA
phylogeography of three wader species breeding in the Arctic to
the availability of suitable breeding habitat during the past
250 000 years. We argue that the breeding ranges of arctic
waders were most restricted in size during warm phases in the
earth's climate (interglacials), resulting in population
bottlenecks in species breeding in the high arctic zone, such
as Red Knot Calidris canutus and Ruddy Turnstone Arenaria
interpres, and population contraction and the initiation of
genetic divergence in low arctic species, such as Dunlin
Calidris alpina. When the climate cooled, all species could
spread over larger areas. However, large ice-sheets fragmented
tundra habitat, which resulted in more differentiation.
Subspecies of Dunlin that became isolated during or before the
last glacial period are genetically distinct, while those that
originated after the glacial cannot be distinguished using
mitochondrial DNA. The sensitivity of waders breeding in the
high Arctic to increases in global temperature raises concerns
over the effect of possible global warming due to anthropogenic
factors on these species.
CR *GRIP PROJ MEMB, 1993, NATURE, V364, P203
*LIGA MEMB, 1991, QUAT INT, V10, P9
AVISE JC, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P457
BAKER AJ, 1994, J ORNITHOL, V135, P599
BARD E, 1993, RADIOCARBON, V35, P191
BAUCH HA, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P194
BERTHOLD P, 1995, BIRD STUDY, V42, P89
BLOOM AL, 1983, LATE QUATERNARY ENV, P215
BOHNCKE SJP, 1993, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V12, P707
BOLSHIYANOV D, 1999, LAND OCEAN SYSTEMS S, P469
BRUBAKER LB, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE BIODIV, P111
CHAPIN SF, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE BIODIV
CHERNOV YI, 1985, LIVING TUNDRA
CRAMP S, 1983, HDB BIRDS EUROPE MID, V3
DANSGAARD W, 1993, NATURE, V364, P218
ELIAS SA, 1996, NATURE, V382, P60
ENGELMOER M, 1998, GEOGRAPHICAL VARIATI
FEDEROV VB, 1999, P R SOC LOND B, V266, P621
FRENZEL B, 1992, ATLAS PALEOCLIMATES
FULTON RJ, 1989, QUATERNARY GEOLOGY C
FUNDER S, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P77
GREENWOOD JG, 1986, B BRIT ORNITHOL CLUB, V106, P43
GROOTES PM, 1993, NATURE, V366, P552
HAHNE J, 1999, LAND OCEAN SYSTEMS S, P407
HALE WG, 1980, WADERS
HUNTLEY B, 1983, ATLAS PAST PRESENT P
HUNTLEY B, 1997, GLOBAL CHANGE ARCTIC, P290
JACOBSON GL, 1987, N AM ADJACENT OCEANS, P277
JOHNSEN SJ, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V43, P117
KASSENS H, 1999, LAND OCEAN SYSTEMS S
KLICKA J, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1666
KREMENETSKI CV, 1998, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V30, P317
LAMB HF, 1988, VEGETATION HIST, P519
LARSEN E, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V43, P125
LOZHKIN AV, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V43, P147
LUNDQVIST J, 1995, QUATERN INT, V28, P9
MORGAN AV, 1983, LATE QUATERNARY ENV, P354
MORGAN AV, 1987, N AM ADJACENT OCEANS, P353
PIERSMA T, 1994, ENERGETIC BOTTLENECK
PIERSMA T, 1996, HDB BIRD WORLD, V3, P444
PIERSMA T, 1997, OIKOS, V80, P623
PIERSMA T, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P1377
PLOEGER PL, 1968, ARDEA, V56, P1
ROBERTS N, 1989, HOLOCENE
RUDDIMAN WF, 1987, N AM ADJACENT OCEANS
SEREBRYANNY L, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P59
SHER AV, 1991, QUATERNARY INT, V10, P215
SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234
TOMKOVICH PS, 1999, ARDEA, V87, P289
TURELLI M, 1988, EVOLUTION, V42, P1085
VANWAGNER CE, 1990, J MOL EVOL, V31, P373
VELICHKO AA, 1984, LATE QUATERNARY ENV
WALKER MJC, 1995, QUATERN INT, V28, P63
WALKER MJC, 1993, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V12, P659
WENINK PW, 1996, AUK, V113, P744
WENINK PW, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P318
WENINK PW, 1994, MOL BIOL EVOL, V11, P22
WENINK PW, 1993, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V90, P94
WENNERBERG L, 1999, IBIS, V141, P391
ZAGWIJN WH, 1985, ATLAS NEDERLAND 20 D
ZIMOV SA, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE BIODIV, P127
TC 0
BP 193
EP 205
PG 13
JI Ardea
PY 2000
VL 88
IS 2
GA 377RK
J9 ARDEA
UT ISI:000165527100007
ER
PT J
AU Golden, JL
Bain, JF
TI Phylogeographic patterns and high levels of chloroplast DNA
diversity in four Packera (Asteraceae) species in southwestern
Alberta
SO EVOLUTION
NR 53
AB Chloroplast DNA (cpDNA) haplotype variation is compared among
alpine and prairie/montane species of Packera from a region in
southwestern Alberta that straddles the boundary of Pleistocene
glaciation. The phylogeny of the 15 haplotypes identified
reveals the presence of two groups: one generally found in
coastal and northern species and the other from species in
drier habitats. The presence of both groups in all four species
and most populations from southwestern Alberta is evidence of
past hybridization involving species or lineages that may no
longer be present in the region. With the exception of the
alpine P. subnuda (Phi (ST) = 1.0), interpopulational
subdivision of haplotype variation is low (Phi (ST) < 0.350),
suggesting that interpopulational gene flow is high. However,
based on haplotype distribution patterns, we propose that
Pleistocene hybridization and incomplete lineage sorting have
resulted in reduced subdivision of interpopulational variation
so that gene flow may not be as high as indicated. Drift has
been more important in the alpine species populations,
especially P. subnuda.
CR ALLEY NF, 1973, B CANADIAN PETROLEUM, V21, P153
AVISE JC, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P489
AVISE JC, 1994, MOL MARKERS NATURAL
AXELROD DI, 1983, ORIGIN EVOLUTION DES, P131
BAIN JF, 1997, CAN J BOT, V75, P730
BAIN JF, 1996, CAN J BOT, V74, P1719
BAIN JF, 1985, CAN J BOT, V63, P1685
BAIN JF, 2000, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V16, P331
BAIN JF, 1995, PLANT SYST EVOL, V195, P209
BAIN JF, 1988, RHODORA, V90, P277
BARKLEY TM, 1988, BOT REV, V54, P82
BARKLEY TM, 1978, N AM FLORA 2, V10, P50
BARKLEY TM, 1962, T KANS ACAD SCI, V65, P318
BURNS JA, 1980, CAN J ZOOL, V58, P1507
COMES HP, 1999, EVOLUTION, V53, P36
COMES HP, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P355
COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P432
CRANDALL KA, 1996, NEW USES NEW PHYLOGE, P81
DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515
DOYLE JJ, 1987, PHYTOCHEMISTRY B, V19, P11
EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479
HOLSINGER KE, 1996, GENETICS, V142, P629
JACKSON LE, 1979, CURRENT RES A, P107
JANSEN RK, 1987, CURR GENET, V11, P553
KOWAL RL, 1975, MEM TORREY BOT CLUB, V23, P1
LEGENDRE P, 1991, R PACKAGE MULTIDIMEN
LISTON A, 1995, PLANT SYST EVOL, V197, P33
LOWE AJ, 1996, AM J BOT, V83, P1365
MADDISON WP, 1992, MACCLADE ANAL PHYLOG
MASONGAMER RJ, 1995, MOL BIOL EVOL, V12, P371
MCCAULEY DE, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P8127
MILLIGAN BG, 1991, CURR GENET, V19, P411
MOSS EH, 1983, FLORA ALBERTA
NEI M, 1981, GENETICS, V97, P145
NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN
OKADA M, 1997, AM J BOT, V84, P1236
PACKER JG, 1972, CAN J BOTANY, V50, P507
PALMER JD, 1987, AM NAT, V130, P456
PALMER JD, 1986, METHOD ENZYMOL, V118, P167
RAYMOND M, 1995, J HERED, V86, P248
RIESEBERG LH, 1992, MOL SYSTEMATICS PLAN, P151
RUTTER NW, 1984, QUATERNARY STRATIGRA, P49
SLATKIN M, 1993, EVOLUTION, V47, P264
SLATKIN M, 1989, EVOLUTION, V43, P1349
SOKAL RR, 1995, BIOMETRY
SOLTIS DE, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V206, P353
STRAND AE, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P1822
SWOFFORD DL, 1998, PAUP STAR PHYLOGENET
VANRAAMSDONK LWD, 1997, BOT J LINN SOC, V123, P91
WENDEL JF, 1992, SYST BOT, V17, P115
WHITTON J, 1992, CAN J BOT, V70, P285
YATES JS, 1999, CAN J BOT, V77, P305
ZAMUDIO KR, 1997, SYST BIOL, V46, P284
TC 0
BP 1566
EP 1579
PG 14
JI Evolution
PY 2000
PD OCT
VL 54
IS 5
GA 376RR
J9 EVOLUTION
UT ISI:000165471000010
ER
PT J
AU Castella, V
Ruedi, M
Excoffier, L
Ibanez, C
Arlettaz, R
Hausser, J
TI Is the Gibraltar Strait a barrier to gene flow for the bat
Myotis myotis (Chiroptera : Vespertilionidae)?
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 51
AB Because of their role in limiting gene now, geographical
barriers like mountains or seas often coincide with
intraspecific genetic discontinuities. Although the Strait of
Gibraltar represents such a potential barrier for both plants
and animals, few studies have been conducted on its impact on
gene now. Here we test this effect on a bat species (Myotis
myotis) which is apparently distributed on both sides of the
strait. Six colonies of 20 Myotis myotis each were sampled in
southern Spain and northern Morocco along a linear transect of
1350 km. Results based on six nuclear microsatellite loci
reveal. no significant population structure within regions, but
a complete isolation between bats sampled on each side of the
strait. Variability at 600 bp of a mitochondrial gene
(cytochrome b) confirms the existence of two genetically
distinct and perfectly segregating clades, which diverged
several million years ago. Despite the narrowness of the
Gibraltar Strait (14 km), these molecular data suggest that
neither males, nor females from either region have ever
reproduced on the opposite side of the strait. Comparisons of
molecular divergence with bats from a closely related species
(M. blythii) suggest that the North African clade is possibly a
distinct taxon warranting full species rank. We provisionally
refer to it as Myotis cf punicus Felten 1977, but a definitive
systematic understanding of the whole Mouse-eared bat species
complex awaits further genetic sampling, especially in the
Eastern Mediterranean areas.
CR ARLETTAZ R, 1996, ANIM BEHAV, V51, P1
ARLETTAZ R, 1995, ECOLOGY SIBLING MOUS
ARLETTAZ R, 1999, J ANIM ECOL, V68, P460
ARLETTAZ R, 1997, J ANIM ECOL, V66, P897
ARLETTAZ R, 1997, J ZOOL, V242, P45
AVISE JC, 1994, MOL MARKERS NATURAL
AVISE JC, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P992
BARRATT EM, 1997, NATURE, V387, P138
BENDA P, 1995, MYOTIS, V32, P45
BOGAN MA, 1978, P 4 INT BAT RES C NA, P217
BOURSOT P, 1985, CR ACAD SCI III-VIE, V301, P161
BURBAN C, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1593
CASTELLA V, 2000, MOL ECOL, V9, P1000
CORBET GB, 1978, MAMMALS PALAEARCTIC
DOBSON M, 1998, MAMMAL REV, V28, P77
ELLERMAN JR, 1966, CHECKLIST PALAEARCTI, P1758
EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479
FELSENSTEIN J, 1993, PHYLIP
FELTEN HF, 1977, SENCKENBERG BIOL, V58, P1
FILIPPUCCI MG, 1992, ISRAEL J ZOOL, V38, P193
GOUDET J, 1999, ISTAT 2 9 PROGRAM ES
GOUDET J, 1999, PCA GEN VERSION 1 2
HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87
HORACEK I, 1985, ACTA U CAROLINAE BIO, V8, P161
JOHNS GC, 1998, MOL BIOL EVOL, V15, P1481
KOCHER TD, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P6196
LUGONMOULIN N, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P419
MILLER SA, 1988, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V16, P215
NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN
OD P, 1986, B ESTACION CENTRAL E, V30, P113
PAETKAU D, 1997, GENETICS, V147, P1943
PAETKAU D, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P347
PALMERIRIM JM, 1979, ARQ MUS BOCAGE, V46, P1
PEDROLAMONFORT J, 1994, PLANT SYST EVOL, V191, P111
PETIT E, 1999, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V266, P1717
PETRI B, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P235
RAYMOND M, 1995, EVOLUTION, V49, P1280
RICE WR, 1989, EVOLUTION, V43, P223
RUEDI M, 1990, MAMMALIA, V54, P415
SCHNEIDER S, 1996, ARLEQUIN SOFTWARE PA
SEVILLA P, 1989, EUROPEAN BAT RES 198, P349
SLATKIN M, 1994, ECOLOGICAL GENETICS, P3
SMITH MF, 1993, BIOL J LINN SOC, V50, P149
STEININGER FF, 1985, GEOLOGICAL EVOLUTION, P559
SWOFFORD DL, 1996, PAUP VERSION 4 0
TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453
TAUTZ D, 1984, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V12, P4127
VALDES B, 1991, BOT CHRON, V10, P117
WEIR BS, 1984, EVOLUTION, V38, P1358
WILMER JMW, 1996, BAT RES NEWS, V37, P1
WRIGHT S, 1978, VARIABILITY NATURAL
TC 0
BP 1761
EP 1772
PG 12
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 2000
PD NOV
VL 9
IS 11
GA 375MX
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000165404800007
ER
PT J
AU Clausing, G
Vickers, K
Kadereit, JW
TI Historical biogeography in a linear system: genetic variation
of Sea Rocket (Cakile maritima) and Sea Holly (Eryngium
maritimum) along European coasts
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 38
AB The exclusively coastal Cakile maritima and Eryngium maritimum
represent a linear biogeographical system. Genetic variation
among 25 individuals of C. maritima and it individuals of E.
maritimum from the coasts of Europe, North Africa and the
Canary Islands, was analysed using random amplified polymorphic
DNAs (RAPDs) and intersimple sequence repeats (ISSRs). Genetic
distances (Dice) were calculated and used to investigate the
correlation between genetic and geographical distances, to
construct Neighbour Joining (NJ) trees, and to compare mean
genetic distances between areas within and across species.
Genetic distances and geographical distances measured along the
coast are well correlated in Cakile and Eryngium. This implies
that dispersal in both species is largely along the coast. The
NJ analyses resulted in the recognition of Atlantic and
Mediterranean clusters in both Cakile and Eryngium. The genetic
distance between these two clusters is much larger in Eryngium
(0.285) than in Cakile (0.037). Mean genetic distances are
substantially higher in the Mediterranean than in the Atlantic
clusters in both species, and higher in Cakile than in Eryngium
particularly in the Atlantic cluster. It is argued that all
similarities and differences between the two species can be
explained with the presumed distribution of the two species in
the Wurm glacial as reconstructed from their extant temperature
requirements, the distribution of ice cover, permafrost, and
sea surface temperatures in that period, and indirect fossil
evidence.
CR BALL PW, 1964, FEDDES REPERT SP NOV, V69, P35
BALL PW, 1993, FLORA EUROPAEA, V1, P413
BARBOUR MG, 1970, B TORREY BOT CLUB, V97, P13
BARBOUR MG, 1970, RHODORA, V72, P370
BASSAM BJ, 1991, ANAL BIOCHEM, V196, P80
BELL FG, 1969, NEW PHYTOL, V68, P913
BENNETT KD, 1997, EVOLUTION ECOLOGY PA
BUTZER KW, 1965, ENV ARCHEOLOGY INTRO
CHARLESWORTH JK, 1957, QUATERNARY ERA SPECI
CHARTERS YM, 1996, THEOR APPL GENET, V92, P442
COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P432
DAVIS MB, 1984, LATE QUATERNARY ENV, V2, P166
DAWSON AG, 1992, ICE AGE EARTH LATE Q
DOYLE JJ, 1987, PHYTOCHEMISTRY B, V19, P11
FRENZEL B, 1968, GRUNDZUGE PLEISTOZAN
GODWIN H, 1984, HIST BRIT FLORA
HULTEN E, 1964, CIRCUMPOLAR PLANTS, V1
HUNTLEY B, 1983, ATLAS PAST PRESENT P
JALAS J, 1996, ATLAS FLORAE EUROPAE, V11
JALAS J, 1980, ATLAS FLORAE EUROPAE, V5
JEDICKE E, 1997, ROTEN LISTEN GEFAHRD
LANG G, 1994, QUARTARE VEGETATIONS
MANTEL N, 1967, CANCER RES, V27, P209
MEUSEL H, 1978, VERGLEICHENDE CHOROL, V2
MEUSEL H, 1965, VERGLEICHENDE CHOROL, V1
ORTIZ S, 1993, FLORA IBERICA, V4, P423
PAKEMAN RJ, 1991, J ECOL, V79, P146
PAKEMAN RJ, 1991, J ECOL, V79, P155
PAYNE AM, 1981, CAN J BOT, V59, P2592
POBEDIMOVA E, 1963, BOT ZH, V48, P1762
RIDLEY HN, 1930, DISPERSAL PLANTS WOR
RODMAN JE, 1974, CONTRIB GRAY HERB HA, V205, P3
ROHLF FJ, 1990, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL I
SMITH JF, 1991, PHYTOCHEMISTRY B, V23, P2
SWOFFORD DL, 1999, PAUP VERSION 4
TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453
THIEDE J, 1974, NATURE, V276, P680
TUTIN TG, 1980, UMBELLIFERS BRIT ISL
TC 0
BP 1823
EP 1833
PG 11
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 2000
PD NOV
VL 9
IS 11
GA 375MX
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000165404800013
ER
PT J
AU McLenachan, PA
Stockler, K
Winkworth, RC
McBreen, K
Zauner, S
Lockhart, PJ
TI Markers derived from amplified fragment length polymorphism
gels for plant ecology and evolution studies
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 14
AB We describe the types of polymerase chain reaction (PCR)
markers that we have isolated using amplified fragment length
polymorphisms (AFLP) in closely related taxa from diverse plant
genera. With these markers, both inter- and intraspecific
differences have been identified. The characterization of the
nucleotide sequences and fragment length polymorphisms of such
AFLP-derived PCR markers is promising for investigating the
ecology and evolution of closely related plant taxa.
CR *PROM CORP, 1998, SILV SEQ DNA SEQ SYS
COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P432
CRAWFORD DJ, 1993, PLANT SYST EVOL, V184, P233
JONES BE, 1998, EXTREMOPHILES, V2, P191
LOCKHART PJ, 1997, FOCUS, V19, P70
LOCKHART PJ, 2000, IN PRESS ANN MISSOUR
LOU H, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V91, P876
MASONGAMER RJ, 1995, MOL BIOL EVOL, V12, P371
MELOTTO M, 1996, GENOME, V39, P1216
MUELLER UG, 1999, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V14, P389
SCHUPP JM, 1999, BIOTECHNIQUES, V26, P905
SHAN X, 1999, THEOR APPL GENET, V98, P1072
VOS P, 1995, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V23, P4407
WINKWORTH RC, 1999, J BIOGEOGR, V26, P1323
TC 0
BP 1899
EP 1903
PG 5
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 2000
PD NOV
VL 9
IS 11
GA 375MX
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000165404800020
ER
PT J
AU Franzke, A
Hurka, H
TI Molecular systematics and biogeography of the Cardamine
pratensis complex (Brassicaceae)
SO PLANT SYSTEMATICS AND EVOLUTION
NR 77
AB Representatives of the C. pratensis complex were analysed for
allozymes, ITS, non-coding cpDNA, and RAPDs to elucidate
phylogenetic relationships and the historical biogeography of
this species group. Our concepts differ in some important
aspects from current ideas. Two diploid species from
southeastern Europe form the Basal Group of the complex. A
diploid from the Iberian Peninsula represents another old
lineage. The phylogenetically younger Derived Group comprises
diploid taxa and all known polyploid tare. The two old lineages
represent pleistocene relicts which were not involved in the
formation of the Derived Group. All polyploids evolved in
postglacial time from diploids of the Derived Group which may
have survived the glaciations in refugia centered around and
within the Alps. The arctic-circumpolar C. nymanii is of young
age and migrated to Scandinavia in postglacial times from south
to north.
CR ALLIONI C, 1789, AUGUSTOE TAURINORUM
BANACH E, 1950, B ACAD POL SC LETT B, P197
BARTELHEIM S, 1995, THESIS U OSNABRUCK
BERG CC, 1967, ACTA BOT NEERL, V15, P683
BERG CC, 1966, GORTERIA, V6, P77
BLEEKER W, 1997, FLOR RUNDBR, V31, P145
CAVALLISFORZA LL, 1967, EVOLUTION, V21, P550
COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P423
DAHL E, 1987, ECOL B COPENHAGEN, V38, P77
DALE A, 1974, WATSONIA, V10, P1
DELANGHE JE, 1976, GORTERIA, V8, P47
DERSCH G, 1969, BER DEUT BOT GES, V82, P201
DOYLE JJ, 1987, PHYTOCHEMISTRY B, V19, P11
EHRENDORFER F, 1962, BER DEUT BOT GES, V75, P137
FELSENSTEIN J, 1985, EVOLUTION, V39, P793
FERNALD ML, 1920, RHODORA, V22, P11
FITCH WM, 1971, SYST ZOOL, V20, P406
FRANZKE A, 1998, FOLIA GEOBOT, V33, P225
FRANZKE A, 1999, THEOR APPL GENET, V98, P831
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
GAMS H, 1936, JB VEREINS SCH ALPEN, V8, P7
GLIEMEROTH AK, 1995, PALAOOKOLOGISCHE UNT
GUINOCHET M, 1946, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V222, P1131
HUNGERER KB, 1998, PL ECOL EVOL SYST, V1, P121
HURKA H, 1989, BIOCHEM GENET, V27, P77
HURKA H, 1994, HEREDITY, V72, P126
JAVURKOVA V, 1986, FOLIA GEOBOT PHYTOTX, V21, P430
JONES BMG, 1964, FLORA EUROPAEA, V1, P287
JORDAN A, 1860, ANN SOC LINN LYON N, V7, P496
KERNER A, 1883, SCHEDAE FLORAM EXSIC
KHATRI KS, 1989, FEEDES REPERT, V100, P81
KLUGE AG, 1969, SYST ZOOL, V18, P1
KOCH M, 1996, NORD J BOT, V16, P585
LABBE P, 1788, HIST MEM ACAD ROY SC, V3, P310
LANDOLT E, 1971, BER DEUT BOT GES, V84, P683
LANDOLT E, 1984, FESTSCHRIFT MAX WELT, P481
LANG G, 1994, Q VEGETATIONSGESCHIC
LEJEUNE ALS, 1831, COMPENDIUM FLORAE BE, V2
LEJEUNE ALS, FLORE ENV SPA, V2
LIHOVA J, 2000, IN PRESS TAXON
LINDMAN CAM, 1914, BOTANISK NOTISER, P267
LOVKVIST B, 1947, HEREDITAS, V33, P421
LOVKVIST B, 1956, S BOT UPSAL, V14, P1
MARHOLD K, 1991, ACTA BOT HUNG, V35, P279
MARHOLD K, 1999, ANN BOT FENN, V36, P171
MARHOLD K, 1984, BIOLOGIA, V39, P905
MARHOLD K, 1995, CARINTHIA 2, V53, P101
MARHOLD K, 2000, FL AUSTR NOVIT, V6, P1
MARHOLD K, 1993, FLORA EUROPAEA, V1, P349
MARHOLD K, 1994, FOLIA GEOBOT PHYTOTX, V29, P335
MARHOLD K, 1994, PHYTON-ANN REI BOT A, V34, P19
MARHOLD K, 1996, PLANT SYST EVOL, V200, P141
MARHOLD K, 1986, PRESLIA, V58, P193
MARHOLD K, 1994, TAXON, V43, P77
MERXMULLER H, 1952, JB VER SCHUTZE ALPEN, V17, P96
MERXMULLER H, 1954, JB VEREINS SCHUTZE A, V19, P97
MERXMULLER H, 1953, VEREINS SCHUTZE ALPE, V18, P133
MUMMENHOFF K, 1995, BOT ACTA, V108, P449
MUMMENHOFF K, 1992, PLANT SYST EVOL, V183, P99
NEI M, 1979, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V76, P5269
NEUFFER B, 1997, FOLIA GEOBOT PHYTOTX, V23, P57
NEUFFER B, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1667
NIKLFELD H, 1972, JB VER SCHUTZE ALPEN, V37, P42
PENZES A, 1965, ANN HIST NAT MUS HUN, V57, P169
PETERMANN WL, 1846, BOT CENTRALBL DTSCH, V1, P45
RIESEBERG LH, 1991, EVOL TREND PLANT, V5, P65
SAITOU N, 1987, MOL BIOL EVOL, V4, P406
SCHULTES JA, 1809, OBSERVATIONES BOT SP
SCHUR F, 1852, VEREINS NATURWISS HE, V3, P84
SNEATH PHA, 1973, NUMERICAL TAXONOMY
SWOFFORD DL, 1989, BIOSYS 1 VERSION 1 7
SWOFFORD DL, 1993, PAUP VERSION 3 1 MAC
TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105
URBANSKA KM, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V204, P233
URBANSKAWORYTKI K, 1974, BER GEOBOT I ETH STI, V42, P42
VANDEPEER Y, 1994, COMPUT APPL BIOSCI, V10, P569
VANHUSEN D, 1987, OSTALPEN EISZEITEN H
TC 0
BP 213
EP 234
PG 22
JI Plant Syst. Evol.
PY 2000
VL 224
IS 3-4
GA 376UT
J9 PLANT SYST EVOL
UT ISI:000165475700007
ER
PT J
AU Davison, A
Griffiths, HI
Brookes, RC
Maran, T
Macdonald, DW
Sidorovich, VE
Kitchener, AC
Irizar, I
Villate, I
Gonzalez-Esteban, J
Cena, JC
Cena, A
Moya, I
Minano, SP
TI Mitochondrial DNA and palaeontological evidence for the origins
of endangered European mink, Mustela lutreola
SO ANIMAL CONSERVATION
NR 75
AB The European mink Mustela lutreola is one of Europe's most
endangered carnivores, with few vulnerable populations
remaining. Surprisingly, a recent phylogeny placed a single
mink specimen within the polecat (M. putorius, M. eversmannii)
group, suggesting a recent speciation and/or the effects of
hybridization. The analysis has now been extended to a further
51 mink and polecats. As before, phylogenetic methods failed to
resolve the relationships between the species. One haplotype
(C11) was found in both species, and predominated in European
mink from Spain and eastern Europe. The known M. lutreola
fossils are of very young date, so either mink arose recently,
or else the situation is confused by hybridization and a biased
fossil recovery. The study highlights the dangers of using a
single genetic marker in defining Evolutionarily Significant
Units (ESUs). Polecats and European mink are clearly distinct
in their morphology and ecology, and should still be considered
as separate ESUs, but without further data it is difficult to
define Management Units. Following the precautionary principle,
we recommend that for the moment European mink in eastern
Europe (Belarus, Estonia and Russia) and Spain should be
managed separately.
CR *SIN ASS, 1993, PAUP VERS 3 1 1
AVISE JC, 2000, PHYLOGEOGRAPHY
BARRATT EM, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, PS55
BELTRAN JF, 1996, NATURE, V379, P407
BIRKS JDS, 1999, DISTRIBUTION STATUS
BROWNLOW CA, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P390
CARR SM, 1997, MARTES TAXONOMY ECOL, P15
CHANUDET F, 1981, ANN SOC SC NAT CHARE, V6, P851
CHARLES R, 2000, MUSTELIDS MODERN WOR, P127
CRANDALL KA, 2000, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V15, P290
DAVISON A, 1999, BIOL CONSERV, V87, P155
DUMITRESCU M, 1963, LUCRARILE I SPELEOLO, V1, P229
GALIK A, 1997, WISS MITT NIEDEROST, V10, P63
GAUTIER A, 1980, MEM I R SCI NAT BELG, V177, P25
GOODMAN SJ, 1999, GENETICS, V152, P355
GOTEA V, 1999, SMALL CARNIV CONSERV, V21, P23
GROMOV IM, 1963, MAMMALS FAUNA USSR, V2
GUERIN C, 1996, GRANDS MAMMIFERES PL
HAHN J, 1991, ARCH INF BADEN WURTT, V17, P102
HEDRICK PW, 1999, EVOLUTION, V53, P313
HELLER F, 1957, AMTES DENKMALPF ST A, V2, P53
HEPTNER VG, 1967, MAMMALS USSR 2, V1
HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87
HILLIS DM, 1996, MOL SYSTEMATICS
HOKR Z, 1951, ANTROPOZOIKUM, V1, P1
HORACEK L, 1984, N JB GEOL PALAONT MH, P560
HUGUENEY M, 1975, NOUV ARCH MUS HIST N, V13, P29
JANOSSY D, 1986, PLEISTOCENE VERTEBRA
KOBY FE, 1951, ECOL GEOL HELV, V44, P394
KOEPFLI KP, 1998, J ZOOL, V246, P401
KUMAR S, 1993, MEGA MOL EVOLUTIONAR
KURTEN B, 1968, PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS
LYNCH M, 1991, EVOLUTION, V45, P622
MAIDAK BL, 1994, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V22, P3484
MALEZ M, 1986, QUARTARPALAONTOLOGIE, V6, P101
MARAN T, 1994, 2 N EUR S EC SMALL M, P42
MARAN T, 1995, ANN ZOOL FENN, V32, P47
MARAN T, 1998, J ZOOL, V245, P218
MARAN T, 1998, S ZOOL SOC LOND, V71, P297
MASUDA R, 1994, ZOOL SCI, V11, P605
MITCHELLJONES AJ, 1999, ATLAS EUROPEAN MAMMA
MORITZ C, 1994, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V9, P373
MOTTL M, 1937, FOLDT KOZL, V67, P37
NOVIKOV GA, 1939, EUROPEAN MINK
OGNEV SI, 1931, ANIMALS E EUROPE NO, V2
PALOMARES F, 1991, MUSTELID VIVERRID CO, V4, P16
PITTS M, 1996, FAIRWEATHER EDEN LIF
POHAR V, 1981, GEOLOGIJA, V24, P241
REMANE A, 1970, Z WISS ZOOL, V180, P185
REQUATE H, 1956, ZOOL ANZ, V156, P65
RHYMER JM, 1996, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V27, P83
RUIZOLMO J, 1991, MUSTELID VIVERID CON, V5, P13
SANTUCCI F, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1163
SICKENBERG O, 1968, EISZEITALTER GEGENWA, V19, P147
SIDOROVICH V, 1999, J ZOOL, V248, P521
SIDOROVICH V, 2000, MUSTELIDS MODERN WOR, P295
SIDOROVICH VE, 1998, S ZOOL SOC LOND, V71, P177
SIDOROVICH VE, 1995, SMALL CARNIVORE CONS, V12, P14
STEHLIN HG, 1935, MEMOIRES SOC PALEONT, V56, P1
STUBBE M, 1993, HDB SAUGETIERE EUR 2, V5
TABERLET P, 1994, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V255, P195
THULIN CG, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P463
TUMANOV IL, 1999, SMALL CARNIV CONSERV, V21, P9
VERESAGIN NK, 1984, LATE QUATERNARY ENV, P219
VERESHCHAGIN NK, 1984, QUARTERNARY EXTINCTI, P483
VILA C, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P2089
VONKOENIGSWALD W, 1975, QUARTAR, V26, P107
VONKOENIGSWALD W, 1984, STUTT BEITR NATURK B, V110, P1
WOLSAN M, 1993, ANTHROPOLOGIE, V97, P203
WOLSAN M, 1989, FOLIA QUATERNARIA, V59, P177
WOLSAN M, 1993, HDB SAUGETIERE EUROP, V5, P699
WOLSAN M, 1993, HDB SAUGETIERE EUROP, V5, P770
YOUNGMAN PM, 1982, ACTA ZOOL FENN, V166, P1
YOUNGMAN PM, 1990, MAMMAL SPEC, V362, P1
ZAPFE H, 1966, OST AKAD WISS MN, V112, P23
TC 0
BP 345
EP 355
PG 11
JI Anim. Conserv.
PY 2000
PD NOV
VL 3
PN 4
GA 371YA
J9 ANIM CONSERV
UT ISI:000165205800007
ER
PT J
AU Semino, O
Passarino, G
Oefner, PJ
Lin, AA
Arbuzova, S
Beckman, LE
De Benedictis, G
Francalacci, P
Kouvatsi, A
Limborska, S
Marcikiae, M
Mika, A
Mika, B
Primorac, D
Santachiara-Benerecetti, AS
Cavalli-Sforza, LL
Underhill, PA
TI The genetic legacy of paleolithic Homo sapiens sapiens in
extant Europeans: A Y chromosome perspective
SO SCIENCE
NR 32
AB A genetic perspective of human history in Europe was derived
from 22 binary markers of the nonrecombining Y chromosome
(NRY). Ten lineages account for >95% of the 1007 European Y
chromosomes studied. Geographic distribution and age estimates
of alleles are compatible with two Paleolithic and one
Neolithic migratory episode that have contributed to the modern
European gene pool. A significant correlation between the NRY
haplotype data and principal components based on 95 protein
markers was observed, indicating the effectiveness of NRY
binary polymorphisms in the characterization of human
population composition and history.
CR AMMERMAN AJ, 1984, NEOLITHIC TRANSITION
BERGEN AW, 1999, ANN HUM GENET, V63, P63
CAVALLISFORZA LL, 1994, HIST GEOGRAPHY HUMAN
CAVALLISFORZA LL, 1993, SCIENCE, V259, P639
CHAKRABORTY R, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P1041
CHIKHI L, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P9053
GIMBUTAS M, 1970, INDOEUROPEAN INDOEUR, P155
GOLDSTEIN DB, 1996, MOL BIOL EVOL, V13, P1213
HAMMER MF, 1997, GENETICS, V145, P787
HAMMER MF, 1994, MOL BIOL EVOL, V11, P749
HAMMER MF, 2000, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V97, P6769
KLEIN RG, 1992, EVOL ANTHR, V1, P5
LAHR MM, 1998, AM J PHYS ANTHR S, V27, P137
LELL JT, 1997, HUM GENET, V100, P536
MACAULAY V, 1999, AM J HUM GENET, V64, P232
MENOZZI P, 1978, SCIENCE, V201, P786
OTTE M, 1990, WORLD 18000 BP, V1, P54
QUINTANAMURCI L, 1999, ANN HUM GENET, V63, P153
RENFREW C, 1987, ARCHAEOLOGY LANGUAGE
RICHARDS MB, 1998, ANN HUM GENET, V62, P241
RUHLEN MA, 1987, GUIDE WORLD LANGUAGE
SANTACHIARABENE AS, UNPUB
SANTOS FR, 2000, HUM MOL GENET, V9, P421
SEIELSTAD MT, 1998, NAT GENET, V20, P278
SEMINO O, 1996, AM J HUM GENET, V59, P964
SHEN PD, 2000, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V97, P7354
TORRONI A, 1998, AM J HUM GENET, V62, P1137
UNDERHILL PA, 1997, GENOME RES, V7, P996
UNDERHILL PA, 2000, NAT GENET, V26, P358
WHITFIELD LS, 1995, NATURE, V378, P379
WILLIS KJ, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P1406
ZERJAL T, 1997, AM J HUM GENET, V60, P1174
TC 0
BP 1155
EP 1159
PG 5
JI Science
PY 2000
PD NOV 10
VL 290
IS 5494
GA 372HL
J9 SCIENCE
UT ISI:000165228200046
ER
PT J
AU Hansen, KT
Elven, R
Brochmann, C
TI Molecules and morphology in concert: Tests of some hypotheses
in Arctic Potentilla (Rosaceae)
SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF BOTANY
NR 58
AB We developed a combined molecular and morphological approach to
unravel complex variation at low taxonomic levels, exemplified
by some arctic members of Potentilla. Twenty-one populations
from Svalbard were analyzed for random amplified polymorphic
DNAs (RAPDs) and 64 morphological characters to test the
hypotheses that (1) the P. nivea complex (section Niveae)
consists of three taxa (P. chamissonis. P. insularis, and P.
nivea), (2) three "eco-morphetypes" in P. pulchella (section
Multifidae) should be considered different taxa. and (3) P.
insularis originated as an intersectional hybrid (Niveae X
Multifidae). Twenty-two RAPD multilocus phenotypes were
observed in the 136 plants analyzed based on 35 markers. Three
fairly distinct groups of RAPD phenotypes were identified in
the P. nivea complex based on multivariate analyses and an
analysis of molecular variance (AMOVA; 77.6% among-group
variation). The variation within the P. nivea complex was more
or less continuous in multivariate analyses of the
morphological data. We identified, however, several individual
morphological characters that separated unambiguously among the
three groups of RAPD phenotypes, revealing that these groups
correspond to the previously hypothesized taxa. Many identical
RAPD multilocus phenotypes were observed in the ''eco-
morphotypes" of P. pulchella, suggesting that its conspicuous
morphological variation is caused by plasticity or by genetic
variation at a small number of loci. The hypothesis of the
hybrid origin of P. insularis was not supported by the RAPD
data Overall, very little RAPD variation was observed within
populations of the four taxa (2.1-16.7% in AMOVA analyses:
average genotypic diversity, D, was 0.10-0.30). We conclude
that detailed, concerted analysis of molecules and morphology
is a powerful tool in low-level taxonomy.
CR ASKER S, 1992, APOMIXIS PLANTS
ASKER S, 1977, HEREDITAS, V87, P179
BALL PW, 1968, FLORA EUROPAEA, V2, P36
BELAEVA VA, 1976, BOT ZURN SSSR, V61, P873
BOCHER TW, 1950, MEDD GRONL, V147, P1
BRADSHAW AD, 1965, ADV GENET, V13, P115
BROWN R, 1824, J VOYAGE DISCOVERY N
DANSEREAU P, 1956, B TORREY BOTAN CLUB, V83, P113
ELLSTRAND NC, 1987, AM J BOT, V74, P123
ELVEN R, 1994, NORSK FLORA
ELVEN R, 1996, NORSK POLARINSTITUTT, V198, P9
ENGELSKJON T, 1979, OPERA BOT, V52, P1
ERIKSEN B, 2000, AM J BOT, V87, P642
ERIKSEN B, 1996, FOLIA GEOBOT PHYTOTX, V31, P333
ERIKSEN B, 1997, NORD J BOT, V17, P621
ERIKSEN B, 1999, TAXON, V48, P165
EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479
FAGER EW, 1972, AM NAT, V106, P293
FLOVIK K, 1940, HEREDITAS, V26, P430
GABRIELSEN TM, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1701
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
GOSWAMI DA, 1974, NEW PHYTOL, V73, P1243
GOWER JC, 1966, BIOMETRIKA, V53, P325
GOWER JC, 1967, STATISTICIAN, V17, P13
GOWORUCHIN VS, 1932, FLORA URAL
HIITONEN I, 1949, ARCH SOCIETATIS ZOOL, V2, P23
HOLMEN K, 1952, MEDDELELSER GRONLAND, V128, P1
HULTEN E, 1986, ATLAS N EUROPEAN VAS
HULTEN E, 1945, BOT NOTISER, P127
JORGENSEN CA, 1958, BIOL SKR DAN VID SEL, V9, P1
JURTZEV BA, 1984, FLORA ARCTICA URSS I, P137
JUZEPCHUK S, 1941, FLORA USSR X, P78
KNABEN G, 1967, ACTA BOREALIA, V21, P1
KROGULEVICH RE, 1978, FLORA PRIBAJKALJA, P19
LEHMANN JGG, 1830, NOVARUM MINUS COGNIT, V2
MACDONALD SE, 1988, AM J BOT, V75, P1191
MUNTZING A, 1928, HEREDITAS, V11, P267
NATHORST AG, 1883, KUNGLIGA SVENSKA VET, V20, P1
NORUSIS MJ, 1993, SPSS WINDOWS RELEASE
PIELOU EC, 1969, INTRO MATH ECOLOGY
PORSILD AE, 1980, VASCULAR PLANT CONTI
RESVOLLHOLMSEN H, 1927, SVALBARDS FLORA MED
RIESEBERG LH, 1995, AM J BOT, V82, P944
ROHLF FJ, 1998, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T
RONNING OI, 1961, NORSK POLARINSTITUTT, V124, P1
SMITH GL, 1963, NEW PHYTOL, V62, P264
SNEATH PH, 1973, NUMERICAL TAXONOMY P
SOJAK J, 1986, BOT JB SYST, V106, P145
SOJAK J, 1989, CANDOLLEA, V44, P741
SOJAK J, 1985, PRESLIA, V57, P263
SOMMERFELT C, 1833, MAGAZIN NATURVIDENSK, V11, P232
STACE CA, 1989, PLANT TAXONOMY BIOSY
TOLLEFSRUD MM, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1217
WIDEN B, 1994, FOLIA GEOBOT PHYTOTX, V29, P245
WILLIAMS JGK, 1993, METHOD ENZYMOL, V218, P704
WILLIAMS JGK, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V18, P6531
ZHUKOVA PG, 1980, BOT ZH, V65, P651
ZHUKOVA PG, 1976, BOTANICESKIJ ZURNAL, V60, P395
TC 0
BP 1466
EP 1479
PG 14
JI Am. J. Bot.
PY 2000
PD OCT
VL 87
IS 10
GA 367RD
J9 AMER J BOT
UT ISI:000090074500008
ER
PT J
AU Liu, YS
Basinger, LF
TI Fossil Cathaya (Pinaceae) pollen from the Canadian High Arctic
SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF PLANT SCIENCES
NR 141
AB Palynological studies of the Eocene Buchanan Lake Formation,
Axel Heiberg Island, Canadian High Arctic, have yielded pollen
grains closely comparable to those of extant Cathaya Chun et
Kuang, a paleoendemic conifer of southwestern China. These
palynomorphs are assigned to Cathaya gaussenii Sivak, which is
here interpreted as the only species to which known fossil
pollen of this genus can be assigned. Unless scanning electron
microscopy is used, generic affinity cannot be determined with
certainty. On the basis of light microscopy alone, Cathaya-like
pollen fossils may be grouped into one form-taxon,
Pityosporites microalatus (Potonie) Thomson et Pflug. The
Eocene record from Canada provides convincing evidence for the
occurrence of Cathaya in North America and is consistent with
interpretations for warm climatic conditions in the Canadian
Arctic in the Middle to Late Eocene. An appraisal of the
available literature on fossil Cathaya and Cathaya-like pollen
of Cretaceous to Recent age has been undertaken. The pre-
Cretaceous record is difficult to evaluate. The genus Cathaya
was apparently restricted to North America and East Asia during
the Cretaceous but had dispersed to Europe, possibly via a
North Atlantic land bridge, by the Early Tertiary. In the
Neogene, Cathaya became widespread in North America, East Asia,
and Europe. Late Tertiary climatic deterioration and Quaternary
glaciation appears to have been responsible for extirpation of
Cathaya from North America first (latest record Late Miocene),
and then from Europe (Pleistocene). Therefore, the endemic
distribution of extant Cathaya in China represents a remnant of
a formerly widespread Asiatic population.
CR ASHRAF AR, 1996, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V241, P1
BAGNELL CR, 1975, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V19, P203
BASINGER JF, 1991, GEOL SURV CAN B, V403, P39
BASINGER JF, 1994, NATO ASI SER, V1, P175
BATTEN DJ, 1984, GEOL J, V11, P127
BIRKS HJB, 1978, GRANA, V17, P149
BOULTER MC, 1989, P ODP SCI RESULTS, V104, P663
BOULTER MC, 1979, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V28, P259
BOULTER MC, 1970, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V10, P61
BRIDEAUX WW, 1975, B GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, V252, P1
CARATINI C, 1972, POLLEN SPORES, V14, P169
CHANEY RW, 1951, T AM PHILOS SOC, V40, P171
CHATEAUNEUF JJ, 1980, MEMOIRE BRGM, V116
CHUN WY, 1958, BOT ZURN, V43, P461
COUPER RA, 1958, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V103, P75
DELCOURT A, 1955, SOC BELG GEOL PALEON, V4, P5
DOKTOROWICZHREB J, 1960, B I GEOL, V157, P69
DOKTOROWICZHREB J, 1960, B I GEOL, V157, P222
DOKTOROWICZHREB J, 1957, I GEOL PRACE, V15, P87
EBERLE JJ, 1999, J PALEONTOL, V73, P979
ELSIK WC, 1968, POLLEN SPORES, V10, P263
ENGELHARDT H, 1908, ABH SENCKENB NAT, V29, P150
ERDTMAN G, 1943, CHRONICA BOT
ERDTMAN G, 1963, N ATLANTIC BIOTA THE, P367
ERDTMAN G, 1965, POLLEN SPORE MORPHOL, V3
FARJON A, 1990, PINACEAE DRAWINGS DE
FARJON A, 1992, TAXON, V41, P721
FELIX CJ, 1973, GEOSCI MAN, V7, P1
FERGUSON DK, 1997, CHANGING FACE E ASIA, P359
FERGUSON DK, 1998, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V101, P147
FLORIN R, 1963, ACTA HORTI BERGIANI, V20, P121
FREDERIKSEN NO, 1980, 1084 US GEOL SURV
GEYLER T, 1887, ABH SENCKENB NAT, V15, P1
GOSSMANN R, 1991, PAN PAL C VIENN SEPT
GRAY J, 1964, ANCIENT PACIFIC FLOR, P21
GREGOR HJ, 1990, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V62, P309
GROOT JJ, 1962, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V111, P161
GUAN XT, 1989, RES LATE CENOZOIC PA
HAMILTON W, 1983, ANN MO BOT GARD, V70, P440
HANSEN BS, 1973, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V84, P1181
HERTER G, 1985, PALEONTOGRAPHICA, V195, P1
HOCHULI PA, 1978, BEITR PALAONTOL OSTE, V4, P1
HOPKINS WS, 1969, CAN J BOTANY, V47, P1101
HU SY, 1980, J ARNOLD ARBORETUM, V61, P41
HU YS, 1984, AM J BOT, V71, P727
KEDVES M, 1982, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V182, P87
KEDVES M, 1969, PALYNOLOGICAL STUDIE
KEDVES M, 1968, POLLEN SPORES, V10, P315
KHLONOVA AF, 1961, SPORY PYLTSA VERKHNE
KLAUS W, 1984, BEITR PALAEONTOL OST, V11, P289
KLAUS W, 1987, EINFUHRUNG PALAOBOTA, V1
KLAUS W, 1978, GRANA, V17, P161
KLAUS W, 1977, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V23, P303
KNOBLOCH E, 1996, ROZPR CESK GEOL USTA, V49
KOVAREDER J, 1998, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V101, P125
KRUTZSCH W, 1971, ATLAS MITTEL JUNGTER
LEPAGE BA, 1991, B GEOL SURV CAN, V403, P67
LEPAGE BA, 1995, INT J PLANT SCI, V156, P910
LESCHIK G, 1954, SENCKENB LETHAEA, V35, P247
LIU YS, 1997, MEDED NED I TOEGEPAS, V58, P227
LIU YS, 1996, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V238, P141
LONA R, 1961, POLLEN SPORES, V3, P93
MACKO S, 1959, TRAV SOC SCI LETT B, V96, P1
MACKO S, 1957, TRAVAUX SOC SCI LE B, V88, P1
MAI DH, 1994, FEDD REPERT, V105, P207
MAI DH, 1994, NATO ASI SER, V1, P199
MAI DH, 1999, PALAEONTOGR B, V250, P1
MAI DH, 1988, QUARTARPALAONTOLOGIE, V7, P55
MARTIN HA, 1966, CAN J BOTANY, V44, P171
MARTINETTO E, 1995, THESIS U TORINO
MCANDREWS JH, 1973, KEY QUATERNARY POLLE
MCINTYRE DJ, 1991, GEOL SURV CAN B, V403, P83
MCIVER EE, 1999, ANN MO BOT GARD, V86, P523
MCKENNA MC, 1972, EVOL BIOL, V6, P179
MELLER B, 1999, PALAEONTOGR B, V252, P123
MOHR BAR, 1984, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V191, P29
MOORE PD, 1991, POLLEN ANAL
NAGY E, 1985, GEOL HUNG P, V47
NAKOMEN E, 1968, POLLEN SPORES, V10, P521
NGHIA TD, 1974, ACTA PALAEOBOTAN, V15, P46
NICKEL B, 1996, PALAEONTOGR B, V240, P1
OLTZ DF, 1969, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V128, P90
OSZAST J, 1960, MONOGR BOT, V9, P3
PANT DD, 1977, BOT J LINN SOC, V75, P271
PIEL KM, 1971, CAN J BOTANY, V49, P1885
PIERCE RL, 1961, U MINN MINN GEOL SUR, V42
POCKNALL DT, 1981, NEW ZEAL J BOT, V19, P67
POCOCK SAJ, 1962, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V111, P1
POTONIE R, 1934, ARB I PALAOBOT PETRO, V5, P5
POTONIE R, 1975, FORTSCHR GEOL RHEINL, V25, P151
POTONIE R, 1931, JB PREUSS GEOL LANDE, V52, P1
POTONIE R, 1951, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V91, P131
POTONIE R, 1934, PREUSSISCHEN GEOLOGI, V4, P25
PUNT W, 1994, LAB PALAEOBOTANY P 1
RICKETTS BD, 1986, 861B GEOL SURV CAN P, P405
RICKETTS BD, 1991, GEOL SURV CAN B, V403, P1
RICKETTS BD, 1994, MEM GEOL SURV CANADA, V439, P1
ROUSE GE, 1957, CAN J BOT, V35, P349
ROUSE GE, 1970, GEOL SOC AM SPEC PAP, V127, P213
ROUSE GE, 1959, MICROPALEONTOLOGY, V5, P303
RUDOLPH K, 1935, BOT CBL B S, V54, P244
RUNIONS CJ, 1999, AM J BOT, V86, P190
SCHNEIDER W, 1981, Z GEOL WISSENSCHAFT, V9, P889
SEWARD AC, 1914, BR MUS NAT HIST GEOL, V1, P1
SIVAK J, 1976, POLLEN SPORES, V18, P243
SIVAK J, 1976, REV MICROPALEONTOL, V18, P259
SONG ZC, 1985, RES CENOZOIC PALYNOL
STANLEY EA, 1965, B AM PALEONTOL, V49, P179
STRAHLER AH, 1992, MODERN PHYSICAL GEOG
SUN MR, 1989, CENOZOIC PALEOBIOTA, P6
SVECHNIKOVA IN, 1964, PALAEONTOL ZH, V2, P125
TAKAHASHI K, 1988, SCI B FAC LIB ARTS N, V28, P67
TAKEUTI S, 1974, SCI REP TOHOKU U GEO, V44, P65
THIELEPFEIFFER H, 1988, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V211, P1
THIELEPFEIFFER H, 1980, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V174, P95
THOMSON PW, 1953, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V94, P1
TIFFNEY BH, 1994, NATO ASI SER, V1, P267
TRAVERSE A, 1955, 5151 US BUR MIN
TRAVERSE A, 1994, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V82, P265
TSCHUDY RH, 1970, GEOLOGICAL SOC AM SP, V127, P65
TSCHUDY RH, 1970, PROFESS PAP US GEO E, V643, P1
UENO J, 1958, J I POLYTECH OSAKA, V9, P163
VANCAMPO M, 1950, TRAV LAB FOR TOULOUS, V2
VANDERBURGH J, 1998, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V101, P209
WALTHER H, 1999, PALAEONTOGR B, V249, P63
WANG FH, 1995, POLLEN FLORA CHINA
WANG HS, 1989, ACTA BOT YUNNANICA, V11, P1
WEIR GH, 1975, PALYNOLOGY, V1, P157
WHITE JM, 1994, B GEOL SURV CAN, V479, P85
WILKINSON GC, 1980, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V175, P27
WILSON MA, 1978, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V166, P99
WODEHOUSE RP, 1933, B TORREY BOT CLUB, V60, P479
WODEHOUSE RP, 1935, POLLEN GRAINS THEIR
XI YZ, 1989, CATHAYA, V1, P119
YING TS, 1983, ACTA BOT SIN, V25, P157
YING TS, 1981, ACTA PHYTOTAXON SIN, V19, P408
YING TS, 1993, ENDEMIC GENERA SEED
ZAGWIJN WH, 1960, MEDED GEOL STICHT 3, V1, P1
ZAKLINSKAYA ED, 1957, ACAD SCI SSSR WORKS, V6
ZETTER R, 1989, COUR FORSCH I SENCKE, V109, P41
ZETTER R, 1996, GRANA, V35, P285
TC 0
BP 829
EP 847
PG 19
JI Int. J. Plant Sci.
PY 2000
PD SEP
VL 161
IS 5
GA 367CP
J9 INT J PLANT SCI
UT ISI:000090044400012
ER
PT J
AU Fineschi, S
Taurchini, D
Villani, F
Vendramin, GG
TI Chloroplast DNA polymorphism reveals little geographical
structure in Castanea sativa Mill. (Fagaceae) throughout
southern European countries
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 39
AB The distribution of haplotypic diversity of 38 European
chestnut (Castanea sativa Mill.) populations was investigated
by PCR/RFLP analysis of regions of the chloroplast and
mitochondrial genomes in order to shed light on the history of
this heavily managed species. The rapid expansion of chestnut
starting from 3000 years ago is strongly related to human
activities such as agricultural practice. This demonstrates the
importance of human impact, which lasted some thousands of
years, on the present-day distribution of the species. No
polymorphism was detected for the single mitochondrial analysed
region, while a total of 11 different chloroplast (cp)
haplotypes were scored. The distribution of the cpDNA
haplotypes revealed low geographical structure of the genetic
diversity. The value of population subdivision, as measured by
G(STc), is strikingly lower than in the other species of the
family Fagaceae investigated. The actual distribution of
haplotypic diversity may be explained by the strong human
impact on this species, particularly during the Roman
civilization of the continent, and to the long period of
cultivation experienced during the last thousand years.
CR BENNETT KD, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P103
BURBAN C, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1593
DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515
DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129
DOYLE JJ, 1990, FOCUS, V12, P13
DUMOLIN S, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V91, P1253
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393
ENNOS RA, 1994, HEREDITY, V80, P584
FERRIS C, 1998, HEREDITY, V80, P584
FERRIS C, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P731
FERRIS C, 1993, MOL ECOL, V2, P337
FINESCHI S, 1991, GENETIC VARIATION EU, P181
FINESCHI S, 1994, P INT C CHESTN SPOL, P309
FINESCHI S, 1988, SILVAE GENET, V37, P82
FINESCHL S, 1994, CAN J FOREST RES, V24, P1160
GELLINI R, 1997, BOT FORESTALE, V2
GONI MFS, 1993, BRIT ARCHEOLOGICAL R, V586, P44
HARLOW WM, 1996, TXB DENDROLOGY
HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247
HUNTLEY B, 1983, ATLAS PAST PRESENT P
KREMER A, 1993, ANN SCI FORESTIER S1, V50, P186
KUBITZKI K, 1993, FAMILIES GENERA VASC
MARCHELLI P, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V97, P642
MULLERSTARCK G, 1994, P INT C CHESTN SPOL, P303
PETIT RJ, 1999, DIVERSITE GENETIQUE
PETIT RJ, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P122
PIGLIUCCI M, 1990, J GENET, V69, P141
PONS O, 1996, GENETICS, V144, P1237
PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462
SOLTIS DE, 1992, MOL PLANT SYSTEMATIC, P17
TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453
TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105
VILLANI F, 1991, BIOCH MARKERS POPULA, P91
VILLANI F, 1997, DYNAMICS FUNCTION CH, P119
VILLANI F, 1994, GENET RES, V63, P109
VILLANI F, 1991, HEREDITY, V66, P131
VILLANI F, 1999, J EVOLUTION BIOL, V12, P233
ZOHARY D, 1988, DOMESTICATION PLANTS
TC 0
BP 1495
EP 1503
PG 9
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 2000
PD OCT
VL 9
IS 10
GA 366HC
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000089998600005
ER
PT J
AU Koskinen, MT
Ranta, E
Piironen, J
Veselov, A
Titov, S
Haugen, TO
Nilsson, J
Carlstein, M
Primmer, CR
TI Genetic lineages and postglacial colonization of grayling
(Thymallus thymallus, Salmonidae) in Europe, as revealed by
mitochondrial DNA analyses
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 74
AB In stark contrast to other species within the Salmonidae
family, phylogeographic information on European grayling,
Thymallus thymallus, is virtually nonexistent. In this paper,
we utilized mitochondrial DNA polymerase chain reaction-
restriction fragment length polymorphism (mtDNA PCR-RFLP) and
sequence variation to infer the postglacial dispersal routes of
T. thymallus into and within northern Europe, and to locate
geographically, potential evolutionarily distinct populations.
Mitochondrial analyses revealed a total of 27 T. thymallus
haplotypes which clustered into three distinct lineages.
Average pairwise interlineage divergence was four and nine
times higher than average intralineage divergence for RFLP and
sequence data, respectively. Two European grayling individuals
from the easternmost sample in Russia exhibited haplotypes more
genetically diverged from any T. thymallus haplotype than T.
arcticus haplotype, and suggested that
hybridization/introgression zone of these two sister species
may extend much further west than previously thought.
Geographic division of the lineages was generally very clear
with northern Europe comprising of two genetically
differentiated areas: (i) Finland, Estonia and north-western
Russia; and (ii) central Germany, Poland and western
Fennoscandia. Average interpopulation divergence in North
European T. thymallus was 10 times higher than that observed in
a recent mtDNA study of North American T. arcticus. We conclude
that (i) North European T. thymallus populations have survived
dramatic Pleistocene temperature oscillations and originate
from ancient eastern and central European refugia; (ii) genetic
divergence of population groups within northern Europe is
substantial and geographically distinct; and (iii) the
remainder of Europe harbours additional differentiated
assemblages that likely descend from a Danubian refugium. These
findings should provide useful information for developing
appropriate conservation strategies for European grayling and
exemplify a case with a clear need for multinational co-
operation for managing and conserving biodiversity.
CR ALLENDORI FW, 1996, CONSERVATION GENETIC, P238
ANDERSEN C, 1968, THESIS U OSLO
AUER V, 1960, SUOMEN KARTASTO
AVISE JC, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P489
AVISE JC, 1992, OIKOS, V63, P62
AVISE JC, 2000, PHYLOGEOGRAPHY
BANARESCU P, 1990, ZOOGEOGRAPHY FRESHWA, V1
BECKER II, 1988, HEREDITY, V61, P21
BERNATCHEZ L, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P173
BERNATCHEZ L, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V51, P240
BERNATCHEZ L, 1991, EVOLUTION, V45, P1016
BERNATCHEZ L, 1993, MOL BIOL EVOL, V10, P1002
BERNATCHEZ L, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P431
BERNATCHEZ L, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P285
BERNATCHEZ L, 1992, MOL ECOL, V1, P161
BOUVET Y, 1990, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V119, P89
BRUNNER PC, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P209
CRONIN MA, 1993, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V50, P708
CUMBAA SL, 1981, CAN J EARTH SCI, V18, P1740
DONNER J, 1995, QUATERNARY HIST SCAN
DURAND JD, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P989
ESTOUP A, 1996, MOL MAR BIOL BIOTECH, V5, P295
EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479
FELSENSTEIN J, 1995, PHYLIP PHYLOGENY INF
FITCH WM, 1967, SCIENCE, V155, P279
GARCIAMARIN JL, 1999, HEREDITY, V82, P46
GARDINER R, 2000, COMPLETE BOOK GRAYLI
HANSEN MM, 1998, HEREDITY, V81, P493
HANSEN MM, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P239
HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87
HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247
HUITFELDTKAAS H, 1918, FERSKVANDFISKENES UT, P16
JAAROLA M, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P113
JONSSON L, 1995, MAN SEA MESOLITHIC C, P147
KIMURA M, 1980, J MOL EVOL, V16, P111
KOLJONEN ML, 1999, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V56, P1766
KVASOV DD, 1979, ANN ACAD SCI FENNI A, V3, P127
LELEK A, 1984, FRESHWATER FISHES EU, V9, P93
MAITLAND PS, 1992, FRESHWATER FISHES BR
MCELROY D, 1992, J HERED, V83, P157
MORITZ C, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P269
MORITZ C, 1994, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V9, P373
NEI M, 1990, GENETICS, V125, P873
NEI M, 1983, GENETICS, V105, P207
NEI M, 1981, GENETICS, V97, P145
NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN
NESBO CL, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1387
NIELSEN EE, 1996, HEREDITY, V77, P351
NIELSEN EE, 1998, J FISH BIOL, V53, P216
NORTHCOTE TG, 1995, REV FISH BIOL FISHER, V5, P141
NYKANEN M, 1999, RIISTA JA KALATALOUD, V156
NYLANDER E, 1998, FINNISH FISHERIES FA
OSINOV AG, 1996, J ICHTHYOL, V36, P723
PAETKAU D, 1999, CONSERV BIOL, V13, P1507
PALUMBI SR, 1994, MOL BIOL EVOL, V11, P426
PIGEON D, 1997, EVOLUTION, V51, P196
RAINIO H, 1991, E FENNOSCANDIAN YOUN, P25
REDENBACH Z, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P23
REFSETH UH, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1015
RYDER OA, 1986, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V1, P9
SCHNEIDER S, 1997, ARLEQUIN VERSION 1 1
SCHOFFMANN J, 2000, J GRAYLING SOC SPR, P41
SCOTT WB, 1973, FISHERIES RES BOARD, V184
SEPPOVAARA O, 1982, RIISTA JA KALATALOUD, V5
SHUBIN P, 1984, J ICHTHYOL, V4, P159
SMITH GR, 1992, SYST BIOL, V41, P41
SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234
SWOFFORD DL, 1996, MOL SYSTEMATICS, P407
TABERLET P, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P1255
TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453
TAYLOR EB, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1155
VERSPOOR E, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P129
WILSON CC, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P187
WOOLLAND JV, 1986, J GRAYLING SOC AUT, P35
TC 0
BP 1609
EP 1624
PG 16
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 2000
PD OCT
VL 9
IS 10
GA 366HC
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000089998600016
ER
PT J
AU Gaudeul, M
Taberlet, P
Till-Bottraud, I
TI Genetic diversity in an endangered alpine plant, Eryngium
alpinum L.. (Apiaceae), inferred from amplified fragment length
polymorphism markers
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 50
AB Eryngium alpinum L. is an endangered species found across the
European Alps. In order to obtain base-line data for the
conservation of this species, we investigated levels of genetic
diversity within and among 14 populations from the French Alps.
We used the amplified fragment length polymorphism (AFLP)
technique with three primer pairs and scored a total of 62
unambiguous, polymorphic markers in 327 individuals. Because
AFLP markers are dominant, within-population genetic structure
(e.g. F-IS) could not be assessed. Analyses based either on the
assumption of random-mating or on complete selfing lead to very
similar results. Diversity levels within populations were
relatively high (mean Nei's expected heterozygosity = 0.198;
mean Shannon index = 0.283), and a positive correlation was
detected between both genetic diversity measurements and
population size (Spearman rank correlation: P = 0.005 and P =
0.002, respectively). Moreover, F-ST values and exact tests of
differentiation revealed high differentiation among populations
(mean pairwise F-ST = 0.40), which appeared to be independent
of geographical distance (nonsignificant Mantel test). Founder
events during postglacial colonizations and/or bottlenecks are
proposed to explain this high but random genetic
differentiation. By contrast, we detected a pattern of
isolation by distance within populations and valleys.
Predominant local gene now by pollen or seed is probably
responsible for this pattern. Concerning the management of E.
alpinum, the high genetic differentiation leads us to recommend
the conservation of a maximum number of populations. This study
demonstrates that AFLP markers enable a quick and reliable
assessment of intraspecific genetic variability in conservation
genetics.
CR AJMONEMARSAN P, 1998, ANIMAL GENETICS, V28, P418
ALLENDORF F, 2000, IN PRESS POPULATION
ALLNUTT TR, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P975
BREYNE P, 1999, MOL GEN GENET, V261, P627
BUSSELL JD, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P775
CAHA CA, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P1704
CHEREL O, 1982, TRAVAUX SCI PARC NAT, V2, P53
COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P432
CROUCH JH, 1999, MOL BREEDING, V5, P233
ELLSTRAND NC, 1993, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V24, P217
ELLSTRAND NC, 1992, OIKOS, V63, P77
FISCHER M, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P811
FRANKHAM R, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P1500
FRANKHAM R, 1998, NATURE, V392, P441
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
GILLOT P, 1995, LIVRE ROUGE FLORE ME, V1, P85
GILPIN ME, 1986, CONSERVATION BIOL SC, P19
GLIDDON C, 1994, CONSERVATION GENETIC, P107
HAMRICK JL, 1996, CONSERVATION GENETIC, P281
HAMRICK JL, 1991, GENETICS CONSERVATIO, P75
HAMRICK JL, 1989, POPULATION GENETICS, P43
HOLSINGER KE, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2558
HOLSINGER KE, 1991, GENETICS CONSERVATIO
JACKSON PSW, 1994, GUIDELINES FOLLOWED
LEWONTIN RC, 1972, EVOLUTIONARY BIOL, V6, P381
LOVELESS MD, 1984, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V15, P65
MARTIN C, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P813
MILLER MP, 1997, TOOLS POPULATION GEN
MILLIGAN BG, 1994, MOL ECOL, V3, P423
MORDEN CW, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P617
MULUVI GM, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P463
NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN
NEWMAN D, 1997, EVOLUTION, V51, P345
PAUL S, 1997, THEOR APPL GENET, V94, P255
PETIT RJ, 1998, CONSERV BIOL, V12, P844
POWELL W, 1999, MOL BREEDING, V2, P225
RAYMOND M, 1995, EVOLUTION, V49, P1280
SACCHERI I, 1998, NATURE, V392, P491
SCHNEIDER S, 1997, ARLEQUIN VERSION 1 1
SOKAL RR, 1995, BIOMETRY
TEMPLETON AR, 1986, CONSERVATION BIOL SC, P105
TRAVIS SE, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P735
VANDERVOORT JNAMR, 1997, MOL GEN GENET, V255, P438
VIDA G, 1994, CONSERVATION GENETIC, P9
VOS P, 1995, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V23, P4407
WEIR BS, 1984, EVOLUTION, V43, P1358
WOLFF K, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P365
YEH F, 1997, POPGENE USER FRIENDL
YEH FC, 1995, J HERED, V86, P454
YOUNG A, 1996, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V11, P413
TC 0
BP 1625
EP 1637
PG 13
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 2000
PD OCT
VL 9
IS 10
GA 366HC
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000089998600017
ER
PT J
AU Fjeldskaar, W
Lindholm, C
Dehls, JF
Fjeldskaar, I
TI Postglacial uplift, neotectonics and seismicity in Fennoscandia
SO QUATERNARY SCIENCE REVIEWS
NR 22
AB Fennoscandia has experienced major uplift in postglacial time,
which is assumed to reflect a glacial isostatic process
connected to the melting of the last ice sheets. Extensive
modelling of the isostatic movements show that the applied
deglaciation and uplift model fit the observations well. There
are, however, areas with significant deviations between uplift
measurements and regional model predictions. The misfit between
observations and the isostatic uplift modelling is interpreted
here to reflect a tectonic component of the uplift. The
objective of the present investigation is to isolate this
tectonic uplift component. Interestingly enough, the areas
found partly correspond to areas with pronounced seismic
activity, and the assumption that the postglacial rebound is
responsible for much of the observed onshore seismicity is
substantiated. We conclude that there seems to be present-day
deformation along the shoreline of mid-Norway, southern Norway
(shoreline and mountain areas), and along the Swedish east
coast with the centre northeast of the Gulf of Bothnia that
cannot be explained by glacial isostasy. Not all of the
deformations in these areas are necessarily co-seismic. The
study suggests that such vertical deformations are small in
magnitude and overprint the glacial rebound. The deformations
map be a consequence of the Plio-Pleistocene erosional pattern,
which is of glacial origin. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science Ltd. All
rights reserved.
CR DENTON GH, 1981, LAST GREAT ICE SHEET
EKMAN M, 1998, GEORESEARCH FORUM, V3, P383
ENGELDER T, 1994, STRESS REGIMES LITHO
FEJERSKOV M, 2000, GEOLOGICAL SOC LONDO, V167
FJELDSKAAR W, 1994, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V126, P399
FJELDSKAAR W, 1997, TECTONICS, V16, P596
GUDMUNDSSON A, 1999, TECTONOPHYSICS, V307, P407
HICKS E, 2000, IN PRESS STRESS INVE
JAMIESON TF, 1965, Q J GEOL SOC LOND, V21, P161
KOLDERUP CF, 1930, JORDSKJELV NORGE 192
KVALE A, 1960, MATEMATISKNATURVITEN, V10
MAKINEN J, 1986, REPORTS FINNISH GEOD, V85, P195
MORNER NA, 1979, GEO J, V33, P287
RIIS F, 1992, NORWEGIAN PETROL SOC, V1, P163
ROHRTORP E, 1994, B NOR GEOL UNDERS, V426, P47
STEPHANSSON O, 1988, B GEOLOGICAL I U UPP, V14, P39
SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234
SYKES LR, 1974, NATURE, V245, P298
WHITE WA, 1972, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V83, P1037
WU P, 1999, GEOPHYS J INT, V139, P657
ZATSEPIN SV, 1997, GEOPHYS J INT, V129, P477
ZOBACK ML, 1992, J GEOPHYS RES-SOL EA, V97, P11703
TC 1
BP 1413
EP 1422
PG 10
JI Quat. Sci. Rev.
PY 2000
PD OCT
VL 19
IS 14-15
GA 361CA
J9 QUATERNARY SCI REV
UT ISI:000089703100004
ER
PT J
AU Amane, M
Ouazzani, N
Lumaret, R
Debain, C
TI Chloroplast-DNA variation in the wild and cultivated olives
(Olea europaea L.) of Morocco
SO EUPHYTICA
NR 23
AB Polymorphism in the lengths of restriction fragments of the
whole cpDNA molecule was studied in cultivated and wild olive
growing throughout Morocco. The main Moroccan varieties and old
trees cultivated locally (66 individuals), wild olive (45
individuals) and 5 individuals of the taxon, O. laperrinei
subsp. maroccana endemic to the western part of the High Atlas,
were scored for 10 restriction enzymes. A total of 470
restriction fragments were obtained of which 18 were variable.
Four chlorotypes were identified. Chlorotype (I), predominant
in wild and cultivated olive of the whole Mediterranean Basin,
was observed in all the cultivated trees and in 74% of the wild
trees (oleasters) analysed from Morocco, confirming that
cultivated and wild olive material are closely related
maternally. Chlorotypes II and III, each characterised by a
length mutation, were observed exclusively in Moroccan wild
types, suggesting that these did not originate exclusively in
cultivated varieties, as reported previously by several
authors. As compared to the predominant chlorotype I,
Chlorotype IV, characterised by a site mutation, was present
exclusively in the maroccana individuals, confirming the
originality of this taxon.
CR AMANE M, 1999, THEOR APPL GENET, V99, P133
CHEVALIER A, 1948, REV INT BOT APPL AGR, V28, P1
DAY A, 1985, CURR GENET, V9, P671
DUGGLEBY RG, 1981, ANAL BIOCHEM, V110, P49
ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P547
LENOIR M, 1984, OLIVAE, V3, P12
LIPHSCHITZ N, 1991, J ARCHAEOL SCI, V18, P441
LUMARET R, 1997, BOCCONEA, V7, P39
MICHAUD H, 1995, PLANT MOL BIOL REP, V13, P131
OUAZZANI N, 1996, EUPHYTICA, V91, P9
OUAZZANI N, 1993, J HERED, V84, P34
OUAZZANI N, 1993, TEHSIS I AGRONOMIQUE
PALMER JD, 1987, AM NAT, V130, P6
PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462
QUEZEL P, 1995, ECOL MEDIT, V21, P19
SAUMITOULAPRADE P, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V83, P529
SUGIURA M, 1992, PLANT MOL BIOL, V19, P149
SUGIURA M, 1986, PLANT SCI, V44, P211
TURRILL WB, 1951, KEW B, V3, P137
ZOHARY D, 1994, ACTA HORTIC, V356, P62
ZOHARY D, 1993, DOMESTICATION PLANTS, P137
ZOHARY D, 1995, EVOLUTION CROP PLANT, P379
ZOHARY D, 1975, SCIENCE, V187, P319
TC 0
BP 59
EP 64
PG 6
JI Euphytica
PY 2000
VL 116
IS 1
GA 357KW
J9 EUPHYTICA
UT ISI:000089501700007
ER
PT J
AU Lumaret, R
Amane, M
Ouazzani, N
Baldoni, L
Debain, C
TI Chloroplast DNA variation in the cultivated and wild olive taxa
of the genus Olea L.
SO THEORETICAL AND APPLIED GENETICS
NR 23
AB Polymorphism in the lengths of restriction fragments of the
whole cpDNA molecule were studied in 15 taxa (species or
subspecies) of the genus Olea. From restriction analysis using
nine endonucleases, 28 site mutations and five length
polymorphisms were identified, corresponding to 12 distinct
chlorotypes. From a phenetic analysis based on a Nei's
dissimilarity matrix and a Dollo parsimony cladistic analysis
using, as an outgroup, a species of the genus Phillyrea close
to Olea, the ten taxa of section Olea were distinguished
clearly from the five taxa of section Ligustroides which appear
to posses more ancestral cpDNA variants. Within the section
Ligustroides, the tropical species from central-western Africa,
Olea hochtetteri, showed a chlorotype which differed
substantially from those of the other four Olea taxa growing in
southern Africa, supporting a previous assessment according to
which O. hochtetteri may have been subjected to a long period
of geographical isolation from the other Olea taxa. Within the
Olea section, three phyla were identified corresponding to
South and East Africa taxa, Asiatic taxa, and a group including
Saharan, Macaronesian and Mediteranean taxa, respectively. On
the basis of cpDNA variation, the closest Olea taxa to the
single Mediterranean species, Olea europaea, represented by its
very predominant chlorotype, observed in both wild and
cultivated olive, were found to be Olea laperrinei (from the
Sahara), Olea maroccana (from Maroccan High Atlas) and Olea
cerasiformis (from Macaronesia). These three taxa, which all
share the same chlorotype, may have a common maternal origin.
CR AMANE M, 1999, THEOR APPL GENET, V99, P133
ANGIOLILLO A, 1999, THEOR APPL GENET, V98, P411
CHEVALIER A, 1948, REV BOT APPL, V303, P1
CIFFERI A, 1950, DATI IPOTESI SULLORI, P144
CIFFERI R, 1942, P CONVEGNO STUDI OLI, P49
DAY A, 1985, CURR GENET, V9, P671
DUGGLEBY RG, 1981, ANAL BIOCHEM, V110, P49
FELSENSTEIN J, 1993, PHYLIP PHYLOGENY INF
GREEN PS, 1989, DAVIS HEDGE FESTSCHR, P287
MANOS PS, 1999, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V12, P333
MICHAUD H, 1995, PLANT MOL BIOL REP, V13, P131
MORETTINI A, 1972, OLIVICOLTURA
NEI M, 1979, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V76, P5269
PALMER JD, 1987, AM NAT, V130, P6
PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462
QIU YL, 1995, AM J BOT, V82, P1582
QUEZEL P, 1978, ANN MO BOT GARD, V65, P479
QUEZEL P, 1995, ECOL MEDIT, V21, P19
SAUMITOULAPRADE P, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V83, P529
SIGIURA M, 1986, PL SCI, V44, P211
TURRILL WB, 1951, KEW B, V3, P437
ZOHARY D, 1994, ACTA HORTIC, V356, P62
ZOHARY D, 1993, DOMESTICATION PLANTS
TC 0
BP 547
EP 553
PG 7
JI Theor. Appl. Genet.
PY 2000
PD SEP
VL 101
IS 4
GA 357TP
J9 THEOR APPL GENET
UT ISI:000089517200006
ER
PT J
AU Soranzo, N
Alia, R
Provan, J
Powell, W
TI Patterns of variation at a mitochondrial sequence-tagged-site
locus provides new insights into the postglacial history of
European Pinus sylvestris populations
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 36
AB Due to their maternal mode of inheritance, mitochondrial
markers can be regarded as almost 'ideal' tools in evolutionary
studies of conifer populations. In the present study,
polymorphism was analysed at one mitochondrial intron (nad 1,
exon B/C) in 23 native European Pinus sylvestris populations.
In a preliminary screening for variation using a polymerase
chain reaction-restriction fragment length polymorphism
approach, two length variants were identified. By fully
sequencing the 2.5 kb region, the observed length polymorphism
was found to result from the insertion of a 31 bp sequence,
with no other mutations observed within the intron. A set of
primers was designed flanking the observed mutation, which
identified a novel sequence-tagged-site mitochondrial marker
for P. sylvestris. Analysis of 747 trees from the 23
populations using these primers revealed the occurrence of two
distinct haplotypes in Europe. Within the Iberian Peninsula,
the two haplotypes exhibited extensive population
differentiation (Phi(ST) = 0.59; P less than or equal to 0.001)
and a marked geographical structuring. In the populations of
central and northern Europe, one haplotype largely
predominated, with the second being found in only one
individual of one population.
CR BENNETT KD, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P103
BUCCI G, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1633
CATO SA, 1996, THEOR APPL GENET, V9, P587
COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P432
DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515
DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129
DENTON GH, 1981, LAST GREAT ICE SHEET
DONG J, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P573
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393
ECHT CS, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P307
ENNOS RA, 1998, FORESTRY, V71, P1
ENNOS RA, 1994, HEREDITY, V72, P250
EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479
FERRIS C, 1998, HEREDITY, V80, P584
FORREST GI, 1980, FORESTRY, V53, P101
HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247
HUNTLEY B, 1983, ATLAS PRESENT POLLEN
KING RA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1151
KINLOCH BB, 1986, NEW PHYTOL, V104, P703
MOGANTE M, 1997, MOL TOOLS SCREENING, P407
NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN
PETIT RJ, 1993, HEREDITY, V71, P630
PETIT RJ, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P9996
PHILLIPS JD, 1989, WATER RESOUR BULL, V25, P867
PROVAN J, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P1697
PRUSGLOWACKI W, 1994, SILVAE GENET, V43, P7
SCHNEIDER S, 1997, ARLEQUIN V 1 1 SOFTW
SINCLAIR WT, 1998, HEREDITY, V809, P233
SINCLAIR WT, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P83
STRAUSS SH, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P605
TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453
TOBOLSKI JJ, 1971, FOREST SCI, V17, P293
VENDRAMIN GG, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1117
WEIR BS, 1984, EVOLUTION, V38, P1358
WU JY, 1998, GENETICS, V150, P1605
TC 0
BP 1205
EP 1211
PG 7
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 2000
PD SEP
VL 9
IS 9
GA 356BM
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000089424200002
ER
PT J
AU Ditchfield, AD
TI The comparative phylogeography of Neotropical mammals: patterns
of intraspecific mitochondrial DNA variation among bats
contrasted to nonvolant small mammals
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 67
AB The major aim of this study was to compare the phylogeographic
patterns of codistributed bats and small nonvolant Neotropical
mammals. Cytochrome b sequences (mitochondrial DNA) were
obtained for a total of 275 bats representing 17 species. The
tissue samples were collected in coastal Brazil, and were
available from Mexico and the Guyana. The study concentrates on
four species (Artibeus lituratus, Carollia perspicillata,
Sturnira lilium and Glossophaga soricina) which were well
represented. The other 13 species were sequenced to test the
generality of the patterns observed. In general, sequence
divergence values within species were low, with most bat
species presenting less than 4% average sequence divergence,
and usually between 1 and 2.5%. Clades of highly similar
haplotypes enjoyed broad distribution on a continental scale.
These clades were not usually geographically structured, and at
a given locality the number of haplotypes was high (8-10). As
distance increased, some moderately divergent clades were
found, although the levels of divergence were low This suggests
a geographical effect that varied depending on species and
scale. Small nonvolant mammals almost invariably have high
levels of sequence divergence (> 10%) for cytochrome b over
much shorter distances (< 1000 km). The grain of intraspecific
variation found in small nonvolant mammals is much finer than
in bats. Low levels of geographical structuring cannot be
attributed to a slower evolutionary rate of bat DNA in relation
to other mammalian taxa. The phylogeographic pattern of bats
contrasts sharply with the pattern found for Neotropical
rodents and marsupials.
CR ADACHI J, 1995, MOL BIOL EVOL, V12, P177
ALVAREZ J, 1991, MAMMALIAN SPECIES, V379, P1
ARNASON U, 1995, J MOL EVOL, V40, P78
AVISE JC, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P489
AVISE JC, 1994, MOL MARKERS NATURAL
AVISE JC, 1992, OIKOS, V63, P62
AVISE JC, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P457
AVISE JC, 2000, PHYLOGEOGRAPHY HIST
BAKER RJ, 1994, J MAMMAL, V75, P321
CAMARA IG, 1988, PLANO ACAO MAIA ATLA
DASILVA MNF, 1993, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V2, P243
FELSENSTEIN J, 1985, EVOLUTION, V39, P783
FELSENSTEIN J, 1981, J MOL EVOL, V17, P368
FELSENSTEIN J, 1993, PHYLIP PHYLOGENETIC
FLEMING TH, 1988, SHORT TAILED FRUIT B
GARDNER AL, 1977, SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS, V13, P293
GAUTHIER J, 1988, CLADISTICS, V4, P105
HAFFER J, 1969, SCIENCE, V165, P131
HALL ER, 1981, MAMMALS N AM
HANDLEY CO, 1976, SCI B BIOL SERIES B, V20
HASEGAWA M, 1994, MOL BIOL EVOL, V11, P142
HOLMAN JD, 1988, AM ZOOL, V28, PA171
IRWIN DM, 1991, J MOL EVOL, V32, P128
KISHINO H, 1989, J MOL EVOL, V29, P170
KOCHER TD, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P6196
KOIKE K, 1982, GENE, V20, P177
KOOPMAN KF, 1993, MAMMAL SPECIES WORLD, P137
KOOPMAN KF, 1982, MAMMALIAN BIOL S AM, P273
KRAJEWSKI C, 1996, MOL BIOL EVOL, V13, P21
LARA MC, 1996, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V5, P403
LECOINTRE G, 1993, MOL PHYLLOGENET EVOL, V2, P205
LI WH, 1991, FUNDAMENTALS MOL EVO
LI WH, 1987, J MOL EVOL, V25, P330
MALLET J, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P294
MCLELLAN LJ, 1984, AM MUS NOVIT, V2791, P1
MEYER A, 1994, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V9, P278
MILLER SA, 1988, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V16, P215
MUSTRANGI MA, 1997, U CALIFORNIA PUBLICA, V130
PATTERSON BD, 1992, MEMORIAS MUSEO HIST, V21, P189
PATTON JL, 1998, ENDLESS FORMS SPECIE, P202
PATTON JL, 1994, EVOLUTION, V48, P1314
PATTON JL, 1992, EVOLUTION, V46, P174
PATTON JL, 1996, J MAMMAL EVOL, V3, P3
PATTON JL, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P229
PETERSON AT, 1993, BIOL J LINN SOC, V49, P203
PINE RH, 1972, TECHNICAL MONOGRAPH, V8, P1
PUMO DE, 1996, J MAMMAL, V77, P491
PUMO DE, 1988, MOL BIOL EVOL, V5, P79
SAIKI RK, 1988, SCIENCE, V230, P1350
SANGER F, 1977, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V74, P5463
SARICH VM, 1973, SCIENCE, V179, P1144
SCHMITT LH, 1995, EVOLUTION, V49, P399
SINCLAIR EA, 1996, BIOL CONSERV, V76, P45
SMITH MF, 1993, BIOL J LINN SOC, V50, P149
SMITHSON A, 1991, PLACES-Q J ENVIRON D, V7, P8
STACKEBRANDT E, 1994, SYST APPL MICROBIOL, V17, P39
SUDMAN PD, 1994, J MAMMAL, V75, P365
SWOFFORD DL, 1993, J GEN PHYSIOL, V102, PA9
VANDENBUSSCHE RA, 1993, J MAMMAL, V74, P793
VANDENBUSSCHE RA, 1995, MAMM GENOME, V6, P521
VANDENBUSSCHE RA, 1995, MOL BIOL EVOL, V10, P944
VANZOLINI PE, 1970, I GEO SAO PAULO E, V3, P233
WALBERG MW, 1981, CELL, V26, P167
WILKINSON GS, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P329
WILLIS KJ, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P1406
WORTHINGTONWILM J, 1994, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V257, P193
WU CI, 1985, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V82, P4394
TC 0
BP 1307
EP 1318
PG 12
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 2000
PD SEP
VL 9
IS 9
GA 356BM
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000089424200012
ER
PT J
AU Dutech, C
Maggia, L
Joly, HI
TI Chloroplast diversity in Vouacapoua americana
(Caesalpiniaceae), a neotropical forest tree
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 40
AB The chloroplast genome has been widely used to describe genetic
diversity in plant species. Its maternal inheritance in
numerous angiosperm species and low mutation rate are suitable
characters when inferring historical events such as possible
recolonization routes. Here we have studied chloroplast DNA
variation using PCR-RFLP (polymerase chain reaction-restriction
fragment length polymorphism) with seven pairs of primers and
four restriction enzymes in 14 populations of Vouacapoua
americana (Caesalpiniaceae) a neotropical tree sampled
throughout French Guiana. Population diversity (H-s), total
gene diversity (H-t) and differentiation among populations
(G(ST)) were estimated using Nei's method as 0.09, 0.87 and
0.89, respectively. This is consistent with the limited gene
flow associated with synzoochory in this species. The genetic
structure observed in the north of French Guiana suggests that
historical events such as contractions and recent
recolonizations have had a large impact on the distribution of
genetic diversity in this species.
CR BIRKY CW, 1983, GENETICS, V103, P513
BIRKY CW, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P11331
BOUSQUET J, 1990, CAN J FOREST RES, V20, P254
CHARLESDOMINIQU P, 1981, REV ECOL, V35, P341
DEGRANVILLE JJ, 1982, BIOL DIVERSIFICATION, P137
DEGRANVILLE JJ, 1988, TAXON, V37, P578
DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515
DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393
ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P547
FAVRICHON V, 1994, REV ECOL-TERRE VIE, V49, P379
FERRIS C, 1998, HEREDITY, V80, P584
FORGET PM, 1994, BIOTROPICA, V26, P408
FORGET PM, 1997, J ECOL, V85, P693
FORGET PM, 1999, J TROP ECOL, V15, P301
FORGET PM, 1990, J TROP ECOL, V6, P459
FRASCARIA N, 1993, GENOME, V36, P668
HAMRICK JL, 1993, VEGETATIO, V107, P281
HOWE HF, 1990, MAN BIOSPHERE SERIES, V7, P191
HUBBELL SP, 1999, SCIENCE, V2803, P554
KING RA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1151
LECORRE V, 1997, GENETICAL RES CAMBRI, V68, P117
LEVIN DA, 1981, ANN MO BOT GARD, V68, P233
LIEBERMAN M, 1994, SELVA ECOLOGY NATURA, P106
MCCAULEY DE, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P198
NEI M, 1975, EVOLUTION, V29, P1
PETIT RJ, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P9996
PETIT RJ, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P122
PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462
PRANCE GT, 1973, ACTA AMAZONICA, V3, P5
PRANCE GT, 1982, BIOL DIVERSIFICATION, P137
RAYMOND M, 1995, EVOLUTION, V49, P1280
RAYMOND M, 1995, J HERED, V86, P248
SABATIER D, 1990, BOIS FORETS TROPIQUE, V219, P31
SABATIER D, 1997, PLANT ECOL, V131, P81
SABATIER D, 1983, THESIS U MONTPELLIER
SOLTIS PS, 1999, CONSERV BIOL, V13, P471
TOMARU N, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P629
ZURAWSKI G, 1984, GENETICS, V106, P735
TC 1
BP 1427
EP 1432
PG 6
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 2000
PD SEP
VL 9
IS 9
GA 356BM
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000089424200024
ER
PT J
AU Rioux, JA
Marquis, P
Richer, C
Lamy, MP
TI Evaluation of the winter-hardiness of Thuja occidentalis L. and
eight cultivars under north-east Canadian climatic conditions.
SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF PLANT SCIENCE
NR 18
AB Six successive plantations of Thuja occidentalis L. (from 1985
to 1990) were transplanted in different sites corresponding to
different northeast Canadian climatic zones (2 to 5). Five
cultivars of this species were planted in 1985 and three other
cultivars in 1986. These plants were observed over a 5-yr
period to validate the climatic zonal range attributed to the
species and to determine the winterhardiness of the cultivars.
Winter damage observed each spring indicated that Thuja
occidentalis L. can survive in climatic conditions more severe
than those suggested in the litterature. However, survival
varies among the cultivars studied. Woodwardii, Reidii, Wareana
and Lutea showed a winterhardiness similar to the species.
Pulcherrima showed the most damage. Little Champion, Smaragd
and Fastigiata cultivars gave a response between the two other
groups. Furthermore, growth in terms of height and width of the
species and each cultivar was influenced by the different
climatic conditions of each location.
CR *REPLOQ, 1995, METH EV PLANT LIGN O
*SAS I INC, 1988, SAS STAT US GUID VER
*USDA, 1960, MISC PUBL USDA, V814
BERGERON Y, 1985, VEGETATIO, V64, P55
BRIAND CH, 1991, BOT GAZ, V152, P494
DEGAETANO AT, 1990, AGR FOREST METEOROL, V51, P333
DELTREDICI P, 1990, AMOLDIA, V50, P16
FLINT HL, 1970, INT PLANT PROPAGATOR, V20, P171
FRELICH LE, 1995, ECOSCIENCE, V2, P148
HOSIE RC, 1980, 43611978F FO MIN APP
LORIMER CG, 1977, ECOLOGY, V58, P139
MATTHESSEARS U, 1991, BOT GAZ, V152, P500
MATTHESSEARS U, 1995, INT J PLANT SCI, V156, P679
RITCHIE JC, 1992, ACTA BOT FENN, V144, P81
RITCHIE JC, 1987, POSTGLACIAL VEGETATI
SHERK LC, 1972, PUBLICATION AGR CANA, V1286
YU ZC, 1996, CAN J BOT, V74, P1602
ZOLADSKI CA, 1988, NAT CAN, V115, P9
TC 0
BP 631
EP 637
PG 7
JI Can. J. Plant Sci.
PY 2000
PD JUL
VL 80
IS 3
GA 348KC
J9 CAN J PLANT SCI
UT ISI:000088983200030
ER
PT J
AU Krystufek, B
Davison, A
Griffiths, HI
TI Evolutionary biogeography of water shrews (Neomys spp.) in the
western Palaearctic Region
SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF ZOOLOGY-REVUE CANADIENNE DE ZOOLOGIE
NR 54
AB We studied the morphology, DNA sequence, and Recent and
Pleistocene distributions of three species of the water shrew
genus Neomys (N. fodiens, N. anomalus, and N. teres)
represented by samples from the Balkans and Asia Minor.
Adaptations to semi-aquatic life (large body size, fringes of
stiff hairs bordering the hind foot, and a tail keel) were most
developed in N. fodiens and N. teres and least developed in N.
anomalus. However, sympatric N. fodiens and N. anomalus did not
differ significantly in relative braincase size. The three
Neomys species clearly differed in glans penis morphology, N.
teres being the most distinct, with a longer glans (length =
10.8-14.6 mm) than N. anomalus (7.0-8.0 mm) or N. fodiens (7.5-
8.5 mm). Phylogenetic analysis placed N. fodiens as a sister-
group to the anomalus-teres clade, based on both cytochrome b
and 12S rRNA fragments. Palaeodistribution maps are presented
for the three Recent taxa and the palaeospecies N. newtoni and
N. browni. Possible evolutionary scenarios are proposed.
CR ABELENTSEV VI, 1956, FAUNA UKRAYINI, V1
BOBRINSKII NA, 1965, OPREDELITL MLEKOPITA
BON M, 1991, MEMORIE SCI GEOLOGIC, V43, P185
CHURCHFIELD S, 1990, NATURAL HIST SHREWS
CORBET GB, 1992, MAMMALS INDOMALAYAN
CORBET GB, 1978, MAMMALS PALAEARCTIC
ELLERMAN JR, 1966, CHECKLIST PALAEARCTI
FELSENSTEIN J, 1993, PHYLIP MANUAL VERSIO
FILIPPUCCI MG, 1995, HYSTRIX, V6, P127
FILIPPUCCI MG, 1996, SENCKENBERG BIOL, V75, P1
FUMAGALLI L, 1999, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V11, P222
GASTON KJ, 1994, BIODIVERSITY LETT, V2, P108
HALL ER, 1981, MAMMALS N AM
HEINRICH WD, 1991, NATUR LANDSCHAFT NIE, P177
HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87
HILLIS DM, 1996, MOL SYSTEMATICS
HOSEY GR, 1982, SAUGETIERK MITT, V30, P53
HUTTERER R, 1985, MAMMAL REV, V15, P43
HUTTERER R, 1993, MAMMAL SPECIES WORLD, P69
IRWIN DM, 1991, J MOL EVOL, V32, P128
KOCHER TD, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P6196
KRYSTUFEK B, 2000, FOLIA ZOOL, V49, P81
KRYSTUFEK B, 1989, FRAGMENTA BALCANICA, V14, P107
KRYSTUFEK B, 1998, J ZOOL, V245, P185
KRYSTUFEK B, 1988, SCOPOLIA, V15, P1
KRYSTUFEK B, 1998, Z SAEUGETIERKD, V63, P120
KUMAR S, 1993, MEGA MOL EVOLUTIONAR
LEMCKE G, 1996, THESIS EIDGENOSSISCH
LEUGE F, 1994, MAMMALIA, V58, P500
OHDACHI S, 1997, ZOOL SCI, V14, P527
PAGE RDM, 1996, COMPUT APPL BIOSCI, V12, P357
PETROV BM, 1992, ACTA THERIOL, V9, P374
PUCEK Z, 1970, S ZOOL SOC LOND, V26, P189
RABEDER G, 1972, ANN NATURHISTOR MUS, V76, P375
REPENNING CA, 1967, US GEOL SURV PROF PA, V565, P1
ROBERTS N, 1983, QUATERNARY RES, V19, P154
ROBERTS N, 1999, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V18, P611
RYAN WBF, 1997, MAR GEOL, V138, P119
RZEBIKKOWALSKA B, 1991, ACTA ZOOL CRACOV, V34, P323
RZEBIKKOWALSKA B, 1998, MAMMAL RES I, P23
SCHREVE D, 1997, THESIS U LONDON LOND
SKET B, 1999, BIODIVERS CONSERV, V8, P1319
SOKOLOV VE, 1989, POZVONOCHNYIE KAVKAZ
SPITZENBERGER F, 1990, HDB SAUGETIERE EUROP, P313
SPITZENBERGER F, 1990, HDB SAUGETIERE EUROP, P317
SPITZENBERGER F, 1990, HDB SAUGETIERE EUROP, P334
STANKOVIC S, 1960, MONOGR BIOL, V9
STANLEY DJ, 1980, NATURE, V285, P537
STEININGER FF, 1996, GEOLOGICAL EVOLUTION, P659
TVRTKOVIC N, 1985, BIOSISTEMATIKA, V6, P187
VERESHCHAGIN NK, 1959, MAMMALS CAUCASUS HIS
WILLIS KJ, 1994, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V13, P769
YUDIN BS, 1970, FAUNA SIBIRI, P247
ZIMA J, 1984, ACTA SC NAT BRNO, V18, P1
TC 0
BP 1616
EP 1625
PG 10
JI Can. J. Zool.-Rev. Can. Zool.
PY 2000
PD SEP
VL 78
IS 9
GA 349FU
J9 CAN J ZOOL
UT ISI:000089033600012
ER
PT J
AU Davison, A
TI An East-West distribution of divergent mitochondrial haplotypes
in British populations of the land snail, Cepaea nemoralis
(Pulmonata)
SO BIOLOGICAL JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY
NR 34
AB Some continental European populations of the land snail Cepaea
nemoralis have mitochondrial haplotypes that differ by up to
20% at the 16S rRNA locus. I mapped the distribution of
different lineages in populations from 36 different sites in
Britain and Ireland. In 93% of individuals, one of two
mitochondrial lineages was found, A or N, which differ from
each other by about 6% using a 16S rRNA fragment (approximately
300 base pairs). The distribution of these two types is very
striking-one is confined to Wales, West and central England,
and Scotland, while the other is found mainly in East and
central England. The two types meet in a transition zone. The
most likely explanation for the distribution is that it
reflects two routes of colonization after the last ice age.
Cepaea dispersal is leptokurtic, and only limited gene flow
occurs between established populations, so that the original
pattern could have been retained since the post-glacial
colonization. However, many environmental gradients are
orientated East-West, so alternative selective explanations are
possible. A distinct mitochondrial lineage, as well as fossil
evidence, suggests that Ireland was colonized separately from
Britain. The implications of these distributions for the
origins of the puzzling geographical patterns of shell types
known as 'area effects' is discussed. (C) 2000 The Linnean
Society of London.
CR BARRATT EM, 1997, NATURE, V387, P138
CAIN AJ, 1954, GENETICS, V39, P89
CAIN AJ, 1950, HEREDITY, V4, P275
CAIN AJ, 1963, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V246, P1
CAMERON RAD, 1984, MALACOLOGIA, V25, P271
CHIBA S, 1999, EVOLUTION, V53, P460
CLARKE B, 1966, AM NAT, V100, P389
CLARKE B, 1978, ECOLOGICAL GENETICS, P159
COOK LM, 1998, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V353, P1577
DAVISON A, 1999, BIOL CONSERV, V87, P155
DAVISON A, 2000, IN PRESS P ROYAL S B
DAVISON A, 2000, J MOLLUS STUD, V66, P143
DAVISON A, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1760
DOURIS V, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P116
FELSENSTEIN J, 1993, PHYLIP MANUAL VERSIO
FERRIS C, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P731
GOODHART CB, 1963, HEREDITY, V18, P459
HATZOGLOU E, 1995, GENETICS, V140, P1353
HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87
HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247
IBRAHIM KM, 1996, HEREDITY, V77, P282
JOHNSON MS, 1976, HEREDITY, V36, P105
KERNEY MP, 1980, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V291, P1
MAIDAK BL, 1994, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V22, P484
OCHMAN H, 1987, HEREDITY, V58, P127
OCHMAN H, 1983, P NATL ACAD SCI-BIOL, V80, P4189
ORITA M, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P2766
PREECE RC, 1986, J BIOGEOGR, V13, P487
SEARLE JB, 1987, HEREDITY, V59, P345
SKIBINSKI DOF, 1994, NATURE, V368, P817
SMITH SW, 1994, COMPUT APPL BIOSCI, V10, P671
TERRETT J, 1994, NAUTILUS, V108, P79
THOMAZ D, 1996, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V263, P363
YAMAZAKI N, 1997, GENETICS, V145, P749
TC 0
BP 697
EP 706
PG 10
JI Biol. J. Linnean Soc.
PY 2000
PD AUG
VL 70
IS 4
GA 345XZ
J9 BIOL J LINN SOC
UT ISI:000088841700009
ER
PT J
AU Caron, H
Dumas, S
Marque, G
Messier, C
Bandou, E
Petit, RJ
Kremer, A
TI Spatial and temporal distribution of chloroplast DNA
polymorphism in a tropical tree species
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 44
AB The level and the spatial organization of chloroplast DNA
polymorphism were investigated in Dicorynia guianensis Hamshoff
(Caesalpiniaceae) at different spatial and temporal scales. D.
guianensis is a canopy tree of the rain forest that is
distributed throughout the Guiana plateau in small aggregates.
Twelve different haplotypes were identified using restriction
analysis of polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplified fragments
of the chloroplast genome. When populations from different
areas of French Guiana were compared, a clear geographical
pattern of haplotype frequencies was identified along the
Atlantic coast. This pattern is most likely the result of the
restriction-expansion dynamics of the tropical forest during
the Quaternary At the local level, D. guianensis was
characterized by a high level of within population diversity.
Maintenance of within population diversity results from the
dynamics of the aggregates; stochastic demography associated
with the turnover of aggregates generates genetic
differentiation among them. At the stand level, a strong
spatial aggregation of haplotypes persisted from the adult to
the seedling cohort indicating limited seed flow There was also
a strong difference in levels of diversity between the cohorts
which suggested that recruitment over several years is needed
in order to maintain genetic diversity during regeneration.
CR BARITEAU M, 1993, THESIS U PARIS 6
BENNETT KD, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P103
BODENES C, 1996, THEOR APPL GENET, V93, P348
BUSH MB, 1994, J BIOGEOGR, V21, P5
CABRERAGAILLARD C, 1990, REPARTITIONS SPATIAL
CARON H, 1998, GENETICS SELECTION E, V30, PS153
CHARLESDOMINIQUE P, 1998, ACTA OECOL, V19, P295
DEGRANVILLE JJ, 1982, BIOL DIVERSIFICATION, P159
DEGRANVILLE JJ, 1993, FORET GUYANAISE GEST, P21
DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515
DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129
DOYLE JJ, 1990, FOCUS, V12, P13
DUMOLIN S, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V91, P1253
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393
ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, THEOR APPL GENET, V92, P832
FERRIS C, 1998, HEREDITY, V80, P584
FORGET PM, 1988, THESIS U PARIS 6
GENTRY AH, 1992, OIKOS, V63, P19
HAMILTON MB, 1999, NATURE, V401, P129
HOOGHIEMSTRA H, 1998, EARTH-SCI REV, V44, P147
KING RA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1151
KOKOU K, 1992, THESIS U BORDEAUX 2
LEVY F, 1999, HEREDITY, V82, P422
MARCHELLI P, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V97, P642
MCCAULEY DE, 1996, AM J BOT, V83, P727
MCCAULEY DE, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P198
PETIT RJ, 1998, CONSERV BIOL, V12, P844
PONS O, 1996, GENETICS, V144, P1237
PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462
PRANCE GT, 1982, BIOL DIVERSIFICATION, P137
RASPE O, 1998, THESIS CATHOLIC U LO
RIERA B, 1995, REV ECOL, V50, P15
SABATIER D, 1990, BOIS FORETS TROPIQUE, V219, P31
SCHMITT L, 1989, COMPTE RENDUS MISE E
SMOUSE PE, 1999, HEREDITY, V82, P561
SOKAL RR, 1978, BIOL J LINN SOC, V10, P199
STREIFF R, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P831
STREIFF R, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P317
SWOFFORD DL, 1993, PHYLOGENETIC ANAL US
TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105
TURCQ B, 1998, ACT S DYN LONG TERM, P277
VUILLEUMIER BS, 1971, SCIENCE, P771
WEISING K, 1999, GENOME, V42, P9
TC 0
BP 1089
EP 1098
PG 10
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 2000
PD AUG
VL 9
IS 8
GA 345GF
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000088807700008
ER
PT J
AU Raspe, O
Saumitou-Laprade, P
Cuguen, J
Jacquemart, AL
TI Chloroplast DNA haplotype variation and population
differentiation in Sorbus aucuparia L. (Rosaceae : Maloideae)
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 54
AB Intra-specific chloroplast DNA (cpDNA) variation was studied in
Sorbus aucuparia L., an entomophilous, mid-or early
successional tree producing fleshy fruits. Eight PCR-amplified
fragments of the chloroplast genome were screened for
restriction fragment length polymorphisms, using one or two 4
bp-cutter restriction endonucleases. cpDNA variation was
investigated on two geographical scales: (1) among four regions
in France and Belgium; and (2) within the Belgian region. A
total of 150 individuals from six populations were analysed.
Fourteen polymorphisms were detected in six of the cpDNA
fragments. All polymorphisms probably resulted from insertions
or deletions, and allowed the identification of 12 haplotypes.
The level of genetic differentiation computed on the basis of
haplotype frequencies was similar on the two geographical
scales considered (G(STc) = 0.286 among regions, G(STc) = 0.259
among populations within the Belgian region). These values are
much lower than those obtained in nine previously studied
temperate tree species, which are all wind-pollinated, late-
successional species producing dry fruits. These results might
primarily be accounted for by the contrasting life history
traits of S. aucuparia. In order to obtain insights into the
relative contribution of pollen and seeds to gene flow G(STc)
was also compared with previously obtained G(ST) estimates
based on allozyme data.
CR AAGAARD JE, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P441
ALLAN GJ, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V205, P205
BIRKY CW, 1989, GENETICS, V121, P613
BIRKY CW, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P11331
BYRNE M, 1994, HEREDITY, V73, P18
CAVALLISFORZA LL, 1967, EVOLUTION, V21, P550
CLAPHAM AR, 1962, FLORA BRIT ISLES
CLEGG MT, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P6795
COMPS B, 1990, HEREDITY, V65, P407
DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515
DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129
DESPLANQUE B, 2000, MOL ECOL, V9, P141
DONG J, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P573
DOW BD, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P615
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393
EDWARDS K, 1991, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V19, P1349
ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P547
ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, THEOR APPL GENET, V92, P832
ENNOS RA, 1994, HEREDITY, V72, P250
GIELLY L, 1994, MOL BIOL EVOL, V11, P769
HAMRICK JL, 1992, NEW FORESTS, V6, P95
HIPKINS VD, 1995, CURR GENET, V27, P572
HU XS, 1997, HEREDITY, V79, P541
IBRAHIM KM, 1996, HEREDITY, V77, P282
KING RA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1151
KULLMAN L, 1986, ANN BOT FENN, V23, P267
LATTA RG, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1153
LECORRE V, 1997, GENET RES, V69, P117
LI P, 1988, CANADIAN J FOREST RE, V19, P149
MCCAULEY DE, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P198
MORAN GF, 1992, NEW FOR, V6, P49
OGIHARA Y, 1992, CURR GENET, V22, P251
PALMER JD, 1988, ANN MO BOT GARD, V75, P1180
PETIT RJ, 1993, HEREDITY, V71, P630
PETIT RJ, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P9996
PETIT RJ, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P122
PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462
POWELL W, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P7759
PRAT D, 1992, ACTA OECOL, V13, P469
RAMEAU JC, 1989, FLORE FORESTIERE FRA
RASPE O, 1998, HEREDITY, V81, P537
RASPE O, 1998, THESIS CATHOLIC U LO
REBOUD X, 1994, HEREDITY, V72, P132
SNOW B, 1988, BIRDS BERRIES STUDY
SOLTIS DE, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V206, P353
SWOFFORD DL, 1993, PAUP PHYLOGENETIC AN
TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453
TARAYRE M, 1997, AM J BOT, V84, P1675
WAGSTAFF SJ, 1998, PLANT SYST EVOL, V209, P265
WEISING K, 1999, GENOME, V42, P9
WHEELER NC, 1982, CAN J FOREST RES, V12, P595
WHITLOCK MC, 1990, EVOLUTION, V44, P1717
WOLFE KH, 1987, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V84, P9054
ZANETTO A, 1994, FOREST GENET, V1, P111
TC 0
BP 1113
EP 1122
PG 10
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 2000
PD AUG
VL 9
IS 8
GA 345GF
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000088807700010
ER
PT J
AU Kleiber, HP
Knies, J
Niessen, F
TI The Late Weichselian glaciation of the Franz Victoria Trough,
northern Barents Sea: ice sheet extent and timing
SO MARINE GEOLOGY
NR 94
AB High resolution seismic profiles (PARASOUND, 4 kHz) and three
sediment cores from the Franz Victoria Trough and the adjacent
continental slope were studied in order to constrain the timing
and extent of the northern Svalbard/Barents Sea ice sheet
during the Late Weichselian glaciation. Stacked debris flow
lobes and layers of glacimarine diamicton on the lower
continental slope indicate that large quantities of glacially
derived sediments were deposited by the northern
Svalbard/Barents Sea ice sheet directly onto the upper
continental slope at approximately 23 C-14 ka. A grounding-line
advance to the shelf break is supported by the identification
of diamicton, interpreted as till, in the seismic profile near
the shelf break. After several ice sheet instabilities marked
by significant input of ice rafted detritus to the continental
margin, the disintegration of the northern Svalbard/Barents Sea
ice sheet (Termination la) is indicated by a distinct pulse of
ice rafted detritus at 15.4 C-14 ka and the transition to an
isotopically defined meltwater signal. The drastic change in
sedimentary pattern on the upper continental slope, dared to
about 13.4 C-14 ka, is interpreted as grounding-line retreat
from the shelf edge. A further stepwise retreat of the northern
Svalbard/Barents Sea ice sheet is indicated by pulses of ice
rafted detritils which appear to be contemporaneous with the
onset of distinct ice rafting events in adjacent areas and
pulses of glacimarine sedimentation in the southwestern Barents
Sea. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
CR ANDERSEN ES, 1996, MAR GEOL, V133, P123
ANDREWS JT, 1992, GEOLOGY, V20, P1087
ANDREWS JT, 1998, J QUATERNARY SCI, V13, P3
ANDREWS JT, 1994, QUATERNARY RES, V41, P26
ASTAKHOV V, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P19
ASTAKHOV V, 1992, SVERIGES GEOLOGIS CA, V81, P21
BARD E, 1994, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V126, P275
BAUCH HA, 1996, 1 ANN QUEEN WORKSH S
BOND G, 1992, NATURE, V360, P245
BOULTON GS, 1990, GLACIMARINE ENV PROC, P15
BROECKER WS, 1994, NATURE, V372, P421
DAMUTH JE, 1980, MAR GEOL, V38, P51
DAMUTH JE, 1978, MAR GEOL, V28, P1
DAMUTH JE, 1975, MAR GEOL, V18, P17
DOKKEN TM, 1996, GEOLOGY, V24, P599
DOWDESWELL JA, 1999, NATURE, V400, P348
DOWDESWELL JA, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P243
DUNAYEV NN, 1990, ARCTIC RES ADV PROSP, V2, P70
DUPLESSY JC, 1981, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V35, P121
ELVERHOI A, 1990, GEOLOGICAL HIST POLA, P289
ELVERHOI A, 1995, J GEOL, V103, P1
ELVERHOI A, 1989, MAR GEOL, V85, P225
ELVERHOI A, 1983, POLAR RES, V1, P23
ELVERHOI A, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V44, P303
ELVERHOI A, 1993, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V12, P863
EMMERMANN R, 1990, SCI DRILLING, V1, P269
ESPITALIE J, 1984, ANAL PYROLYSIS TECHN, P276
FORMAN SL, 1995, GEOLOGY, V23, P113
FORMAN SL, 1997, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V24, P885
FUTTERER DK, 1994, REPORT POLAR RES, V149, P244
GATAULLIN V, 1993, BOREAS, V22, P47
GERDES R, 1997, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V102, P8467
GRANT JA, 1990, MAR GEOPHYS RES, V12, P9
GROBE H, 1987, POLARFORSCHUNG, V57, P123
GROSS CM, 1998, CATHETER CARDIO DIAG, V45, P1
GROSSWALD MG, 1990, ARCTIC RES ADV PROSP, V2, P70
GROSSWALD MG, 1980, QUATERNARY RES, V13, P1
HALD M, 1999, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V146, P229
HEBBEIN D, 1991, NATURE, V350, P409
HEBBELN D, 1994, NATURE, V370, P357
HEBBELN D, 1997, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V12, P65
HUGHES T, 1977, NATURE, V266, P596
JONES GA, 1988, NATURE, V336, P56
KELLOGG T, 1980, BOREAS, V16, P267
KNIES J, 1999, GEO-MAR LETT, V18, P195
KNIES J, 2000, MAR GEOL, V163, P317
KNIES J, 1998, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V13, P384
KOHFELD KE, 1996, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V11, P679
LABERG JS, 1996, GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE, V12, P309
LAMBECK K, 1996, GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE, V12, P41
LAMBECK K, 1995, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V14, P1
LANDVIK JY, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P43
LOENG H, 1979, POAC 79 P 5 INT C PO, P163
LOENG H, 1991, POLAR RES, V10, P5
LUBINSKI DJ, 1996, BOREAS, V25, P89
MANGERUD J, 1975, QUATERNARY RES, V5, P263
MCCABE AM, 1998, NATURE, V392, P373
MIDTTUN L, 1985, DEEP-SEA RES, V32, P1233
MIDTTUN L, 1987, EFFECT OCEANOGRAPHIC, P13
MOSBY H, 1938, GEOFYS PUBL, V12, P1
NAM SL, 1997, REP POLAR RES, V241, P157
NIESSEN F, 1997, REPORTS POLAR RES, V255, P99
NORGAARDPEDERSEN N, 1998, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V13, P193
OSTERHOLM H, 1990, GEOGR ANN A, V72, P301
PFIRMAN SL, 1994, POLAR OCEANS THEIR R, P77
PHILLIPS RL, 1997, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V109, P1101
POLYAK L, 1995, GEOLOGY, V23, P567
POLYAK L, 1997, MAR GEOL, V143, P169
POLYAK L, 1994, POLAR RES, V13, P197
PRATSON LF, 1989, MAR GEOL, V89, P87
RUDELS B, 1986, POLAR RES, V4, P138
SCHAUER U, 1997, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V102, P3371
SCHEFFER F, 1984, LEHRBUCH BODENKUNDE, P442
SIEGERT MJ, 1999, QUATERNARY RES, V52, P273
SIEGERT MJ, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V43, P1
SOLHEIM A, 1996, EOS T AGU, P77
SOLHEIM A, 1990, GEOL SOC LOND SPEC P, V53, P18
SOLHEIM A, 1992, NORDISKE GEOLOGISKE
SOLHEIM A, 1984, NORSK POLARINSTITU B, V179, P26
SOLHEIM A, 1996, NORWEGIAN POLAR I CR
SPIELHAGEN RF, 1996, 1 ANN QUEEN WORKSH S
STEIN R, 1991, ACCUMULATION ORGANIC
STEIN R, 1999, LAND OCEAN SYSTEMS S, P635
STEIN R, 1994, MAR GEOL, V119, P333
SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234
TISSOT BP, 1984, PETROLEUM FORMATION, P699
VINJE TE, 1985, NORSK POLARINST SK C, V179, P26
VINJE TE, 1976, SEA ICE CONDITIONS E, P163
VOGT C, 1997, REP POLAR RES, V251, P335
VOGT PR, 1993, EOS T AM GEOPHYS UN, V74, P449
VOGT PR, 1994, GEOLOGY, V22, P403
VORREN TO, 1989, MAR GEOL, V85, P251
VORREN TO, 1997, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V16, P865
WEIEL D, 1997, THESIS U KOLN
TC 0
BP 25
EP 44
PG 20
JI Mar. Geol.
PY 2000
PD AUG 15
VL 168
IS 1-4
GA 344ZT
J9 MAR GEOLOGY
UT ISI:000088791500002
ER
PT J
AU Kaakinen, A
Eronen, M
TI Holocene pollen stratigraphy indicating climatic and tree-line
changes derived from a peat section at Ortino, in the Pechora
lowland, northern Russia
SO HOLOCENE
NR 34
AB This study presents the results of pollen analysis and
radiocarbon dates of a peat section from Ortino, in the Pechora
lowland in northern Russia. A pollen stratigraphy is provided
for at least the last 9200 years and it provides a basis for
the reconstruction of the vegetational and mire history in the
northernmost part of European Russia. Conifer stomata content
was recorded as a complement to pollen studies to achieve a
better resolution of tree-line fluctuations. The onset of
Holocene warming initiated a vegetation succession that started
first with herb-dominated tundra vegetation, and later with
herb-shrub tundra. Combined pollen and stomata evidence
suggests that Picea accompanied by Betula spp. spread to Ortino
soon after 9000 14 C yr BP. Trees and a climate warmer than at
present persisted until c. 3000 14 C yr BP, when forests
disappeared and modern dwarf-shrub tundra vegetation developed.
CR AMMANN B, 1993, PALAOKLIMAFORSCHUNG, V9, P175
ANDERSON PM, 1988, CAN J EARTH SCI, V25, P84
BARNEKOW L, 1999, LUNDQUA THESIS, V43
BOLIKHOVSKAYA NS, 1988, PALEOKLIMATY GOLOTSE, P36
CLAYDEN SL, 1997, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V29, P327
CLAYDEN SL, 1996, CAN J BOT, V74, P1009
DONNER J, 1995, QUATERNARY HIST SCAN
ERONEN M, 1996, GEOPHYSICA, V32, P35
ERONEN M, 1993, PALAOKLIMAFORSCHUNG, V9, P29
FAEGRI K, 1989, TXB POLLEN ANAL
GROSSWALD MG, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P3
HANSEN BCS, 1996, CAN J BOT, V74, P796
HANSEN BCS, 1995, CAN J BOT, V73, P244
HICKS S, 1994, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V82, P17
HYVARINEN H, 1976, BOREAS, V5, P163
HYVARINEN H, 1975, FENNIA, V142, P123
HYVARINEN H, 1992, PALAOKLIMAFORSCHUNG, V9, P19
IVERSEN J, 1954, DANM GEOL UNDERS, V80, P87
KATZ NY, 1936, T CENTRALNOJ TORFJAN, V1, P103
KHOTINSKIY NA, 1984, LATE QUATERNARY ENV, P179
KHOTINSKIY NA, 1984, LATE QUATERNARY ENV, P305
KREMENETSKI C, 1999, J QUATERNARY SCI, V14, P29
KREMENETSKI CV, 1998, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V30, P317
LUNDQVIST J, 1995, QUATERN INT, V28, P9
MANGERUD J, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P46
PYAVCHENKO NI, 1955, BUGRISTYE TORFYANIKI
RITCHIE JC, 1984, PAST PRESENT VEGETAT
RUTTER N, 1995, QUATERN INT, V28, P19
STOCKMARR J, 1971, POLLEN SPORES, V13, P615
SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234
TIPPING R, 1993, NEW PHYTOL, V125, P175
TIPPING RM, 1987, BOREAS, V16, P155
TVERANGER J, 1998, J QUATERNARY SCI, V13, P189
VELICHKO AA, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P43
TC 0
BP 611
EP 620
PG 10
JI Holocene
PY 2000
PD SEP
VL 10
IS 5
GA 341FY
J9 HOLOCENE
UT ISI:000088581400007
ER
PT J
AU Lowe, AJ
Gillies, ACM
Wilson, J
Dawson, IK
TI Conservation genetics of bush mango from central/west Africa:
implications from random amplified polymorphic DNA analysis
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 50
AB Genetic variation was assessed in the two bush mango species,
Irvingia gabonensis and I. wombolu, valuable multipurpose fruit
trees from central and west Africa that are currently
undergoing domestication. A total of 130 individuals sampled
from Cameroon, Nigeria and Gabon were analysed using 74 random
amplified polymorphic DNAs (RAPDs). Significant genetic
integrity was found in the two morphologically similar species
(among-species analysis of molecular variance [AMOVA] variance
component 25.8%, P < 0.001), with no evidence of hybridization,
even between individuals from areas of sympatry where
hybridization was considered probable. Results suggest that
large-scale transplantation of either species into new habitats
will probably not lead to genetic introgression from or into
the other species. Therefore, subsequent cultivation of the two
species should not be hindered by this consideration, although
further studies on the potential for
hybridization/introgression between these species would be
prudent. Significant genetic differentiation of both species
(among-countries within species, nested AMOVA variance
component 9.8%, P < 0.001) was observed over the sampled
regions, and genetic similarity of samples decreased
significantly with increasing geographical distance, according
to number of alleles in common (NAC) analysis. 'Hot spots' of
genetic diversity were found clustered in southern Nigeria and
southern Cameroon for I. wombolu, and in southern Nigeria,
southern Cameroon and central Gabon for I. gabonensis. The
possible reasons for this distribution of genetic variation are
discussed, but it may reflect evolutionary history, as these
populations occur in areas of postulated Pleistocene refugia.
The application of these results to domestication programmes
and, in the light of extensive deforestation in the region,
conservation approaches, is discussed.
CR ADAMSON A, 1995, HUM GENOME NEWS, V6, P3
AYUK ET, 1999, FOREST ECOL MANAG, V113, P1
BLACK WC, 1993, INSECT MOL BIOL, V2, P1
BODENES C, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P713
BRAIN P, 1989, S AFR J SCI, V85, P181
CARDOSO MA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P601
CHAMBERLAIN JR, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P37
CHEVALIER MH, 1994, BOIS FORETS TROPIQUE, V240, P5
COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P432
DAWSON IK, 1995, HEREDITY, V74, P10
DAWSON IK, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P151
DAWSON IK, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P89
DOYLE JJ, 1987, PHYTOCHEMISTRY B, V19, P11
DULLOO ME, 1997, GENET RESOUR CROP EV, V44, P447
DYER C, 1994, P 13 PLEN M AETFAT Z, P429
EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479
FRANZEL S, 1996, 8 INT SERV NAT AGR R
GILLIES ACM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P1133
GILLIES ACM, 1998, PLANT SYST EVOL, V211, P201
HAMILTON AC, 1981, AFR J ECOL, V19, P1
HAMRICK JL, 1994, P INT S GEN CONS PRO, P1
HAMRICK JL, 1993, VEGETATIO, V107, P281
HARRIS DJ, 1996, B JARDIN BOTANIQUE N, V65, P143
HARRIS SA, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V207, P119
HUFF DR, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P927
IREMONGER S, 1997, GLOBAL OVERVIEW FORE
JOLY HI, 1992, AUST J BOT, V40, P59
LADIPO DO, 1996, NONWOOD FOREST PRODU, P193
LEAKEY RRB, 1998, AGROFOREST SYST, V38, P165
LOWE AJ, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1786
LYNCH M, 1994, MOL ECOL, V3, P91
MAGUIRE TL, 1997, HEREDITY, V79, P394
MOLLET M, 1995, AGROFORESTRY TODAY, V7, P14
MULLERSTARCK G, 1991, BOCCONEA, V7, P43
NDOYE O, 1995, MARKETS NONTIMBER FO
NESBITT KA, 1995, HEREDITY, V74, P628
NEWTON AC, 1999, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V14, P140
OKAFOR JC, 1975, B NAT PLANTENTUIN BE, V45, P211
PEAKALL R, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P135
RIESEBERG LH, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P99
RUSSELL JR, 1993, MOL ECOL, V2, P89
SIMONS AJ, 1996, TREE IMPROVEMENT SUS, V2, P391
SOSEF MSM, 1994, BELMONTIA, V26, P1
SURLES SE, 1990, THEOR APPL GENET, V80, P49
UJOR GC, 1995, THESIS U IBADAN
VOS P, 1995, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V23, P4407
WEISING K, 1995, DNA FINGERPRINTING P
WHITE LJT, 1993, AFR J ECOL, V31, P181
WILIAMS JGK, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V18, P6531
ZANETTO A, 1995, HEREDITY, V75, P506
TC 0
BP 831
EP 841
PG 11
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 2000
PD JUL
VL 9
IS 7
GA 341FA
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000088579300001
ER
PT J
AU Franck, P
Garnery, L
Celebrano, G
Solignac, M
Cornuet, JM
TI Hybrid origins of honeybees from Italy (Apis mellifera
ligustica) and Sicily (A-m. sicula)
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 63
AB The genetic variability of honeybee populations Apis mellifera
ligustica, in continental Italy, and of A. m. sicula, in
Sicily, was investigated using nuclear (microsatellite) and
mitochondrial markers. Six populations (236 individual bees)
and 17 populations (664 colonies) were, respectively, analysed
using eight microsatellite loci and DraI restriction fragment
length polymorphism (RFLP) of the cytochrome oxidase I (COI)-
cytochrome oxidase II (COII) region. Microsatellite loci
globally confirmed the southeastern European heritage of both
subspecies (evolutionary branch C). However, A. m. ligustica
mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) appeared to be a composite of the two
European (M and C) lineages over most of the Italian peninsula,
and only mitotypes from the African (A) lineage were found in
A. m. sicula samples. This Remonstrates a hybrid origin for
both subspecies. For A. m. ligustica, the most widely exported
subspecies, this hybrid origin has long been obscured by the
fact that in the main area of queen production (from which most
of the previous ligustica bee samples originated) the M
mitochondrial lineage is absent, whereas it is present almost
everywhere else in Italy. This presents a new view of the
evolutionary history of European honeybees. For instance, the
Iberian peninsula was considered as the unique refuge for the M
branch during the quaternary ice periods. Our results show that
the Apennine peninsula played a similar role. The differential
distribution of nuclear and mitochondrial markers observed in
Italy seems to be a general feature of introgressed honeybee
populations. Presumably, it stems from the social nature of the
species in which both genome compartments are differentially
affected by the two (individual and colonial) reproduction
levels.
CR ARIAS MC, 1996, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V5, P557
BADINO G, 1992, ATTI 5 C NAZ SOC IT, P263
BADINO G, 1984, B MUS REG SCI NAT TO, V2, P571
BADINO G, 1985, EXPERIENTIA, V41, P752
BADINO G, 1982, EXPERIENTIA, V38, P540
BADINO G, 1983, J HERED, V74, P443
BARCOHEN R, 1978, APIDOLOGIE, V9, P95
BERTORELLE G, 1998, MOL BIOL EVOL, V15, P1298
CAVALLISFORZA LL, 1967, AM J HUM GENET, V19, P233
CHAKRABORTY R, 1993, DNA FINGERPRINTING S, P153
CHAKRABORTY R, 1986, YEARB PHYS ANTHROPOL, V29, P1
CORNUET JM, 1991, APIDOLOGIE, V22, P627
CORNUET JM, 1982, APIDOLOGIE, V13, P15
CORNUET JM, 1991, GENETICS, V1128, P393
CROZIER RH, 1993, GENETICS, V133, P97
DEJONG H, 1998, BIOL J LINN SOC, V65, P99
DELARUA P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1543
DESALLE R, 1987, J MOL EVOL, V26, P157
ESTOUP A, 1995, GENETICS, V140, P679
ESTOUP A, 1995, MOL BIOL EVOL, V12, P1074
ESTOUP A, 1996, MOL MAR BIOL BIOTECH, V5, P295
FRANCK P, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P1119
FRANCK P, 2000, IN PRESS APIDOLOGIE
GARNERY L, 1993, EXPERIENTIA, V49, P1016
GARNERY L, 1998, GENET SEL EVOL, V30, P31
GARNERY L, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P465
GARNERY L, 1992, MOL ECOL, V1, P145
GARNET L, 1998, GENET SEL EVOL, V30, P49
GOLDSTEIN DB, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P6723
HEDGES SB, 1992, MOL BIOL EVOL, V9, P366
HEPBURN HR, 1998, HONEYBEES AFRICA
HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87
HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247
KOULIANOS S, 1996, APIDOLOGIE, V27, P165
LEGENDRE L, 1984, ECOLOGIE NUMERIQUE, V1
LONGO S, 1984, APITALIA, P1
MANINO A, 1984, APICOL MODERNO, V75, P89
MARLETTO F, 1984, APIC MOD, V75, P159
MEIXNER MD, 1993, APIDOLOGIE, V24, P147
NEI M, 1981, GENETICS, V97, P583
NEI M, 1978, GENETICS, V89, P145
OLDROYD BP, 1992, J APICULT RES, V31, P141
RAYMOND M, 1995, J HERED, V86, P248
RIESEBERG LH, 1996, SCIENCE, V272, P741
ROBERTS DF, 1965, HUM BIOL, V37, P38
RUTTNER F, 1978, APIDOLOGIE, V9, P363
RUTTNER F, 1988, BIOGEOGRAPHY TAXONOM
SAITOU N, 1987, MOL BIOL EVOL, V4, P406
SHEPPARD WS, 1997, APIDOLOGIE, V28, P287
SHEPPARD WS, 1986, APIDOLOGIE, V17, P21
SHEPPARD WS, 1999, GENET MOL BIOL, V22, P73
SINACORI A, 1998, APIDOLOGIE, V29, P481
SMITH DR, 1991, J HERED, V82, P96
SOKAL RR, 1995, BIOMETRY
SWOFFORD DL, 1989, PAUP PHYLOGENETIC AN
TABERLET P, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P1255
TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453
TAKEZAKI N, 1996, GENETICS, V144, P389
TAYLOR OR, 1977, BEE WORLD, V58, P19
VENANZETTI F, 1993, MOL PHYLLOGENET EVOL, V2, P275
VIARD F, 1998, J MOL EVOL, V47, P42
WILSON AC, 1985, BIOL J LINN SOC, V26, P375
WOODWARD D, 1993, AM BEE J, V133, P124
TC 0
BP 907
EP 921
PG 15
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 2000
PD JUL
VL 9
IS 7
GA 341FA
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000088579300008
ER
PT J
AU Clark, PU
Mix, AC
TI Global change - Ice sheets by volume
SO NATURE
NR 18
CR BARD E, 1990, NATURE, V345, P405
CLARK PU, 1996, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V11, P563
CLARK PU, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P1104
DUPLESSY JC, 1991, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V103, P27
FLEMING K, 1998, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V163, P327
GROSSWALD MG, 1999, POLAR GEOGR, V23, P23
GUILDERSON TP, 1994, SCIENCE, V263, P663
HEWITT CD, 1997, CLIM DYNAM, V13, P821
LAMBECK K, IN PRESS EARTH PLANE
MIX AC, 1999, GEOPH MONOG SERIES, V112, P127
MIX AC, IN PRESS QUAT SCI RE
MIX AC, 1988, NATURE, V331, P249
PELTIER WR, 1998, REV GEOPHYS, V36, P603
SCHRAG DP, 1996, SCIENCE, V272, P1930
SHACKLETON N, 1967, NATURE, V215, P15
SOWERS T, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P210
SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234
YOKOYAMA Y, 2000, NATURE, V406, P713
TC 0
BP 689
EP 690
PG 2
JI Nature
PY 2000
PD AUG 17
VL 406
IS 6797
GA 344PH
J9 NATURE
UT ISI:000088767700030
ER
PT J
AU Balfourier, F
Imbert, C
Charmet, G
TI Evidence for phylogeographic structure in Lolium species
related to the spread of agriculture in Europe. A cpDNA study
SO THEORETICAL AND APPLIED GENETICS
NR 30
AB In order to explain the present distribution area of natural
populations of two forage grasses species (Lolium perenne and
L. rigidum), we studied genetic variation for maternally
inherited chloroplast DNA (cpDNA) in 447 individual plants from
51 natural populations sampled throughout Europe and the Middle
East. The detection of polymorphism by restriction analysis of
PCR-amplified cpDNA fragments resulted in the identification of
15 haplotypes. Hierarchical analysis of chloroplastic diversity
showed a high level of within-population diversity while, for
both species, we found that about 40% of the total diversity
still remains among populations. The use of previous isozymes
data enabled us to estimate the pollen to seed flow ratio:
pollen flow appears to be 3.5 times greater than seed flow for
L. perenne and 2.2 times higher for L. rigidum. A stepwise
weighted genetic distance between pairs of populations was
calculated using the haplotypes frequencies of populations. A
hierarchical clustering of populations clearly divides the two
species, while two main clusters of L. perenne populations show
a strong geographical structure. Different scenario are
proposed for explaining the distribution area of the two
species. Finally, evidence attesting that these geographical
structures are related to the spread of agriculture in Europe
are presented and discussed.
CR BADENES ML, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P1035
BALFOURIER F, 1998, HEREDITY, V81, P100
CHARMET G, 1997, THEOR APPL GENET, V94, P1038
CHIU WL, 1985, MOL GEN GENET, V198, P525
DAVIS JI, 1993, AM J BOT, V80, P1444
DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515
DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475
ECHT CS, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P307
EFRON B, 1979, ANN STAT, V7, P1
ENNOS RA, 1993, HEREDITY, V72, P250
FERRONI P, 1998, THROMB HAEMOSTASIS, V80, P58
KIANG AS, 1994, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P681
LECORRE V, 1997, GENET RES, V69, P117
MARCHELLI P, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V97, P642
MCCAULEY DE, 1997, J HERED, V88, P257
NEI M, 1972, AM NAT, V106, P283
NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN
OLMSTEAD RG, 1994, AM J BOT, V81, P1205
PETIT RJ, 1993, HEREDITY, V71, P630
PETIT RJ, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P122
PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462
ROGERS SO, 1985, PLANT MOL BIOL, V5, P69
SEARS BB, 1980, PLASMID, V4, P233
SHRIVER MD, 1995, MOL BIOL EVOL, V12, P914
SNEATH PHA, 1973, NUMERICAL TAXONOMY
TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105
TERRELL EE, 1968, USDA TECHN B, V1392, P1
TIXIER MH, 1997, J GENET BREED, V51, P175
YAMESHITA M, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P129
TC 0
BP 131
EP 138
PG 8
JI Theor. Appl. Genet.
PY 2000
PD JUL
VL 101
IS 1-2
GA 338DX
J9 THEOR APPL GENET
UT ISI:000088403800021
ER
PT J
AU Stehlik, I
TI Nunataks and peripheral refugia for alpine plants during
quaternary glaciation in the middle part of the Alps
SO BOTANICA HELVETICA
NR 28
AB There is a long-lasting debate about the fate of the mountain
flora of the Alps during Quaternary ice ages. Two main
possibilities of glacial survival of alpine plant taxa have
been discussed, namely (1) total extinction within glaciated
areas, survival in peripheral refugia, and subsequent re-
immigration into vacant areas after the retreat of glaciers
(tabula rasa hypothesis ) and (2) long-term in-situ survival
within glaciated regions in ice-free locations above the ice-
shield (nunataks) and spread into neighbouring, vegetation-free
areas after glaciations (nunatak hypothesis). Based upon
floristic and geological biogeographic literature, a map was
drawn showing potential peripheral refugia and the according
migration routes into the Central Alps, as well as the main
high-alpine nunatak areas. This map is proposed to provide a
basis for further discussions and investigations on the
historical biogeography of alpine plants.
CR ABBOTT RJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P199
BAUERT MR, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1519
BECHERER A, 1972, FUHRER FLORA SCHWEIZ
BRIQUEG J, 1906, WISSENSCHAFTLICHE ER, P130
BROCKMANNJEROSC H, 1926, PFLANZENLEBEN ALPEN, P1110
BURGA CA, 1998, VEGETATION KLIM SCHW
CHODAT R, 1902, GLOBE, V41, P1
COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P432
DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515
FAVARGER C, 1958, FLORA VEGETATION ALP
FERRIS C, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P731
FLORINETH D, 1998, ECLOGAE GEOL HELV, V91, P391
FLORINETH D, 1998, EISZEITALTER GEGENWA, V48, P23
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
HANTKE R, 1978, WATLAS SCHWEIZ
HESS H, 1967, FLORA SCHWEIZ ANGREN, V1
HUNGERER KB, 1998, PL ECOL EVOL SYST, V1, P121
LANDOLT E, 1992, UNSERER ALPENFLORA
LANG G, 1994, QUARTARE VEGETATIONS
MERXMULLER H, 1953, JB VER SCHUTZE ALPEN, V18, P138
MERXMULLER H, 1952, JB VER SCHUTZE ALPEN, V17, P96
MERXMULLER H, 1954, JB VEREINS SCHUTZE A, V19, P97
PETIT RJ, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P9996
SOLTIS DE, 1997, PL SYST EVOL, V202, P353
STEHLIK I, IN PRESS B GEOBOT ET
TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453
TOLLEFSRUD MM, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1217
WELTEN M, 1982, VERBREITUNGSATLAS FA
TC 0
BP 25
EP 30
PG 6
JI Bot. Helv.
PY 2000
PD JUN
VL 110
IS 1
GA 336BT
J9 BOTAN HELV
UT ISI:000088282600004
ER
PT J
AU Birks, HH
Birks, HJB
TI Future uses of pollen analysis must include plant macrofossils
SO JOURNAL OF BIOGEOGRAPHY
NR 32
CR ANDERSON PM, 1989, J BIOGEOGR, V16, P573
BAKER RG, 1996, ECOL MONOGR, V66, P203
BAKER RG, 1965, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V76, P601
BARNEKOW L, 1999, HOLOCENE, V9, P253
BIRKS HH, 1994, DISSERTATIONES BOT, V234, P129
BIRKS HH, 2000, IN PRESS J PALEOLIMN, V23
BIRKS HH, 1993, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V12, P719
BIRKS HH, 1994, VEGETATION HIST ARCH, V3, P107
BIRKS HJB, 1976, ECOL MONOGR, V46, P395
BIRKS HJB, 1993, PHYTOCOENOLOGIA, V23, P399
COLINVAUX P, 1996, NATURE, V382, P21
CWYNAR LC, 1982, ECOL MONOGR, V52, P1
ELIAS SA, 1996, NATURE, V382, P60
ELIAS SA, 1997, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V136, P293
GUTHRIE RD, 1990, FROZEN FAUNA MAMMOTH
JACKSON ST, 1989, NEW YORK STATE MUSEU, V465
JONSGARD B, 1995, LINDBERGIA, V20, P64
KRISTIANSEN IL, 1988, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V53, P185
LARSEN E, 1984, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V16, P137
MANGERUD J, 1970, NOR GEOGR TIDSSKR, V24, P121
OVERPECK JT, 1985, QUATERNARY RES, V23, P87
PAUS A, 1990, NORSK GEOL TIDSSKR, V70, P135
PAUS A, 1989, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V61, P177
RITCHIE JC, 1995, NEW PHYTOL, V130, P469
VANDINTER M, 1996, VEG HIST ARCHAEOBOT, V5, P229
VONPOST L, 1916, POLLEN SPORES, V9, P375
WATTS WA, 1979, ECOL MONOGR, V49, P427
WHITLOCK C, 1993, GEOL SOC AM SPEDAL P, V276, P251
WICK L, 1997, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V29, P445
WOLF VG, 2000, IN PRESS QUATERNARY
WRIGHT HE, 1971, LATE CENOZOIC GLACIA, P435
WRIGHT HE, 1969, MINNESOTA GEOLOGICAL
TC 0
BP 31
EP 35
PG 5
JI J. Biogeogr.
PY 2000
PD JAN
VL 27
IS 1
GA 333BV
J9 J BIOGEOGR
UT ISI:000088109600006
ER
PT J
AU Mohanty, A
Martin, JP
Aguinagalde, I
TI Chloroplast DNA diversity within and among populations of the
allotetraploid Prunus spinosa L.
SO THEORETICAL AND APPLIED GENETICS
NR 40
AB High chloroplast DNA (cpDNA) diversity was found within and
among populations of Prunus spinosa sampled from seven European
deciduous forests. A study of 12% of the total chloroplast
genome detected 44 mutations, which were distributed over 24
haplotypes; four were common to two or more populations and the
rest were unique haplotypes. The most-abundant and widely
distributed haplotype was H2 (frequency = 41% approximately).
Six of the seven populations were polymorphic. All of the six
polymorphic populations had "private" haplotypes (frequency
<5%) in addition to common haplotypes. The UPGMA dendrogram
demonstrated a correlation between populations and their
geographical locations. The total diversity was high (h(T) =
0.824) and a major portion of it was within populations (h(s) =
0.663). The level of population subdivision for unordered
alleles was low (G(ST) = 19.5%) and for ordered alleles was
lower (N-ST = 13.6%). No phylogeographic structure could be
demonstrated in the present geographical scale. High
polymorphism in the cpDNA of P. spinosa has to be considered
carefully when planning phylogenetic studies involving this
species.
CR BANKS JA, 1985, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V82, P6950
BASSAM BJ, 1991, ANAL BIOCHEM, V80, P81
BERIDZE RK, 1981, KULTURPFLANZE, V29, P147
BYRNE M, 1994, HEREDITY, V73, P18
CLEGG MT, 1984, GENETICS, V106, P449
DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515
DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393
ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P547
EXCOFFIER L, 1994, GENETICS, V136, P343
FERNANDEZGARCIA T, 1998, Z LEBENSM UNTERS F A, V206, P414
GAUT BS, 1993, MOL PHYLLOGENET EVOL, V2, P89
GEPTS P, 1989, J HERED, V80, P203
GIELLY L, 1994, MOL BIOL EVOL, V11, P769
GUITIAN J, 1993, PLANT SYST EVOL, V185, P153
JACKSON HD, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P739
KANEKO T, 1986, JPN J GENET, V61, P157
KING RA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1151
LEVY F, 1996, HEREDITY, V76, P143
MILLIGAN BG, 1991, CURR GENET, V19, P411
PALMER JD, 1987, AM NAT, V130, P6
PETIT RJ, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P122
PONS O, 1996, GENETICS, V144, P1237
PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462
PRIM RC, 1957, BELL SYST TECH J, V36, P1389
REYNDERSALOISI S, 1994, PLANT CELL REP, V13, P641
ROHLF FJ, 1992, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T
SEGRAVES KA, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P253
SLATKIN M, 1985, EVOLUTION, V39, P53
SOLTIS DE, 1992, MOL SYSTEMATICS PLAN, P117
TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105
TERAUCHI R, 1991, THEOR APPL GENET, V81, P461
TORRES AM, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V85, P937
UEMATSU C, 1991, JPN J GENET, V66, P59
VANDIJK P, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P345
WATKINS R, 1976, EVOLUTION CROP PLANT, P242
WATKINS R, 1981, OXFORD ENCY TREES WO, P196
WOLFE KH, 1987, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V84, P9054
YEBOAH GK, 1987, FUNCT ECOL, V1, P261
TC 0
BP 1304
EP 1310
PG 7
JI Theor. Appl. Genet.
PY 2000
PD JUN
VL 100
IS 8
GA 333WZ
J9 THEOR APPL GENET
UT ISI:000088154900021
ER
PT J
AU Peng, CI
Chiang, TY
TI Molecular confirmation of unidirectional hybridization in
Begonia x taipeiensis Peng (Begoniaceae) from Taiwan
SO ANNALS OF THE MISSOURI BOTANICAL GARDEN
NR 67
AB An unusual Begonia that sheds staminate flowers prematurely at
bud stage was collected from several localities in northern
Taiwan. Observations on morphology, pollen stainability, and
seed set of this species initially suggested a hybrid origin.
Morphological comparisons, distribution patterns, chromosome
cytology, and experimental hybridization showed that such
plants are F-1 hybrids (2n = 41) between Begonia formosana
(Hayata) Masamune (n = 30) and B. aptera Blume (n = ii), both
of which are widespread in Taiwan and sympatric in most of
their ranges. These hybrids were named Begonia X taipeiensis
Peng. Experimental crosses between the putative parental
species consistently resulted in germinable seeds and healthy
F-1 plants only when B. formosana was used as the female
parent. Molecular data obtained from sequences of the atpB-rbcL
spacer of chloroplast DNA confirmed that unidirectional
hybridization between the putative parents in the wild resulted
in the formation of B. X taipeiensis. No natural hybrid
populations with a maternal origin from B. aptera have been
detected. Abortion caused by a post-pollination barrier occurs
when B. aptera was used as a maternal parent. Low pollen
fertility of F-1 hybrids indicates that the natural hybrid is
maintained by recurrent hybridization between the parental
species.
CR ARFT AM, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P110
ARNOLD ML, 1993, AM J BOT, V80, P577
ARNOLD ML, 1992, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V23, P237
ARNOLD ML, 1990, EVOLUTION, V44, P1512
ARNOLD ML, 1993, HYBRID ZONES EVOLUTI, P115
ARNOLD ML, 1997, NATURAL HYBRIDIZATIO
ARNOLD ML, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P67
ASHTON PA, 1992, HEREDITY, V68, P25
BALDWIN BG, 1997, MOL EVOLUTION ADAPTI, P103
BROCHMANN C, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P135
CHEN CH, 1993, FLORA TAIWAN, V3, P845
CHEN YK, 1988, THESIS CHINESE CULTU
CHIANG TY, 1998, BOT BULL ACAD SINICA, V39, P245
CHIANG TY, 1994, THESIS WASHINGTON U
CHIEN A, 1976, J BACTERIOL, V127, P1550
CHIU WL, 1985, MOL GEN GENET, V198, P525
DEMARAIS BD, 1992, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V89, P2747
DOYLE JJ, 1990, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V87, P714
DOYLE JJ, 1989, PHYTOCHEMISTRY B, V19, P11
FARRIS JS, 1989, CLADISTICS, V5, P417
FELSENSTEIN J, 1985, EVOLUTION, V39, P783
FRANCISCOORTEGA J, 1997, MOL EVOLUTION ADAPTI, P407
GARCIA DK, 1994, EVOLUTION, V48, P376
GOLENBERG EM, 1993, MOL PHYLLOGENET EVOL, V2, P52
HARRIS SA, 1992, HEREDITY, V69, P1
HEDGES SB, 1992, MOL BIOL EVOL, V9, P366
HIGGINS DG, 1992, COMPUT APPL BIOSCI, V8, P189
HILLIS DM, 1992, J HERED, V83, P189
HILLIS DM, 1993, SYST BIOL, V42, P182
HODGES SA, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P1504
HUELSENBECK JP, 1991, SYST ZOOL, V40, P257
HUGHES CE, 1994, PLANT SYST EVOL, V192, P177
JACKSON RC, 1973, EVOLUTION, V27, P243
KIMURA M, 1980, J MOL EVOL, V16, P111
KLASSEN GJ, 1991, SYST ZOOL, V40, P446
KLUGE AG, 1969, SYST ZOOL, V18, P1
KUMAR PS, 1993, MEGA MOL EVOLUTIONAR
LI WH, 1997, MOL EVOLUTION
LI WH, 1995, SYST BIOL, V44, P49
LIU SL, 1999, THESIS NATL CHENG KU
MANEN JF, 1995, J MOL EVOL, V41, P920
MARCHUK D, 1991, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V19, P1154
MUMMENHOFF K, 1995, BOT ACTA, V108, P449
MURRAY V, 1989, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V17, P8889
OHSUMI C, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V85, P969
PENG CI, 1991, ANN MO BOT GARD, V78, P995
PENG CI, 1988, ANN MO BOT GARD, V75, P970
PENG CI, 2000, BOT BULL ACAD SINICA, V41, P151
PENG CI, 1990, BOT BULL ACAD SINICA, V31, P343
RIESEBERG LH, 1991, AM J BOT, V78, P1218
RIESEBERG LH, 1990, EVOLUTION, V44, P1498
RIESEBERG LH, 1995, MONOG SYST BOTAN, V53, P333
SANGER F, 1977, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V74, P5463
SOLTIS DE, 1989, AM J BOT, V76, P1119
SOLTIS DE, 1993, CRIT REV PLANT SCI, V12, P243
SOLTIS DE, 1990, J HERED, V81, P168
SOLTIS PS, 1992, MOL SYSTEMATICS PLAN, P177
SOLTIS PS, 1991, SYST BOT, V16, P407
STEIN DB, 1990, ANN MO BOT GARD, V77, P334
SWOFFORD DL, 1993, PAUP PHYLOGENETIC AN
SWOFFORD DL, 1991, PHYLOGENETIC ANAL DN, P295
VANDERPIJL L, 1972, PRINCIPLES DISPERSAL
VOGELSTEIN B, 1979, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V76, P615
WANG XR, 1994, EVOLUTION, V48, P1020
WENDEL JF, 1991, EVOLUTION, V45, P694
WHITTEMORE AT, 1991, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V88, P2540
WU CI, 1985, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V82, P1741
TC 1
BP 273
EP 285
PG 13
JI Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard.
PY 2000
VL 87
IS 2
GA 331GG
J9 ANN MO BOT GARD
UT ISI:000088009500008
ER
PT J
AU Cronberg, N
TI Genetic diversity of the epiphytic bryophyte Leucodon
sciuroides in formerly glaciated versus nonglaciated parts of
Europe
SO HEREDITY
NR 51
AB Twelve populations of the epiphytic bryophyte Leucodon
sciuroides from three major regions representing formerly
glaciated and nonglaciated regions of Europe were screened for
polymorphisms at 15 putative isozyme loci. The populations
clustered into three distinct groups consisting of: (i) a
single population from Crete, representing a cryptic unknown
taxon; (ii) four Scandinavian populations and two populations
from northern Greece; and (iii) the remaining populations from
mainland Greece and Crete. The Scandinavian populations were
genetically depleted compared with most Greek populations, thus
fitting the expectation of generally lower levels of variation
in formerly glaciated areas. The transition zone between
genetically diverse and depleted populations appears to be
located through northern Greece, coinciding with the northern
limit of the Mediterranean region. This indicates that genetic
variation was lost in populations at the northern limit of
glacial refugia. The two groups of populations fit a
progenitor-derivative model. They also have contrasting
reproductive strategies: the Mediterranean populations
reproduce sexually, whereas the other populations propagate
vegetatively. Epiphytic species, growing on substrates that are
limited in space and time, appear to be especially vulnerable
to loss of genetic variation. Lack of genetic variation and
therefore low adaptability to increased levels of atmospheric
pollution may explain why many epiphytic lichen and bryophytes,
including L. sciuroides, are declining over much of Europe.
CR AFFRE L, 1997, BIOL J LINN SOC, V60, P527
AKIYAMA H, 1994, AM J BOT, V81, P1280
APPELGREN L, 1999, J BRYOL, V21, P97
BATES JW, 1997, J BRYOL, V19, P685
BENNETT KD, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P103
BERGMANN F, 1990, GENETICA, V82, P1
BOISSELIERDUBAYLE , 1998, PLANT SYST EVOL, V210, P175
CAVALLISFORZA LL, 1967, EVOLUTION, V21, P550
COMPS B, 1990, HEREDITY, V65, P407
CRAWFORD DJ, 1983, ISOZYMES PLANT GEN A, P257
CRONBERG N, 1997, HEREDITY, V78, P239
CRONBERG N, 2000, LINDBERGIA, V25, P20
CRONBERG N, 1995, LINDBERGIA, V20, P40
DURING HJ, 1979, LINDBERGIA, V5, P2
FALCONER DS, 1989, INTRO QUANTITATIVE G
GOUDET J, 1995, J HERED, V86, P485
HALLINGBACK T, 1992, BIOL CONSERV, V59, P163
HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87
HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247
HOFFMANN AA, 1993, BIOTIC INTERACTIONS, P165
HUNTLEY B, 1988, VEGETATION HIST, P341
JONSSON BO, 1998, THESIS LUND U LUND
KONNERT M, 1995, PLANT SYST EVOL, V196, P19
KOPERSKI M, 1998, HERZOGIA, V13, P63
KULLMAN L, 1998, BOREAS, V27, P153
LAGERCRANTZ U, 1990, EVOLUTION, V44, P38
LANDE R, 1987, VIABLE POPULATIONS C, P87
LEBERG PL, 1992, EVOLUTION, V46, P477
MAHY G, 1997, NEW PHYTOL, V137, P325
MANCHENKO GP, 1994, HDB DETECTION ENZYME
MARTENSSON O, 1956, KUNGL SVENSKA VETENS, V14, P1
MISHLER BD, 1988, PLANT REPRODUCTIVE E, P284
MOLLER H, 1912, ARK BOT, V12, P1
NEI M, 1978, GENETICS, V89, P583
NEI M, 1975, MOL POPULATION GENET
NYHOLM E, 1954, MOSS FLORA FENNOSCAN, V2
PIPPO S, 1982, ACTA BOT FENN, V119, P1
PRESTON CD, 1994, ATLAS BRYOPHYTES BRI, V3, P214
SCHOFIELD WB, 1981, BRYOLOGIST, V84, P149
SJOGREN E, 1995, STUDIES PLANT ECOLOG, V19
SODERSTROM L, 1998, BRYOLOGY 21 CENTURY, P321
SOLTIS DE, 1983, AM FERN J, V73, P9
SWOFFORD DL, 1981, BIOSYS 1 COMPUTER PR
TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453
THOMPSON JD, 1999, HEREDITY, V82, P229
VOGEL JC, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V66, P23
WEIR BS, 1984, EVOLUTION, V38, P1358
WENDEL JF, 1989, ISOZYMES PLANT BIOL, P5
WHITLOCK MC, 1999, GENETICS, V152, P345
WYATT R, 1982, J HATTORI BOTANICAL, V52, P179
WYATT R, 1993, LINDBERGIA, V18, P49
TC 0
BP 710
EP 720
PG 11
JI Heredity
PY 2000
PD JUN
VL 84
IS 6
GA 329YH
J9 HEREDITY
UT ISI:000087935700011
ER
PT J
AU Bingham, RA
Ranker, TA
TI Genetic diversify in alpine and foothill populations of
Campanula rotundifolia (Campanulaceae)
SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF PLANT SCIENCES
NR 74
AB Climatic constraints on insects in alpine environments have
important consequences for the biology of their plant
mutualists; in particular, reduced insect diversity and
activity in alpine plant populations can result in pollinator-
limited seed set and, potentially, in low genetic diversity.
However, highly effective pollination by bumblebees in alpine
populations can compensate for low visitation rates. In this
study we hypothesized that, because of highly effective
pollination by bumblebees, alpine populations of Campanula
rotundifolia would not experience more frequent cycles of
pollinator limitation than low-elevation populations and would
therefore exhibit comparable levels of genetic variability and
inbreeding to those found in foothill populations. Enzyme
electrophoresis was used to assess genetic variability at nine
putative loci in alpine and foothill populations of C.
rotundifolia in Colorado. Genetic variability in C.
rotundifolia was found to be comparable to that reported for
other long-lived herbaceous perennials. Measures of genetic
variability and fixation indices did not differ between high-
and low-elevation populations and were consistent with Hardy-
Weinberg expectations. Nonsignificant F-ST values indicated no
genetic differentiation among all populations.
CR ABBOTT RJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P199
ARADHYA KM, 1991, HEREDITY, V67, P129
ARROYO MTK, 1982, AM J BOT, V69, P82
ARROYO MTK, 1985, PLANT SYST EVOL, V149, P187
BAKER HG, 1966, EVOLUTION, V20, P349
BAKER HG, 1955, EVOLUTION, V9, P347
BARRETT SCH, 1990, BIOL APPROACHES EVOL, P229
BARRETT SCH, 1987, EVOLUTION, V41, P340
BAUERT MR, 1996, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V28, P190
BAYER RJ, 1991, BOT GAZ, V152, P486
BILLINGS WD, 1974, ARCTIC ALPINE ENV, P403
BILLINGS WD, 1968, BIOL REV, V43, P481
BINGHAM RA, 1998, NATURE, V391, P238
BINGHAM RA, 1997, THESIS U COLORADO BO
CALLAGHAN TV, 1976, OIKOS, V27, P383
CRAWFORD DJ, 1990, PLANT MOL SYSTEMATIC
DIGGLE PK, 1998, INT J PLANT SCI, V159, P606
DOUGLAS DA, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P295
FISHER RA, 1965, THEORY INBREEDING
GALEN C, 1989, AM J BOT, V76, P419
GALEN C, 1980, AM MIDL NAT, V104, P281
GALEN C, 1985, ECOLOGY, V66, P792
GALEN C, 1991, EVOLUTION, V45, P1218
GEHRING JL, 1992, AM J BOT, V79, P1337
GUGERLI F, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P457
GUGERLI F, 1998, OECOLOGIA, V114, P60
HAGERUP O, 1951, KUNGL DANSKE VID SEL, V18, P3
HAMRICK JL, 1990, POPULATION GENETICS, P43
HAUFLER CH, 1985, SYST BOT, V10, P92
HEINRICH B, 1979, BUMBLEBEE EC
INOUYE DW, 1988, AUST J ECOL, V13, P191
JAIN SK, 1976, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V7, P469
JOLLS CL, 1982, ECOLOGICAL STUDIES C, P83
KEARNS CA, 1994, AM J BOT, V81, P1091
KEARNS CA, 1992, AM MIDL NAT, V127, P172
LEVIN DA, 1972, EVOLUTION, V26, P668
LLOYD DG, 1965, CONTR GRAY HERB HARV, V195, P3
MACIOR LW, 1970, AM J BOT, V57, P716
MANI MS, 1962, INTRO HIGH ALTITUDE
MILLER J, 1994, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V26, P97
MOLAU U, 1993, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V25, P391
MOLDENKE AR, 1979, PHYTOLOGIA, V42, P349
MOSQUIN T, 1966, EVOLUTION CANADAS FL, P43
MULLER H, 1880, NATURE, V21, P275
MURRAY DF, 1987, DIFFERENTIATION PATT, P239
NEI M, 1977, ANN HUM GENET, V41, P225
NYMAN Y, 1993, AM J BOT, V80, P1427
NYMAN Y, 1993, AM J BOT, V80, P1437
NYMAN Y, 1992, PLANT SYST EVOL, V181, P97
ODASZ AM, 1996, AM J BOT, V83, P1379
PARRISH JAD, 1979, ECOLOGY, V60, P597
PHILIPP M, 1997, OPERA BOT, V132, P89
RANKER TA, 1989, SYST BOT, V14, P439
RICHARDSON TE, 1989, AM J BOT, V76, P532
ROGERS JS, 1972, STUDIES GENETICS, V7, P145
SAVILE DBO, 1959, CAN J BOT, V37, P959
SCHOEN DJ, 1982, EVOLUTION, V36, P352
SHETLER S, 1979, THESIS U MICHIGAN AN
SHETLER SG, 1979, TAXON, V28, P205
SHORE JS, 1991, HEREDITY, V66, P305
SOLBRIG OT, 1977, EVOLUTION, V31, P265
SOLTIS DE, 1983, AM FERN J, V73, P9
SOLTIS DE, 1986, AM J BOT, V73, P310
SOLTIS DE, 1989, EVOLUTION, V43, P586
SPEARS EE, 1987, J ECOL, V75, P351
STANTON ML, 1997, EVOLUTION, V51, P79
STEBBINS GL, 1957, AM NAT, V41, P337
STENSTROM M, 1992, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V24, P337
SWOFFORD DL, 1989, BIOSYS 1 COMPUTER PR
WENDEL JF, 1989, ISOZYMES PLANT BIOL, P5
WILLIAMS LD, 1970, THESIS DUKE U DURHAM
WRIGHT S, 1965, EVOLUTION, V19, P395
WRIGHT S, 1978, EVOLUTION GENETICS P, V4
WYATT R, 1986, J ECOL, V74, P403
TC 0
BP 403
EP 411
PG 9
JI Int. J. Plant Sci.
PY 2000
PD MAY
VL 161
IS 3
GA 330TZ
J9 INT J PLANT SCI
UT ISI:000087978400008
ER
PT J
AU Polyak, L
Gataullin, V
Okuneva, O
Stelle, V
TI New constraints on the limits of the Barents-Kara ice sheet
during the Last Glacial Maximum based on borehole stratigraphy
from the Pechora Sea
SO GEOLOGY
NR 32
AB A new, C-14-verified borehole stratigraphy provides the first
age-controlled reconstruction of the late Quaternary glacial
history of the Pechora Sea (southeasternmost Barents Sea). A
complete glaciation of the Pechora Sea is confirmed for middle
Weichselian time, prior to ca, 35-40 ha, Composition of glacial
erratics indicates that ice was moving from or across
southernmost Novaya Zemlya and Vaygach Island. After a brief
interstadial period with normal marine conditions, the Pechora
Sea was affected by a drop in sea level and a drier climate.
Subsequently, the late Weichselian Barents-Kara ice sheet
occupied the northwestern part of the Pechora Sea, but did not
reach the coast of the Pechora lowland, as previously believed.
These data provide a new constraint on the Last Glacial Maximum
(LGM) ice-sheet limits in the Eurasian Arctic. The inferred
direction of the Last Glacial Maximum ice movement in the
Pechora Sea was from the northeast, but with a stronger
northern component than the penultimate glaciation, The ice
sheet retreated early, ca. 13 ka, after which the shallow
Pechora Sea was subjected to strong erosion during the
postglacial sea-level rise.
CR ARKHIPOV SA, 1986, QUATERNARY GLACIATIO, P463
ASTAKHOV VI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P23
BARANOVSKAYA OF, 1986, CENOZOIC DEPOSITS SH, P83
BOULTON GS, 1996, J GLACIOL, V42, P43
ENGLAND J, 1999, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V18, P421
EPSHTEIN OG, 1985, GEOTECHNICAL CONDI 1
EPSHTEIN OG, 1999, INQUA B, V63, P132
FORMAN SL, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P133
FORMAN SL, 1999, GEOLOGY, V27, P807
FORMAN SL, 1995, GEOLOGY, V23, P113
GATAULLIN V, 1993, BOREAS, V22, P47
GATAULLIN V, 2000, IN PRESS GLOBAL PLAN
GATAULLIN VN, 1992, LITHOSTRATIGRAPHIC S
GROSSWALD MG, 1994, POLAR GEOGR GEOL, V18, P15
KRAPIVNER RB, 1986, CENOZOIC DEPOSITS SH, P7
KUPRIYANOVA NV, 1999, BERICHTE POLARFORSCH, V306, P62
LAMBECK K, 1995, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V14, P1
LANDVIK JY, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P43
LAVROV AS, 1977, STRUCTURE DYNAMICS E, P83
MANGERUD J, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P46
OKUNEVA OG, 1991, METHODS DEV SUBSTANT
ONISCHENKO SV, 1988, QUATERNARY PALEOECOL, P142
PIPER DJW, 1983, SEDIMENT GEOL, V36, P195
POLYAK L, 1995, GEOLOGY, V23, P567
POLYAK L, 1995, GEOLOGY, V23, P767
POLYAK L, 1997, MAR GEOL, V143, P169
SAETTEM J, 1992, MAR GEOL, V103, P15
SEREBRYANNY L, 1998, HOLOCENE, V8, P323
SIEGERT MJ, 1999, QUATERNARY RES, V52, P273
STUIVER M, 1993, RADIOCARBON, V35, P137
SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234
VORREN TO, 1986, BOREAS, V15, P51
TC 0
BP 611
EP 614
PG 4
JI Geology
PY 2000
PD JUL
VL 28
IS 7
GA 327YN
J9 GEOLOGY
UT ISI:000087822200009
ER
PT J
AU Trewick, SA
Wallis, GP
Morgan-Richards, M
TI Phylogeographical pattern correlates with Pliocene mountain
building in the alpine scree weta (Orthoptera,
Anostostomatidae)
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 65
AB Most research on the biological effects of Pleistocene
glaciation and refugia has been undertaken in the northern
hemisphere and focuses on lowland taxa. Using single-strand
conformation polymorphism (SSCP) analysis and sequencing of
mitochondrial cytochrome oxidase I, we explored the
intraspecific phylogeography of a flightless orthopteran (the
alpine scree weta, Deinacrida connectens) that is adapted to
the alpine zone of South Island, New Zealand. We found that
several mountain ranges and regions had their own reciprocally
monophyletic, deeply differentiated lineages. Corrected genetic
distance among lineages was 8.4% (Kimura 2-parameter [K2P]) /
13% (GTR + I + Gamma), whereas within-lineage distances were
only 2.8% (K2P) / 3.2% (GTR + I + Gamma). We propose a model to
explain this phylogeographical structure, which links the
radiation of D. connectens to Pliocene mountain building, and
maintenance of this structure through the combined effects of
mountain-top isolation during Pleistocene interglacials and ice
barriers to dispersal during glacials.
CR AVISE JC, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P489
AVISE JC, 1994, MOL MARKERS NATURAL
BENNETT KD, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P103
BLOCK W, 1998, PHYSIOL ENTOMOL, V23, P1
BROWER AVZ, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P6491
BROWN JM, 1994, MOL BIOL EVOL, V11, P128
BROWN WM, 1979, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V76, P1967
BUCKLEY T, 1998, EVOLUTION BIOGEOGRAP, P11
BURROWS CJ, 1965, TUATARA, V13, P9
COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P432
COOPER RA, 1993, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V8, P429
COOPER SJB, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P49
COX CB, 1993, BIOGEOGRAPHY ECOLOGI
CWYNAR LC, 1987, AM NAT, V129, P463
DENTON GH, 1981, LAST GREAT ICE SHEET
DUMBLETON LJ, 1970, NZ ENTOMOLOGIST, V4, P3
EMERSON BC, 1995, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V4, P433
EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479
FIELD LH, 1980, NEW ZEAL J ZOOL, V7, P211
FLEMING CA, 1979, GEOLOGICAL HIST NZ I
FLEMING CA, 1963, P NZ ECOLOGICAL SOC, V10, P15
FLINT RF, 1957, GLACIAL PLEISTOCENE
FUNK DJ, 1999, MOL BIOL EVOL, V16, P67
FUNK DJ, 1995, MOL BIOL EVOL, V12, P627
GIBBS GW, 1990, S748 DEP CONS SCI RE
HASEGAWA M, 1985, J MOL EVOL, V22, P160
HEADS M, 1998, BIOL J LINN SOC, V63, P161
HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247
HEWITT GM, 1993, EVOLUTIONARY PATTERN, P97
HOLDAWAY RN, 1996, NATURE, V384, P225
JAAROLA M, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P299
JOSEPH L, 1995, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V260, P177
JUKES TH, 1969, MAMMALIAN PROTEIN ME, P21
KIMURA M, 1980, J MOL EVOL, V16, P111
KING TM, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P583
LANGOR DW, 1997, INSECT MOL BIOL, V6, P255
LUNT DH, 1998, HEREDITY, V80, P633
LUNT DH, 1996, INSECT MOL BIOL, V5, P153
MARK AF, 1995, NZ ALPINE PLANTS
MARK AF, 1997, POLAR ALPINE TUNDRA, P311
MCCLONE MS, 1988, VEGETATION HIST, P557
MCGLONE MS, 1985, NEW ZEAL J BOT, V23, P723
MORGANRICHARDS M, 1997, BIOL J LINN SOC, V61, P1
MORGANRICHARDS M, 1996, HEREDITAS, V125, P265
PETERSON AJ, 1968, NEW ZEAL J SCI, V11, P693
PILLANS BJ, 1992, LANDFORMS NZ, P31
RIDDLE BR, 1996, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V11, P207
ROY MS, 1997, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V264, P1337
SCHNEIDER S, 1997, ARLEQUIN VERSION 1 1
SEOFFORD D, 1998, PHYLOGENETIC ANAL US
SIMON C, 1994, ANN ENTOMOL SOC AM, V87, P651
SINCLAIR BJ, 1999, PHYSIOL ENTOMOL, V24, P56
STEVENS G, 1981, NZ ADRIFT THEORY CON
SUNNUCKS P, 1996, MOL BIOL EVOL, V13, P510
SZYMURA JM, 1996, INSECT MOL BIOL, V5, P127
TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453
WARDLE P, 1963, NZ J BOTANY, V1, P3
WEBB T, 1992, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V23, P141
WELLMAN HW, 1979, ROYAL SOC NZ B, V18, P12
WHITE MJD, 1978, MODES SPECIATION
WHITEHOUSE IE, 1992, LANDFORMS NZ, P144
WILLETT RW, 1950, NZ J SCI TECHNOL B, V32, P18
YANG ZB, 1994, J MOL EVOL, V39, P105
ZHANG DX, 1996, INSECT MOL BIOL, V6, P143
ZINK RM, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P308
TC 1
BP 657
EP 666
PG 10
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 2000
PD JUN
VL 9
IS 6
GA 328HT
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000087845300002
ER
PT J
AU Englbrecht, CC
Freyhof, J
Nolte, A
Rassmann, K
Schliewen, U
Tautz, D
TI Phylogeography of the bullhead Cottus gobio (Pisces : Teleostei
: Cottidae) suggests a pre-Pleistocene origin of the major
central European populations
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 37
AB The bullhead Cottus gobio is a small, bottom-dwelling fish
consisting of populations that have not been subject to
transplantations or artificial stocking. It is therefore an
ideal model species for studying the colonization history of
central European freshwater systems, in particular with respect
to the possible influences of the Pleistocene glaciation
cycles. We sampled Cottus populations across most of its
distribution range, with a special emphasis on southern Germany
where the major European drainage systems are in closest
contact. Mitochondrial d-loop sequencing of more than 400
specimens and phylogenetic network analysis allowed us to draw
a detailed picture of the colonization of Europe by C. gobio.
Moreover, the molecular distances between the haplotypes
enabled us to infer an approximate time frame for the origin of
the various populations. The founder population of C. gobio
stems apparently from the Paratethys and invaded Europe in the
Pliocene. From there, the first colonization into central
Europe occurred via the ancient lower Danube, with a separate
colonization of the eastern European territories. During the
late Pliocene, one of the central European populations must
have reached the North Sea in a second step after which it then
started to colonize the Atlantic drainages via coastal lines.
Accordingly, we found very distinct populations in the upper
and lower Rhine, which can be explained by the fact that the
lower Rhine was disconnected from the upper Rhine until
approximate to 1 million years ago (Ma). More closely related,
but still distinct, populations were found in the Elbe, the
Main and the upper Danube, all presumably of Pleistocene
origin. Intriguingly, they have largely maintained their
population identity, despite the strong disturbance caused by
the glaciation cycles in these areas. On the other hand, a
mixing of populations during postglacial recolonization could
be detected in the lower Rhine and its tributaries. However,
the general pattern that emerges from our analysis suggests
that the glaciation cycles did not have a major impact on the
general population structure of C. gobio in central Europe.
CR ALTERMANN M, 1981, ENTWICKLUNGSGESCHICH, P385
BANARESCU P, 1991, ZOOGEOGRAPHY FRESHWA, V2
BANARESCU P, 1990, ZOOGEOGRAPHY FRESHWA, V1
BANDELT HJ, 1995, GENETICS, V141, P743
BANDELT HJ, 1999, MOL BIOL EVOL, V16, P37
BERNATCHEZ L, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V51, P240
BERNATCHEZ L, 1993, MOL BIOL EVOL, V10, P1002
BERNATCHEZ L, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P431
BERNATCHEZ L, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P285
BERNATCHEZ L, 1992, MOL ECOL, V1, P161
DOWNHOWER JF, 1990, POL ARCH HYDROBIOL, V37, P119
DURAND JD, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P989
EMBELTON C, 1984, GEOMORPHOLOGY EUROPE, P154
EXCOFFIER L, 1994, GENETICS, V136, P343
FELSENSTEIN J, 1985, EVOLUTION, V39, P783
GIUFFRA E, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P187
HANFLING B, 1998, HEREDITY, V80, P100
HANFLING B, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1625
HANSEN MM, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P239
HANTKE R, 1993, FLUSSGESCHICHTE MITT
HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87
HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247
KINZELBACH R, 1990, LIMNOL AKTUELL, V1, P41
KOLI L, 1969, ACTA ZOOL FENN, V6, P353
NESBO CL, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1387
PERSAT H, 1990, AQUATIC LIVING RESOU, V3, P253
REFSETH UH, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1015
RIFFEL M, 1995, J ZOOL SYST EVOL RES, V33, P173
ROHL A, 1998, NETWORK 1 8 PROGRAM
SCHNEIDER S, 1997, ARLEQUIN VERSION 1 1
STEINFARTZ S, 2000, IN PRESS MOL ECOLOGY
STRIMMER K, 1996, MOL BIOL EVOL, V13, P964
SWOFFORD DL, 1999, PAUP PHYLOGENETIC AN
TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453
TAMURA K, 1993, MOL BIOL EVOL, V10, P512
THOMPSON JD, 1994, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V22, P4673
WATERSTRAAT A, 1992, LIMNOLOGICA, V22, P137
TC 0
BP 709
EP 722
PG 14
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 2000
PD JUN
VL 9
IS 6
GA 328HT
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000087845300007
ER
PT J
AU Tobolski, K
Ammann, B
TI Macrofossils as records of plant responses to rapid Late
Glacial climatic changes at three sites in the Swiss Alps
SO PALAEOGEOGRAPHY PALAEOCLIMATOLOGY PALAEOECOLOGY
NR 23
AB Plant macrofossils from the end of the Younger Dryas were
analysed at three sites, Gerzensee (603 m asl), Leysin (1230 m
asl), and Zeneggen (1510 m asl). For the first two sites an
oxygen-isotope record is also available that was used to
develop a time scale (Schwander et al., this volume); dates
refer therefore to calibrated years according to the GRIP time
scale. Around Gerzensee a pine forest with some tree birches
grew during the Younger Dryas. With the onset of the isotopic
shift initiating the rapid warming (about 11,535 cal. years
before 1950), the pine forest became more productive and
denser. At Leysin no trees except some juniper scrub grew
during the Younger Dryas. Tree birches, pine, and poplar
immigrated from lower altitudes and arrived after the end of
the isotopic shift (about 11,487 B.P.) i.e., at the beginning
of the Preboreal (at about 11,420 B.P.). Zeneggen is situated
somewhat higher than Leysin, but single tree birches and pines
survived the Younger Dryas at the site. At the beginning of the
Preboreal their productivity and population densities
increased. Simultaneously shifts from Nitella to Chara and from
silt to gyttja are recorded, all indicating rapidly warming
conditions and higher nutrient levels of the lake water land
probably of the soils in the catchment). At Gerzensee the
beginning of the Younger Dryas was also analysed: the beginning
of the isotopic shift correlates within one sample (about 15
years) to rapid decreases of macrofossils of pines and tree
birches. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
CR AMMANN B, 1996, PALAEOECOLOGICAL EVE, P647
AMMANN B, 2000, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V159, P191
AMMANN B, 2000, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V159, P313
AMMANN B, 1983, REV PALEOBIOL, V2, P163
BENNETT KD, 1983, NATURE, V303, P164
BENNETT KD, 1996, NEW PHYTOL, V132, P155
BIRKS HH, 1994, DISSERTATIONES BOT, V234, P129
BIRKS HH, 1980, ERGEB LIMNOL, V15, P1
BIRKS HH, 1993, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V12, P719
BIRKS HJB, 1985, NUMERICAL METHODS QU
BJORCK S, 1996, SCIENCE, V274, P1155
GRIMM EC, 1992, 8 INT PAL C
HAAS JN, 1994, EUR J PHYCOL, V29, P227
LEMDAHL G, 2000, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V159, P293
LOTTER AF, 1992, J QUATERNARY SCI, V7, P187
MANGERUD J, 1974, BOREAS, V3, P109
MARKGRAF V, 1980, GRANA, V19, P127
ROTHMALER W, 1978, EXKURSIONSFLORA
SCHWANDER J, 2000, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V159, P203
VONGRAFENSTEIN U, 2000, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V159, P215
WELTEN M, 1982, DENKSCHRIFTEN SCHWEI, V95, P1
WICK L, 1996, N ITALY QUAT, V9, P653
WICK L, 2000, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V159, P231
TC 3
BP 251
EP 259
PG 9
JI Paleogeogr. Paleoclimatol. Paleoecol.
PY 2000
PD JUN 15
VL 159
IS 3-4
GA 326XP
J9 PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCLIMATOL
UT ISI:000087762800006
ER
PT J
AU Friesen, N
Blattner, FR
TI RAPD analysis reveals geographic differentiations within Allium
schoenoprasum L. (Alliaceae)
SO PLANT BIOLOGY
NR 40
AB Random amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPD) analysis was used to
study the phylogenetic relationships between species in Allium
section Schoenoprosum and for the investigation of the
intraspecific differentiation of A. schoenoprosum. RAPD
analysis of 39 samples representing eight species of sect,
Schoenoprosum and one sample of A. atrosanguineum (sect.
Annulo-prosum) resulted in 233 interpretable RAPD bands. The
analysis clearly distinguishes the species of section
Schoenoprosum. The arrangement of the accessions of A,
schoenoprosum in all dendrograms mirrors the geographical
distribution, with a clear differentiation between an Asian and
European subgroup. Within the European group, Scandinavian
material is clearly distinct from S and E European material.
Informally described morphological types of A. schoenoprosum
could not be confirmed by RAPD analysis but represent recurrent
ecological adaptations, A combination of phenetic (UPGMA,
neighbour-joining analysis), cladistic (parsimony analysis),
and statistical (PCA) methods of data analysis resulted in
clearer phylogenetic interpretations than each of the methods
facilitates when used separately.
CR ANTZUPOVA TP, 1989, LENINGRAD, V26, P38
BACHMANN K, 1996, COMPOSITAE BIOL UTIL, V2, P23
BACHMANN K, 1997, OPERA BOT, V132, P137
BACKELJAU T, 1995, CLADISTICS, V11, P119
BENNETT KD, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P103
BLATTNER FR, 1999, PLANT SYST EVOL, V219, P181
COLOSI JC, 1997, WEED SCI, V45, P509
FELSENSTEIN J, 1985, EVOLUTION, V39, P783
FELSENSTEIN J, 1978, SYST ZOOL, V27, P401
FRIESEN N, 1999, AM J BOT, V86, P554
FRIESEN N, 1996, CANDOLLEA, V51, P461
FRIESEN N, 1998, GENETIC RESOURCES CR, V45, P510
FRIESEN N, 1998, LINZER BIOL BEITRAGE, V30, P815
FRIESEN N, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V206, P317
FRIESEN N, 1997, THEOR APPL GENET, V95, P1229
GABRIELSEN TM, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1701
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
HANELT P, 1992, GENUS ALLIUM TAXONOM, P107
HARRIS SA, 1995, PLANT SYST EVOL, V197, P195
LECORRE V, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P519
MADDISON WP, 1992, MACCLADE INTERACTIVE
MES THM, 1997, SYST BOT, V22, P701
MORELL MK, 1995, AUST J EXP AGR, V35, P807
NIMIS PL, 1998, OPERA BOT, V136, P1
PILLAY M, 1995, BIOTECHNIQUES, V19, P694
PURPS DML, 1998, PLANT SYST EVOL, V211, P57
RIESEBERG LH, 1993, HEREDITY, V70, P285
RIESEBERG LH, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P99
ROELOFS D, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V204, P49
SAITOU N, 1987, MOL BIOL EVOL, V4, P406
SAMBROOK J, 1989, MOL CLONING LAB MANU
SERQUEN FC, 1997, MOL BREEDING, V3, P257
STEARN WT, 1978, ANN MUSEI GOULANDRIS, V4, P83
SWOFFORD DL, 1996, MOL SYSTEMATICS, P407
TOLLEFSRUD MM, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1217
VANDERZANDE L, 1994, J EVOLUTIONARY BIOL, V8, P645
VELLEKOOP P, 1996, THEOR APPL GENET, V92, P1085
WELSH J, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V18, P7213
WILLIAMS JGK, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V18, P6531
WOLFE AD, 1998, MOL SYSTEMATICS PLAN, V2, P43
TC 0
BP 297
EP 305
PG 9
JI Plant Biol.
PY 2000
PD MAY
VL 2
IS 3
GA 328TF
J9 PLANT BIOLOGY
UT ISI:000087865600007
ER
PT J
AU Hewitt, G
TI The genetic legacy of the Quaternary ice ages
SO NATURE
NR 86
AB Global climate has fluctuated greatly during the past three
million years, leading to the recent major ice ages. An
inescapable consequence for most living organisms is great
changes in their distribution, which are expressed differently
in boreal, temperate and tropical zones. Such range changes can
be expected to have genetic consequences, and the advent of DNA
technology provides most suitable markers to examine these.
Several good data sets are now available, which provide tests
of expectations, insights into species colonization and
unexpected genetic subdivision and mixture of species. The
genetic structure of human populations may be viewed in the
same context. The present genetic structure of populations,
species and communities has been mainly formed by Quaternary
ice ages, and genetic, fossil and physical data combined can
greatly help our understanding of how organisms were so
affected.
CR AMBROSE SH, 1998, J HUM EVOL, V34, P623
ARCTANDER P, 2000, MOL BIOL EVOL, V16, P1724
ARMBRUSTER P, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P1697
ASHWORTH AC, 1997, NATO ASI SER SER I, V47, P119
AVISE JC, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P489
AVISE JC, 1996, CONSERVATION GENETIC, P431
AVISE JC, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P371
AVISE JC, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P1707
BANDELT HJ, 1999, MOL BIOL EVOL, V16, P37
BEHL RJ, 1996, NATURE, V379, P243
BENNETT KJ, 1997, EVOLUTION ECOLOGY PA
BERMINGHAM E, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P499
BERNATCHEZ L, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P431
BOWEN BW, 1997, EVOLUTION, V51, P1601
CAVALLISFORZA LL, 1994, HIST GEOGRAPHY HUMAN
CHENOWETH SF, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P415
COLBOURNE JK, 1998, BIOL J LINN SOC, V65, P347
COLINVAUX PA, 1996, SCIENCE, V274, P85
COLINVAUX PA, 1997, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V12, P318
CONROY CJ, 2000, MOL ECOL, V9, P165
COOPE GR, 1994, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V344, P19
COOPER SJB, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P49
DASILVA MNF, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P475
DODSON JJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P331
DUKE NC, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P1612
FERRIS C, 1998, HEREDITY, V80, P584
FJELDSA J, 1997, BIODIVERS CONSERV, V6, P323
FJELDSA J, 1994, BIODIVERS CONSERV, V3, P207
FLANAGAN NS, 1999, EVOL BIOL, V12, P577
GARCIAMORENO J, 1999, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V12, P273
GRAVLUND P, 1998, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V10, P151
GRAY AJ, 1997, NATO ASI SER SER I, V47, P371
HARPENDING HC, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P1961
HAUSER L, 1998, ADV MOL ECOLOGY, P191
HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87
HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247
HEWITT GM, 1993, HYBRID ZONES EVOLUTI, P140
HEWITT GM, 1989, SPECIATION ITS CONSE, P85
HISHEH S, 1998, BIOL J LINN SOC, V65, P329
HUBLIN JJ, 1998, NEANDERTALS MODERN H
IBRAHIM KM, 1996, HEREDITY, V77, P282
JAAROLA M, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P113
JORDE LB, 1998, BIOESSAYS, V20, P126
KIDD MG, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P1158
KING RA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V4, P95
KLICKA J, 1999, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V266, P695
KRINGS M, 1997, CELL, V90, P19
LI WH, 1997, MOL EVOLUTON
MELLARS P, 1998, NEANDERTHALS MODERN
ORANGE DI, 1999, COPEIA, P267
ORR MR, 1998, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V13, P502
PALUMBI SR, 1997, CORAL REEFS, V16, PS47
PARSONS TJ, 1998, NAT GENET, V18, P110
PATTON JL, 1997, ENDLESS FORMS SPECIE, P202
REILLE M, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P1107
REMINGTON CL, 1968, EVOL BIOL, V2, P321
RICHARDS M, 1996, AM J HUM GENET, V59, P185
RICHARDS MB, 1998, ANN HUM GENET, V62, P241
ROHLING EJ, 1998, NATURE, V394, P162
ROY MS, 1997, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V264, P1337
RUEDI M, 1996, J ZOOL SYST EVOL RES, V34, P153
SANTUCCI F, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1163
SCHLUTER D, 1998, ENDLESS FORMS SPECIE, P114
SCHNEIDER CJ, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P487
SCHUG MD, 1997, NAT GENET, V15, P99
SCHULZ H, 1998, NATURE, V393, P54
SHOWERS WB, 1981, INSECT LIFE HIST PAT, P97
SOLTIS DE, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V206, P353
STAUFFER B, 1999, NATURE, V399, P412
STRINGER CB, 1996, AFRICAN EXODUS ORIGI
SURRIDGE AK, 1999, NATURE, V400, P729
TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453
TABERLET P, 1994, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V255, P195
TALBOT SL, 1996, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V5, P477
TCHERNOV E, 1998, NEANDERTALS MODERN H
TEMPLETON AR, 1997, CURR OPIN GENET DEV, V7, P841
TEMPLETON AR, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P381
VANANDEL TH, 1996, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V15, P481
WADE MJ, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P1537
WALKER D, 1998, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V29, P23
WEBB RS, 1997, NATURE, V385, P695
WEISROCK DW, 2000, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V14, P152
WENINK PW, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P318
WILLIAMS D, 1978, QUATERNARY ENV
WILLIAMS ST, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P87
ZINK RM, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P308
TC 1
BP 907
EP 913
PG 7
JI Nature
PY 2000
PD JUN 22
VL 405
IS 6789
GA 326JT
J9 NATURE
UT ISI:000087732700039
ER
PT J
AU Brysting, AK
Elven, R
TI The Cerastium alpinum-C. arcticum complex (Caryophyllaceae):
numerical analyses of morphological variation and a taxonomic
revision of C. arcticum Lange s.l.
SO TAXON
NR 86
AB Morphological variation of Cerastium alpinum L., C. arcticum
Lange, and related taxa was investigated by numerical analyses.
The analyses showed that the present division into two species
is inappropriate and does not cover the levels of variation
within the C. alpinum-C. arcticum complex. Two alternative
models for a new and functional taxonomy of the complex are
discussed: (1) that there is one widely defined species, C.
alpinum. including several subspecies, (2) alternatively that
arctic and non-arctic populations of what currently is named C.
arcticum belong to two different taxa, both distinct from C.
alpinum. Our studies indicate the presence of several
evolutionary lineages, which are not adequately accounted for
by the recognition of a widely circumscribed C. alpinum, and
support a subdivision of current C. arcticum into two separate
species, C, arcticum Lange s.str. and C. nigrescens (H.C.
Watson) Edmondston ex H.C. Watson. A revised taxonomic
treatment is presented.
CR ANDERSSON G, 1900, BIH K SVENSK VET, V26, P1
ASCHERSON P, 1919, SYNOPSIS MITTELEUROP, V5
ASPLUND E, 1918, ARK BOT, V15, P1
BEEBY WH, 1887, SCOTT NAT, V9, P20
BOCHER TW, 1977, BOT NOTISER, V130, P303
BOCHER TW, 1968, FLORA GREENLAND
BOCHER TW, 1950, MEDD GRONL, V147, P1
BORGEN L, 1983, NORD J BOT, V3, P301
BOSCAIU M, 1997, PHYTON-ANN REI BOT A, V37, P1
BRETT OE, 1953, NATURE, V171, P527
BRETT OE, 1955, NEW PHYTOL, V54, P138
BROCHMANN C, 1987, NORD J BOT, V7, P609
BROCHMANN C, 1999, NORSKE VLDENSK A SNS, V38, P33
BROCHMANN C, 1992, SOMMERF S, V4, P1
BROWN NE, 1899, SUPOLEMENT 3 EDITION
BRUMMITT RK, 1987, WATSONIA, V16, P291
BRYSTING AK, IN PRESS NORDIC J BO, P20
BRYSTING AK, IN PRESS PL SYST EVO
BRYSTING AK, 1999, NORSKE VDENSK AKA MN, V38, P183
BRYSTING AK, 1999, THESIS U OSLO OSLO
CARTER SP, 1987, J ECOL, V75, P21
CLAPHAM AR, 1952, FLORA BRIT ISLES
CLAPHAM AR, 1962, FLORE BRIT ISLES
DENNES GE, 1845, PHYTOLOGIST, V2, P95
DRUCE GC, 1911, ANN SCOTT NAT HIST, P38
DRUCE GC, 1908, ANN SCOTT NAT HIST, P239
DURAND E, 1856, J ACAD NAT SCI-PHILA, V2, P179
EDMONDSTON T, 1843, PHYTOLOGIST, V1, P497
ELVEN R, 1996, NORSK POLARINSTITUTT, V198, P9
ELVEN R, 1999, NORSKE VIDENSK AK MN, V38, P341
FERNALD ML, 1920, RHODORA, V22, P169
GELTING P, 1934, MEDDR GRONLAND, V101, P1
GRUNDT HH, IN PRESS NORDIC J BO
GRUNDT HH, 1999, NORD J BOT, V19, P447
HAGEN AR, 1995, 6 INT S IOPB TROMS N
HAGEN AR, IN PRESS AM J BOT
HAGEN AR, 1993, THESIS U OSLO
HARTMAN CJ, 1820, HDB SKANDINAVIENS FL
HOOKER JD, 1884, STUDENTS FLORA BRIT
HOOKER WJ, 1831, BRIT FLORA
HOOKER WJ, 1844, LOND J BOT, V3, P288
HULTEN E, 1944, ACTA U LUND, V40, P571
HULTEN E, 1955, ARCH SOC VANAMO S, V9, P62
HULTEN E, 1956, SVEN BOT TIDSKR, V50, P411
HYLANDER N, 1945, UPPSALA U ARSSKR, V7, P1
JAIAS J, 1993, FLORA EUROPAEA, V1, P164
JALAS J, 1983, ATLAS FLORAE EUROPAE
JALAS J, 1964, FLORA EUROPAEA, V1, P136
JONSELL B, 2000, FLORA NORDICA, V1
KRUCKEBERG AR, 1990, HEAVY METAL TOLERANC, P301
LANGE J, 1880, FLORA DANICA, V17, P7
LANGE J, OVERS KONGEL DANSKE, P111
LINDBLOM AE, 1837, PHYSIOGR SALLSK TIDS, V1, P315
LINNE C, 1753, SPECIES PLANTARUM
LOVE A, 1956, ACTA HORTI GOTHOBURG, V20, P65
MURBECK S, 1898, BOT NOTISER, P241
MURRAY DF, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE BIODIV, P21
MURRAY DF, 1997, OPERA BOT, V132, P9
NORUSIS MJ, 1998, SPSS 8 0 GUIDE DATA
OSTENFELD CH, 1926, DANSKE VIDENSK SELSK, V6, P1
POLUNIN N, 1943, J LINN SOC BOT, V52, P349
POLUNIN N, 1954, NATURE, V173, P89
RAVEN PH, 1974, TAXON, V23, P828
ROHLF FJ, 1990, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T
RUNE O, 1953, ACTA PHYTOGEOGR SUEC, V31, P1
RUNE O, 1988, BLYTTIA, V46, P43
SCHJOLL O, 1995, THESIS U OSLO
SCHOLANDER PF, 1934, SKR SVALB ISHAVET, V62, P41
SCOTT W, 1987, FLOWERING PLANTS FER
SLINGSBY DR, 1986, B BRIT ECOL SOC, V17, P25
SMITH JE, 1798, ENGLISH BOT
SOLLNER R, 1953, B SOC NEUCHAT SCI NA, V76, P121
STACE CA, 1997, NEW FLORA BRIT ISLES
STACE CA, 1989, PLANT TAXONOMY BIOSY
STEBBINS GL, 1984, BOT HELV, V94, P1
STEBBINS GL, 1971, CHROMOSOMAL EVOLUTIO
STEBBINS GL, 1950, VARIATION EVOLUTION
SYME JTB, 1864, ENGLISH BOT, V2
TOLMATCHEV A, 1971, FLORA ARCTICA URSS
TOLMATCHEV A, 1930, SKR SVALBARD ISHAVET, V34, P1
WAHLENBERG G, 1812, FLORA LAPPONICA
WATSON HC, 1847, CYBELE BRITANNICA BR, V1
WATSON HC, 1860, PART 1 SUPPLEMENT CY
WATSON HC, 1845, PHYTOLOGIST, V2, P93
WATSON HC, 1843, PHYTOLOGIST, V1, P586
WATSON HC, 1843, PHYTOLOGIST, V1, P717
TC 0
BP 189
EP 216
PG 28
JI Taxon
PY 2000
PD MAY
VL 49
IS 2
GA 322QH
J9 TAXON
UT ISI:000087519900003
ER
PT J
AU Brysting, AK
Borgen, L
TI Isozyme analysis of the Cerastium alpinum C-arcticum complex
(Caryophyllaceae) supports a splitting of C-arcticum Lange
SO PLANT SYSTEMATICS AND EVOLUTION
NR 63
AB As part of a larger investigation of the C. alpinum-C. arcticum
complex of arctic and North Atlantic areas, isozyme variation
of C. alpinum, C. arcticum, and related taxa was analysed. A
total of 124 multilocus phenotypes was divided into more or
less distinct groups by numerical analyses. Most groups
correspond well to previously recognized taxa. However, what
has traditionally been considered as C. arcticum was divided
into two distinct groups, consisting of northern (Svalbard,
Greenland) and more southern (Norway, Iceland) populations,
respectively. The division of C. arcticum into two taxa is also
supported by other kinds of data and the two taxa probably
deserve species rank. Serpentine plants from Shetland had
multilocus phenotypes similar to those of C. arcticum from
Iceland and should be included in the southern taxon.
CR ARNOLD ML, 1997, NATURAL HYBRIDIZATIO
ASCHERSON P, 1919, SYNOPSIS MITTELEUROP, V1
BAIG NA, 1971, PAKISTAN J SCI, V23, P267
BOCHER TW, 1977, BOT NOTISER, V130, P303
BOCHER TW, 1978, GRONDLANDS FLORA
BOCHER TW, 1950, MEDD GRONL, V147, P1
BOSCAIU M, 1997, PHYTON-ANN REI BOT A, V37, P1
BOSCAIU M, 1997, WILLDENOWIA, V27, P39
BOSCIAU MT, 1996, THESIS U WIEN
BRETT OE, 1952, NATURE, V170, P251
BRETT OE, 1951, NATURE, V168, P793
BRETT OE, 1955, NEW PHYTOL, V54, P138
BROCHMANN C, 1992, NORD J BOT, V12, P257
BROCHMANN C, 1992, SOMMERF S, V4, P1
BROCHMANN C, 1995, U TRONDHEIM VITENSK, V3, P18
BROSCHMANN C, 1996, NORSKE VIDENKS MN 18, V1, P54
BRUMMITT RK, 1987, WATSONIA, V16, P291
BRYSTING AK, 1996, 4 C PLANT TAX BARC S
BRYSTING AK, 1997, NORD J BOT, V17, P199
BRYSTING AK, NORSKE VIDENSKAPS MN
CARTER SP, 1987, J ECOL, V75, P21
DELAMARCK JBA, 1785, ENCY METHODIQUE BOT
DUBIEL E, 1990, ZESZ NAUK U JAGIELLO, V21, P7
ELVEN R, 1996, NORSK POLARINSTITUTT, V198, P9
ENGELSKJON T, 1979, OPERA BOT, V52, P1
GOLDBLATT P, 1981, INDEX PLANT CHROMOSO
GRUNDT HH, IN PRESS NORDIC J BO, V19
GRUNDT HH, 1996, THESIS U OSLO
HAGEN A, 1996, 4 C PLANT TAX BARC S
HAGEN A, 1995, 6 INT S IOPB TROMS N
HAGEN A, 1993, THESIS U OSLO
HARTMAN CJ, 1820, HDB SKANDINAVIENS FL
HULTEN E, 1955, ARCH SOC VANAMO S, V9, P62
HULTEN E, 1996, ATLAS N EUROPEAN VAS
HULTEN E, 1956, SVEN BOT TIDSKR, V50, P411
JALAS J, 1983, ATLAS FLORAE EUROPAE, V6
JALAS J, 1993, FLORA EUROPAEA, V1, P164
JORGENSEN CA, 1958, BIOL SKR DAN VID SEL, V9, P1
KEPHART SR, 1990, AM J BOT, V77, P693
KNABEN G, 1967, ACTA BOREALIA, V21, P1
KRUCKEBERG AR, 1990, HEAVY METAL TOLERANC, P301
LID J, 1994, NORSK FLORA
LOKKI J, 1980, HEREDITAS, V92, P275
LOVE A, 1956, ACTA HORTI GOTHOBURG, V20, P65
LUSBY PS, 1984, THESIS U ABERDEEN
MURBECK S, 1898, BOT NOTISER, P241
MURRAY DF, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE BIODIV, P21
NILSSON O, 1991, NORDISK FJALLFLORA
PROCTOR J, 1971, J ECOL, V59, P375
ROHLF FJ, 1990, NYSYST PC NUMERICAL
RUNE O, 1953, ACTA PHYTOGEOGR SUEC, V31, P1
RUNE O, 1988, BLYTTIA, V46, P43
SCHJOLL O, 1995, AMFIATLANTISK VARIAS
SCOTT W, 1987, FLOWERING PLANTS FER
SOKOLOVSKAYA AP, 1960, BOT ZH SSSR, V45, P369
SOLLNER R, 1953, B SOC NEUCHAT SCI NA, V76, P121
SOLTIS DE, 1983, AM FERN J, V73, P9
TOLMACHEV AI, 1971, FLORA ARCTICA URSS, V6
TOLMATCHEV A, 1930, SKR SVALBARD ISHAVET, V34, P1
WENDEL JF, 1989, ADV PLANT SCI, V4, P5
WERTH CR, 1989, BIOCHEM SYST ECOL, V17, P117
WESTERBERGH A, 1992, EVOLUTION, V46, P1537
WESTERBERGH A, 1994, EVOLUTION SILENE DIO
TC 0
BP 199
EP 221
PG 23
JI Plant Syst. Evol.
PY 2000
VL 220
IS 3-4
GA 313FP
J9 PLANT SYST EVOL
UT ISI:000086989900005
ER
PT J
AU Aares, E
Nurminiemi, M
Brochmann, C
TI Incongruent phylogeographies in spite of similar morphology,
ecology, and distribution: Phippsia algida and P-concinna
(Poaceae) in the North Atlantic region
SO PLANT SYSTEMATICS AND EVOLUTION
NR 59
AB Phylogeographic and taxonomic relationships among 54 North
Atlantic populations of the snowbed grass genus Phippsia were
investigated based on isozymes and genetically based
morphological variation. The results support recognition of two
distinct species, P. algida and P. concinna, the latter with at
least two subspecies. Both of these self-fertilizing arctic
pioneer species were genetic allotetraploids almost without
intrapopulational variation. The two species showed strikingly
different phylogeographies in the North Atlantic region in
spite of their similarity in morphology, habitat ecology mating
system, and dispersal ecology, and in spite of their present
cooccurrence in many geographic areas, sometimes even in the
same snowbeds. The same electrophoretic multilocus phenotype
was observed in all populations of P. algida, and although this
species showed considerable morphological variation, the
variation was unstructured geographically Thus, P. algida
showed a pattern similar to other arctic species investigated
in the North Atlantic region; it has probably dispersed
postglacially across the sea barriers among Greenland,
Svalbard, Iceland, and Scandinavia. In contrast, P. concinna
was virtually fixed for different multilocus phenotypes in the
three main geographic areas analyzed (S Norway, Svalbard,
Greenland), corresponding to fairly distinct divergence in
morphology. This pattern suggests absence of postglacial among-
area dispersal of P. concinna in spite of all of its
similarities with its congener; it may have immigrated to the
North Atlantic from different source areas and/or survived the
last glaciation in situ.
CR ABBOTT RJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P199
ANDERSEN BG, 1994, ICE AGE WORLD INTRO
BAY C, 1992, MEDD GRON BIOSCI, V36, P1
BIRKS HH, 1994, DISSERTATIONES BOT, V234, P129
BIRKS HJB, 1993, PHYTOCOENOLOGIA, V23, P399
BROCHMANN C, 1992, NORD J BOT, V12, P257
BROCHMANN C, 1996, NORSKE VIDENSKAPS MN, V18, P54
BROCHMANN C, 1992, PLANT SYST EVOL, V182, P35
CRAWFORD RMM, 1994, STUDIES PLANT SURVIV
DAHL E, 1993, N ATLANTIC BIOTIA TH, P173
ELVEN R, 1986, BLYTTIA, V44, P126
ELVEN R, 1994, NORSK FLORA
FEDOROV V, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V66, P357
FEDOROV VB, 1998, ACTA U UPS COMPREHEN
FREDSKILD B, 1996, MEDDELELSER GRONLAND, V45, P1
GABRIELSEN TM, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1701
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
GJAEREVOLL O, 1954, BLYTTIA, V12, P117
GJAEREVOLL O, 1956, K NORSKE VIDENSK SEL, P1
GJAEREVOLL O, 1973, PALNTEGEOGRAFI
GRULKE NE, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V27, P172
HAGEN A, 1996, 4 C PLANT TAX ABSTR
HALLIDAY G, 1980, FLORA EUROPAEA, V5, P169
HARALDSEN KB, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P311
HARALDSEN KB, 1993, NORD J BOT, V13, P377
HEDBERG O, 1962, BOT TIDSSKR, V58, P157
HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247
HULTEN E, 1986, ATLAS N EUROPEAN VAS, V1
HYLANDER N, 1982, NORDISK KARLVAXTFLOR
HYLANDER N, 1953, NORDISK KARLVAXTFLOR, V1
KEPHART SR, 1990, AM J BOT, V77, P693
LANDVIK JY, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P43
LEVKOVSKY VP, 1979, BOT Z, V66, P116
LID J, 1974, NOFSK SVENSK FLORA N
LOVE A, 1975, CYTOTAXONOMICAL ATLA
LOVE A, 1975, FOLIA GEOBOTANICA PH, V10, P271
LOVELESS MD, 1984, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V15, P65
MAY B, 1992, MOL GENETIC ANAL POP, P1
MCGILL R, 1978, AM STAT, V32, P12
MORDEN CW, 1987, MANUAL TECHNIQUES ST
MURRAY DF, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE BIODIV, P21
MURRAY DF, 1997, OPERA BOT, V132, P9
NORDAL I, 1998, BOT J LINN SOC, V128, P105
NORDAL I, 1987, J BIOGEOGR, V14, P377
NORDHAGEN R, 1943, BERGENS MUS SKR, V22, P1
NORUSIS MJ, 1986, SPSS PCPLUS ADV STAT
ROHLF FJ, 1990, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T
RONNING OI, 1963, N ATLANTIC BIOTA THE, P99
RONNING OI, 1996, POLARHANDBOK, V10
SMITH H, 1914, SV BOT TIDSSKR, V8, P245
SOLTIS DE, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V206, P353
TABERLET P, 1998, J BIOTECHNOL, V64, P91
TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453
TOLLEFSRUD MM, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1217
TZVELEV NN, 1971, NOV SIST VYSSH RAST, V8, P57
WEIDER LJ, 1997, HEREDITY, V78, P363
WEIDER LJ, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P107
WENDEL JF, 1989, ISOZYMES PLANT BIOL, P5
WILLIS JC, 1973, DICT FLOWERING PLANT
TC 0
BP 241
EP 261
PG 21
JI Plant Syst. Evol.
PY 2000
VL 220
IS 3-4
GA 313FP
J9 PLANT SYST EVOL
UT ISI:000086989900007
ER
PT J
AU Milne, RI
Abbott, RJ
TI Origin and evolution of invasive naturalized material of
Rhododendron ponticum L. in the British Isles
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 63
AB Information concerning the area of origin, genetic diversity
and possible acquisition of germplasm through hybridization is
fundamental to understanding the evolution, ecology and
possible control measures for an introduced invasive plant
species. Rhododendron ponticum is extensively naturalized in
the British Isles, but it is not known whether native material
in Turkey, Spain or Portugal gave rise to the naturalized
material, or to what extent introgression has affected this
material. Chloroplast (cp) and nuclear ribosomal DNA (rDNA)
restriction fragment length polymorphisms (RFLPs) were sought
which could distinguish between native material of R. ponticum,
and between 15 other Rhododendron species including R.
ponticum's closest relatives. Thereafter, a total of 260
naturalized accessions of R. ponticum from throughout the
British Isles was examined with respect to informative
polymorphisms. It was found that 89% of these accessions
possessed a cpDNA haplotype that occurred in native material of
R. ponticum derived almost entirely from Spain, while 10% of
accessions had a haplotype unique to Portuguese material. These
results therefore indicated an Iberian origin for British
material. rDNA or cpDNA evidence of introgression from R.
catawbiense was found in 27 British accessions of R. ponticum,
and such accessions were significantly more abundant in
Britain's coldest region, eastern Scotland, than elsewhere.
This could indicate that introgression from R. catawbiense
confers improved cold tolerance. Introgression from R. maximum
and an unidentified species was also detected.
CR ABBOTT RJ, 1992, HEREDITY, V68, P425
ABBOTT RJ, 1992, HEREDITY, V68, P547
ABBOTT RJ, 1992, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V7, P401
BARRETT SCH, 1989, PLANT POPULATION GEN, P254
BEAN WJ, 1976, TREES SHRUBS HARDY B
BROWN A, 1992, UK ENV
BROWN JMB, 1953, Q J FOREST, V47, P239
BROWN JMB, 1954, REPORT FORESTRY RESE, P42
BRUBAKER CL, 1994, AM J BOT, V81, P1309
CHAMBERLAIN DF, 1982, NOTES ROYAL BOTANIC, V39, P209
CLAPHAM AR, 1987, FLORA BRIT ISLES
COATS AM, 1963, GARDENS HRUBS THEIR
COGHLAN A, 1997, NEW SCI, V2097, P20
COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P432
COX P, 1963, RHODODENDRON CAMELLI, V17, P64
CROSS JR, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P807
CROSS JR, 1975, J ECOL, V63, P345
CURTIS W, 1803, BOT MAGAZINE, V16, P650
DAEHLER CC, 1997, AM J BOT, V84, P607
DAVIDIAN HH, 1992, RHODODENDRON SPECIES, V3
DAVIDIAN HH, 1982, RHODODENDRON SPECIES, V1
DEBLIJ HJ, 1993, PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY G, P82
FIELD, 1895, GARDEN JAN, P270
GERLACH WL, 1979, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V7, P1869
HARLAN JR, 1963, EVOLUTION, V17, P497
HARRIS SA, 1992, HEREDITY, V69, P1
HEISER CB, 1951, EVOLUTION, V5, P42
HEISER CB, 1979, TAXON, V28, P217
HOLLINGSWORTH ML, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1681
JANSEN RK, 1987, CURR GENET, V11, P553
JESSEN K, 1948, IRISH NAT J, V9, P174
JESSEN K, 1959, P R IR ACAD B, V60, P1
JUDD S, 1992, ENTOMOLOGIST, V111, P134
KELLY DL, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P437
KLIER K, 1991, J HERED, V82, P305
KREBS SL, 1996, J HERED, V87, P131
LEWONTIN RC, 1966, EVOLUTION, V20, P315
LOUDONJ, 1838, ARBORICETUM FRUTIC 3, V2, P1130
MICHALAK SC, 1976, THESIS ROYAL BOT GAR
MILNE RI, 1999, AM J BOT, V86, P1776
MILNE RI, 1997, THESIS U ST ANDREWS
NILSEN ET, 1991, OECOLOGIA, V87, P63
NOVAK SJ, 1993, CAN J BOT, V71, P1441
NOVAK SJ, 1993, HEREDITY, V71, P167
POPOVA TN, 1972, FLORA EUROPAEA, V3, P8
PYSEK P, 1995, BIOL CONSERV, V74, P41
RIESEBERG LH, 1991, AM J BOT, V78, P1218
RIESEBERG LH, 1990, EVOLUTION, V44, P1498
RIESEBERG LH, 1993, HYBRID ZONES EVOLUTI, P70
RIESEBERG LH, 2000, IN PRESS HEREDITY
RIESEBERG LH, 1990, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V87, P593
ROCHE CT, 1991, NORTHWEST SCI, V65, P53
SALES F, 1997, PLANT LIFE SW CENTRA, P167
SEWELL MM, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P1147
SIMONS P, 1988, NEW SCI, V119, P50
SOLTIS DE, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V206, P353
STACE CA, 1997, NEW FLORA BRIT ISLES
STACE CA, 1991, NEW FLORA BRIT ISLES
STREFELER MS, 1996, AM J BOT, V83, P265
TURNER JS, 1939, P ROY IRISH ACAD, V66, P9
VILA M, 1998, ECOL APPL, V8, P1196
VILA M, 1998, ECOSCIENCE, V5, P191
WOJCICKI JJ, 1993, POLISH BOT STUDIES, V5, P9
TC 0
BP 541
EP 556
PG 16
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 2000
PD MAY
VL 9
IS 5
GA 312BG
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000086923000004
ER
PT J
AU Lutz, E
Schneller, JJ
Holderegger, R
TI Understanding population history for conservation purposes:
Population genetics of Saxifraga aizoides (Saxifragaceae) in
the lowlands and lower mountains north of the Alps
SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF BOTANY
NR 41
AB Several alpine species have outlying populations in the
lowlands and lower mountains north of the Alps. These small,
isolated populations are usually described as either (1)
glacial relies, (2) descendants from populations living on
forelands and moraines during the ice ages, or (3) populations
founded by long-distance dispersal after glaciation. A
floristic survey of the historic and present distributions and
an allozyme investigation were performed on one of these relic
species, Saxifraga aizoides. The species was historically more
abundant and had more stations in more regions of northeastern
Switzerland. The former population structures within regions,
nowadays destroyed, were still reflected in distinct and high
regional genetic diversity and variation. There was weak
evidence of increased inbreeding in outlying populations, but
populations did not deviate from Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium. No
geographic pattern of genetic variation above the regional
scale (>10 km) was found. Based on the spatial and genetic
structures found, it was not possible to discriminate between
the abovementioned hypotheses. Nevertheless, the study shows
how a thorough evaluation of distribution and abundance data
aids the interpretation of genetic data with respect to
population history, biogeography, and conservation biology.
CR *STSC, 1991, STATGR REF MAN VERS
ABBOTT RJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P100
BARRETT SCH, 1991, GENETICS CONSERVATIO, P3
BAUERT MR, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1519
BONN S, 1998, AUSBREITUNGSBIOLOGIE
BRESINSKY A, 1965, BER BAYER BOT GES, V38, P5
BROCHMANN C, 1996, DET NORSKE VIDENSKOP, V18, P54
BROCKMANNJEROSC H, 1926, PFLANZENLEBEN ALPEN, P1110
CHRIST H, 1882, PFLANZENLEBEN SCHWEI
COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P432
ELLSTRAND NC, 1993, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V24, P217
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
GODT MJW, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P796
HANTKE R, 1978, EISZEITALTER, PR1
HOLDEREGGER R, 1997, B GEOBOT I ETH, V63, P109
HOLDEREGGER R, 1994, BIOL J LINN SOC, V51, P377
HOLDEREGGER R, 1997, FLORA, V192, P151
HOLDEREGGER R, 1998, PLANT SYST EVOL, V213, P21
HUENNEKE LF, 1991, GENETICS CONSERVATIO, P31
JENNYLIPS H, 1948, VEGETATION SCHWEIZER
KAPLAN K, 1995, ILLUSTRIERTE FLORA M, V4, P130
LANDOLT E, 1991, GEFAHRDUNG FARN BLUT
LEVIN DA, 1995, J EVOLUTION BIOL, V8, P635
MEIER C, 1998, NORD J BOT, V18, P681
NEI M, 1972, AM NAT, V106, P283
OOSTERMEIJER JGB, 1996, SPECIES SURVIVAL FRA, P93
POTT R, 1995, FITOSOCIOLOGIA, V29, P7
SCHNELLER JJ, 1989, BOT HELV, V99, P197
SMOUSE PE, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P399
SOKAL RR, 1995, BIOMETRY
SOLTIS DE, 1983, AM FERN J, V73, P9
SOLTIS DE, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V206, P353
STOCKLIN J, 1996, J VEG SCI, V7, P45
SWOFFORD DL, 1989, BIOSYS 1 COMPUTER PR
WATKINSON AR, 1993, J ECOL, V81, P707
WEBB DA, 1989, SAXIFRAGES EUROPE
WEEDEN NF, 1989, ISOZYMES PLANT BIOL, P45
WELTEN M, 1982, VERBREITUNGSATLAS FA, P1
WENDEL JF, 1989, ISOZYMES PLANT BIOL, P5
WHITLOCK MC, 1999, HEREDITY, V82, P117
WRIGHT S, 1965, EVOLUTION, V19, P395
TC 0
BP 583
EP 590
PG 8
JI Am. J. Bot.
PY 2000
PD APR
VL 87
IS 4
GA 305ET
J9 AMER J BOT
UT ISI:000086527000015
ER
PT J
AU Brysting, AK
Holst-Jensen, A
Leitch, I
TI Genomic origin and organization of the hybrid Poa jemtlandica
(Poaceae) verified by genomic in situ hybridization and
chloroplast DNA sequences
SO ANNALS OF BOTANY
NR 50
AB Chloroplast DNA sequencing and genomic in situ hybridization
(GISH) were used to investigate the genomic origin and
organization of the alpine grass Poa jemtlandica. Using genomic
probes of P. alpina and P. flexuosa, GISH clearly distinguished
between these two putative parental genomes and thus confirmed
the hybrid nature of P. jemtlandica. The chloroplast trnL
intron and trnL-trnF intergenic spacer (IGS) sequence genotypes
of P. flexuosa and P. jemtlandica were 100% identical but
differed from those of P. alpina by a total of ten or 11
nucleotide substitutions and six indels over 866 aligned
positions, identifying P. flexuosa as the maternal parent of
the P. jemtlandica population studied here and supporting a
relatively recent origin of the hybrid. GISH revealed the
presence of intergenomic translocations in the hybrid genome,
indicating that the two parental genomes have undergone some
rearrangements following hybridization. It is likely that some
of these chromosome changes took place soon after hybridization
in order to overcome the adverse interactions between the
nuclear and the cytoplasmic genomes and to facilitate the
successful establishment of the newly formed hybrid. The
presence of intergenomic chromosome changes may play an
important role in the evolution of natural hybrids and the
establishment of new evolutionary lineages. (C) 2000 Annals of
Botany Company.
CR ALMQUIST S, 1883, BOT NOTISER, V1883, P113
ANAMTHAWATJONSSON , 1990, THEOR APPL GENET, V79, P721
ARNOLD ML, 1997, NATURAL HYDRIDIZATIO
BRYSTING AK, 1997, NORD J BOT, V17, P199
CHEN QF, 1994, GENOME, V37, P607
CLAPHAM AR, 1987, FLORA BRIT ISLES
CLEGG MT, 1991, EVOLUTION MOL LEVEL, P135
DOYLE JJ, 1990, FOCUS, V12, P13
ELVEN R, 1978, NORD J BOT, V3, P171
ENGELSKJON T, 1979, OPERA BOT, V52, P1
FANGAN BM, 1994, BIOTECHNIQUES, V16, P484
FISEROVA D, 1974, PRESLIA, V46, P213
GIELLY L, 1994, MOL BIOL EVOL, V11, P769
GIELLY L, 1996, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V5, P460
GILL BS, 1991, P KIH MEM S CYT ENG, P48
GILLESPIE LJ, 1997, CAN J BOT, V75, P1978
HEDBERG O, 1958, SVENSK BOTANISKA TID, V52, P37
HIGGINS D, 1994, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V22, P4673
HULTMAN T, 1989, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V17, P4937
JELLEN EN, 1994, GENOME, V37, P613
JIANG J, 1994, CHROMOSOME RES, V2, P59
KENTON A, 1993, MOL GEN GENET, V240, P159
LEITCH AR, 1994, RMS MICROSCOPY HDB, V27
LEITCH IJ, 1997, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V2, P470
LOVE A, 1956, ACTA HORTI GOTHOBURG, V20, P65
MUNTZING A, 1954, HEREDITAS, V40, P459
MURRAY DF, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE BIODIV, P21
NANNFELDT JA, 1937, BOT NOTISER, V1937, P1
NANNFELDT JA, 1963, N ATLANTIC BIOTA THE, P86
NILSSON O, 1950, SYMB BOT UPSAL, V10, P1
PALMER JD, 1988, ANN MO BOT GARD, V75, P1180
RIESEBERG LH, 1995, AM J BOT, V82, P944
RIESEBERG LH, 1997, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V28, P359
RIESEBERG LH, 1993, CRIT REV PLANT SCI, V12, P213
RIESEBERG LH, 1998, NEW PHYTOL, V140, P599
SCHWARZACHER TS, 1994, METHOD MOL BIOL, V28, P153
SKALINSKA M, 1952, LETT SER B, V1, P253
SOLTIS DE, 1989, AM J BOT, V76, P1119
SOLTIS DE, 1993, CRIT REV PLANT SCI, V12, P243
SOLTIS PS, 1992, MOL SYSTEMATICS PLAN, P177
SONG K, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P811
SONG KM, 1993, GENOME, V35, P992
SONG KM, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P7719
SONG KM, 1988, THEOR APPL GENET, V75, P784
STACE C, 1997, NEW FLORA BRIT ISLES
SUH YB, 1993, AM J BOT, V80, P1042
TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105
TAKAHASHI C, 1997, CHROMOSOMA, V105, P342
TURESSON G, 1927, HEREDITAS, V9, P81
WENDEL JF, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P280
TC 0
BP 439
EP 445
PG 7
JI Ann. Bot.
PY 2000
PD APR
VL 85
IS 4
GA 304HR
J9 ANN BOT
UT ISI:000086478100002
ER
FN ISI Export Format
VR 1.0
PT J
AU Steinfartz, S
Veith, M
Tautz, D
TI Mitochondrial sequence analysis of Salamandra taxa suggests old
splits of major lineages and postglacial recolonizations of
Central Europe from distinct source populations of Salamandra
salamandra
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 65
AB Representatives of the genus Salamandra occur in Europe,
Northern Africa and the Near East. Many local variants are
known but species and subspecies status of these is still a
matter of dispute. We have analysed samples from locations
covering the whole expansion range of Salamandra by sequence
analysis of mitochondrial D-loop regions. In addition, we have
calibrated the rate of divergence of the D-loop on the basis of
geologically dated splits of the closely related genus
Euproctus. Phylogenetic analysis of the sequences suggests that
six major monophyletic groups exist (S. salamandra, S. algira,
S. infraimmaculata, S. corsica, S. atra and S. lanzai) which
have split between 5 and 13 million years ago (Ma). We find
that each of the Salamandra species occupies a distinct
geographical area, with the exception of S. salamandra. This
species occurs all over Europe from Spain to Greece, suggesting
that it was the only species that has recolonized Central
Europe after the last glaciation. The occurrence of specific
east and west European haplotypes, as well as allozyme alleles
in the S. salamandra populations suggests that this
recolonization has started from at least two source
populations, possibly originating in the Iberian peninsula and
the Balkans. Two subpopulations of S. salamandra were found
that are genetically very distinct from the other populations.
One lives in northern Spain (S. s. bernardezi) and one in
southern Italy (S. s. gigliolii). Surprisingly, the
mitochondrial lineages of these subpopulations group closer
together than the remainder S. salamandra lineages. We suggest
that these populations are remnants of a large homogeneous
population that had colonized Central Europe in a previous
interglacial period, approximately 500 000 years ago. Animals
from these populations were apparently not successful in later
recolonizations. Still, they have maintained their separate
genetic identity in their areas, although they are not
separated by geographical barriers from very closely related
neighbouring populations.
CR ALCOBENDAS M, 1996, J EVOLUTION BIOL, V9, P83
ALVAREZ W, 1973, NATURE-PHYS SCI, V243, P10
ALVAREZ W, 1972, NATURE-PHYS SCI, V235, P103
ALVAREZ W, 1974, SARDINIA CORSICA 1 M
APOSTOLIDIS AP, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P531
ARNTZEN JW, 1995, CONTRIB ZOOL, V65, P5
BERGGREN WA, 1995, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V107, P1272
BERNATCHEZ L, 1992, MOL ECOL, V1, P161
BIANCO PG, 1990, ICHTHYOLOGICAL EXPLO, V1, P167
BROWN JR, 1993, MOL BIOL EVOL, V10, P326
BUSH GL, 1998, RES POPUL ECOL, V40, P175
CACCONE A, 1994, J EVOLUTION BIOL, V7, P227
CACCONE A, 1997, SYST BIOL, V46, P126
DEGANI G, 1978, J HERPETOL, V12, P437
DOPAZO H, 1998, J EVOLUTION BIOL, V11, P365
EISELT J, 1958, ABH BER NATURK VORGE, V10, P77
FACHBACH G, 1976, Z ZOOL SYST EVOL, V14, P81
FACHBACH G, 1976, Z ZOOL SYST EVOLUT G, V14, P59
FELSENSTEIN J, 1985, EVOLUTION, V39, P783
FRENZEL B, 1992, ATLAS PALEOCLIMATES
GARCIAPARIS M, 1998, COPEIA, P173
GASC JP, 1997, ATLAS AMPHIBIANS REP
GASSER F, 1978, ARCH ZOOL EXP GEN, V119, P635
GREVEN H, 1998, J EXP ZOOL, V282, P507
GROSSENBACHER K, 1994, ABH BER NATURKDE MAG, V17, P75
HASEGAWA M, 1985, J MOL EVOL, V22, P160
HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87
HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247
HEWITT GM, 1993, LINNEAN SOC S SERIES, V14, P97
HEWITT GM, 1989, SPECIATION ITS CONSE, P85
HORAI S, 1990, AM J HUM GENET, V46, P828
HSU KJ, 1977, NATURE, V267, P399
JOGER U, 1994, ABHANDLUNGEN BERICHT, V47, P83
JOGER U, 1994, SALAMANDRA MERTENSSI, V4, P241
JOGER U, 1995, SCI HERPETOL, P33
KLEWEN R, 1991, 584 NEUE BREHM BUCH
KOCHER TD, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P6196
MALDONADO A, 1985, KEY ENV W MEDITERRAN, P17
MCKNIGHT ML, 1997, MOL BIOL EVOL, V14, P1167
ORR MR, 1998, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V13, P502
OZETI N, 1967, COPEIA, P287
PARK LK, 1993, MOL MAR BIOL BIOTECH, V2, P362
PESOLE G, 1999, J MOL EVOL, V48, P427
RIDING R, 1998, MAR GEOL, V146, P1
SACCONE C, 1994, PRINCIPLES MED BIO B, V1, P39
SBISA E, 1997, GENE, V205, P125
SHAFFER HB, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P417
STRIMMER K, 1996, MOL BIOL EVOL, V13, P964
SWOFFORD DL, 1999, PHYLOGENTIC ANAL USI
TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453
TAMURA K, 1993, MOL BIOL EVOL, V10, P512
THOMPSON JD, 1994, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V22, P4673
TITUS TA, 1995, SYST BIOL, V44, P125
TREVISAN P, 1981, B ZOOL, V48, P77
UPHOLT WB, 1977, CELL, V11, P571
VEITH M, 1992, AMPHIBIA REPTILIA, V13, P297
VEITH M, 1998, J ZOOL SYST EVOL RES, V36, P7
VEITH M, 1994, MERTENSIELLA, V4, P355
WALLIS GP, 1989, EVOLUTION, V43, P88
WILSON AC, 1985, BIOL J LINN SOC, V26, P375
YANG YJ, 1994, MOL ECOL, V3, P219
YANG ZH, 1996, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V11, P367
ZHANG DX, 1996, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V11, P247
ZISCHLER H, 1998, MOL BIOL EVOL, V15, P463
ZISCHLER H, 1995, NATURE, V378, P489
TC 0
BP 397
EP 410
PG 14
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 2000
PD APR
VL 9
IS 4
GA 300ZZ
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000086284800003
ER
PT J
AU Steen, SW
Gielly, L
Taberlet, P
Brochmann, C
TI Same parental species, but different taxa: molecular evidence
for hybrid origins of the rare endemics Saxifraga opdalensis
and S-svalbardensis (Saxifragaceae)
SO BOTANICAL JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY
NR 30
AB Saxifraga opdalensis was described from Oppdal in southern
Norway and hypothesized to have originated as the hybrid S.
cernua x rivularis or to have been derived From a S. cernua-
like progenitor. We tested these alternative hypotheses using
uni- and biparentally inherited molecular markers observed in
S. opdalensis and its putative parental species at the type
locality: PCR-RFLPs (restriction fragment length polymorphisms
in amplified fragments of chloroplast DNA; cpDNA), sequences of
the cpDNA intron tmL and the spacer tmL-tmF, and RAPDs (random
amplified polymorphic DNAs). The data provided unambiguous
support for the hybrid hypothesis. The cpDNA analyses
distinguished two well-differentiated chloroplast genomes, one
in S. opdalensis and S. rivularis, and another in S. cernua.
The majority of the RAPD markers showed distinct additivity in
S. opdalensis relative to its postulated parental species.
Thus, S. opdalensis has probably originated from a hybrid with
S. rivularis as the maternal parent and S. cernua as the
paternal parent. We also included S. svalbardensis in the
present study because previous molecular analyses of Svalbard
material have shown that this species had probably also
originated as a hybrid between S. cernua and S. rivularis. The
chloroplast genome of S, svalbardensis was identical to that of
S. opdalensis, but the two species differed in many RAPD
markers. Although these two endemics probably have been derived
from the same hybrid combination, they are morphologically and
genetically distinct and should be referred. to separate
species. Differences between such independently originated
hybrid taxa may result from intraspecific variation in their
parental taxa. Saxifraga cernua comprises, for example, several
highly divergent evolutionary lineages. (C) 2000 The Linnean
Society of London.
CR BLYTT A, 1992, FORHANDLINGER VIDE B, P1
BORGEN L, 1983, NORD J BOT, V3, P301
BROCHMANN C, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P135
BROCHMANN C, 1992, AM J BOT, V79, P673
BROCHMANN C, 1992, NORD J BOT, V12, P257
BROCHMANN C, 2000, PLANT SYST EVOL, V220, P77
BROCHMANN C, 1996, SYMBOLAE BOT UPSALEN, V31, P75
DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393
ELVEN R, 1994, NORSK FLORA
ENGELSKJON T, 1979, OPERA BOT, V52, P1
FLUNGSRUD K, 1985, THESIS U OSLO
GABRIELSEN TM, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1701
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
HIGGINS DG, 1992, COMPUT APPL BIOSCI, V8, P189
HOLAKER P, 1960, BLYTTIA, V18, P108
LOVE A, 1975, CYTOTAXONOMICAL ATLA
MOLAU U, 1993, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V25, P391
OVSTEDAL DO, 1975, ASTARTE, V8, P23
OVSTEDAL DO, 1998, NORD J BOT, V18, P171
RIESEBERG LH, 1991, AM J BOT, V78, P1218
ROHLF FJ, 1990, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T
RUNE O, 1988, BLYTTIA, V46, P43
SOLTIS DE, 1989, AM J BOT, V76, P1119
SOLTIS DE, 1993, CRIT REV PLANT SCI, V12, P243
SOLTIS DE, 1990, J HERED, V81, P168
TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105
WEBB DA, 1989, MANUAL SAXIFRAGES TH
WERTH CR, 1985, SCIENCE, V228, P731
WILLIAMS JGK, 1993, METHOD ENZYMOL, V218, P704
TC 0
BP 153
EP 164
PG 12
JI Bot. J. Linnean Soc.
PY 2000
PD FEB
VL 132
IS 2
GA 297TG
J9 BOT J LINN SOC
UT ISI:000086098300004
ER
PT J
AU Lacourse, T
Gajewski, K
TI Late Quaternary vegetation history of Sulphur Lake, southwest
Yukon territory, Canada
SO ARCTIC
NR 48
AB Paleoecological studies based on the analysis of pollen in lake
sediments offer the potential for high resolution and well-
dated independent records of past vegetation and climate. A 5 m
sediment core was raised from the deepest section of Sulphur
Lake, located in the southwest Yukon (60.95 degrees N, 137.95
degrees W; 847 m a.s.l.). The pollen spectra indicate that
before 11250 yr BP, the vegetation was a herbaceous tundra
marked by the presence of Artemisia. However, the date of the
establishment of this initial vegetation cannot be secured
because of problems with the basal radiocarbon date and the
lack of a reliable chronology of regional deglaciation. A birch
shrub tundra prevailed between 11250 and 10250 yr BP and was
then replaced by a discontinuous poplar woodland. Juniperus
populations expanded at 9500 yr BP, and by 8400 yr BP, Picea
invaded the region. The white spruce forest that occupies the
region today was established by approximately 8000 yr BP. Alnus
crispa increased at 6000 yr BP, but the simultaneous increase
in Picea mariana found at most sites in the Yukon was not
present at Sulphur Lake. Black spruce was never a dominant
component of the vegetation in the southwest Yukon, as it was
in the south-central Yukon between 6100 and 4100 yr BP.
CR ANDERSON PM, 1993, GLOBAL CLIMATES LAST, P386
BENNINGHOFF WS, 1962, POLLEN SPORES, V4, P332
BIRKS HJB, 1977, CAN J BOT, V55, P2367
BIRKS HJB, 1980, QUATERNARY RES, V14, P101
CLAGUE JJ, 1995, CAN J EARTH SCI, V32, P1172
CWYNAR LC, 1979, CAN J EARTH SCI, V16, P1115
CWYNAR LC, 1988, CAN J FOREST RES, V18, P1270
CWYNAR LC, 1982, ECOL MONOGR, V52, P1
CWYNAR LC, 1991, ECOLOGY, V72, P202
CWYNAR LC, 1995, GEOGR PHYS QUATERN, V49, P29
DAVIS MB, 1984, LAKE SEDIMENTS ENV H, P261
DEAN WE, 1974, J SEDIMENT PETROL, V44, P249
DELCOURT HR, 1991, QUATERNARY ECOLOGY P
DENTON GH, 1966, AM J SCI, V264, P577
DENTON GH, 1967, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V78, P485
DENTON GH, 1977, QUATERNARY RES, V7, P63
DOUGLAS GW, 1974, CAN J BOT, V52, P2505
FAEGRI K, 1989, TXB POLLEN ANAL
GLEW JR, 1988, J PALEOLIMNOL, V1, P235
HANSEN BCS, 1985, CAN J BOT, V63, P2159
HOEFS M, 1975, SYESIS S1, V8, P125
JOHNSON F, 1964, PAPERS RS PEABODY F, V6, P1
KEENAN TJ, 1992, CAN J BOT, V70, P1336
LACOURSE T, 1998, THESIS U OTTAWA CANA
LERBEKMO JF, 1975, ROYAL SOC NZ B, V13, P203
MACDONALD GM, 1984, THESIS U TORONTO CAN
MACNEISH RS, 1964, PAPERS RS PEABODY F, V6, P199
MORLAN RE, 1980, KLUANE PINNACLE YUKO, P97
MOTT RJ, 1978, CAN J BOT, V56, P1021
MURRAY DF, 1980, KLUANE PINNACLE YUKO, P52
NICKLING WG, 1978, CAN J EARTH SCI, V15, P1069
ORLOCI L, 1979, VEGETATIO, V41, P1
OSWALD ET, 1977, BCX164 PAC FOR RES C
PARENT S, 1988, THESIS U OTTAWA
PRICE LW, 1971, ECOLOGY, V52, P638
RAMPTON V, 1971, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V82, P959
RICHARD P, 1970, NAT CAN, V97, P97
RITCHIE JC, 1986, J BIOGEOGR, V13, P527
RITCHIE JC, 1987, POSTGLACIAL VEGETATI
RITCHIE JC, 1984, PRESENT VEGETATION F
ROSE JS, 1972, PUBLICATION CANADIAN, V1300
STUART GSL, 1989, ARCTIC, V42, P347
THOMPSON R, 1980, SCIENCE, V207, P481
WANG XC, 1991, ARCTIC, V44, P23
WANG XC, 1991, GEOGR PHYS QUATERN, V45, P175
WANG XC, 1989, THESIS U OTTAWA
WORKMAN WB, 1978, 74 ARCH SURV CAN NAT
WRIGHT HE, 1967, J SEDIMENT PETROL, V37, P957
TC 1
BP 27
EP 35
PG 9
JI Arctic
PY 2000
PD MAR
VL 53
IS 1
GA 294WT
J9 ARCTIC
UT ISI:000085934000005
ER
PT J
AU Willis, KJ
Rudner, E
Sumegi, P
TI The full-glacial forests of central and southeastern Europe
SO QUATERNARY RESEARCH
NR 69
AB The presence of trees in central and southern Europe during the
last full-glaciation has long been a matter of debate. A low
but persistent presence of fossil tree pollen in central and
southern European full-glacial paleoecological sequences has
been interpreted either as representing long-distance pollen
transport from southerly refuges or as representing in situ
refugial populations. Here we present macroscopic charcoal
results from 31 sequences located throughout Hungary that
provide unequivocal evidence for the presence of at least seven
different tree types between approximately 32,500 and 16,500 C-
14 yr B.P. This evidence is presented in conjunction with
molluscan and pollen analyses to indicate that during the last
full-glaciation, trees grew as far north as Hungary, probably
in microenvironmentally favorable sites. These areas provided
an important cold-stage refugium for the European flora and
fauna, (C) 2000 University of Washington.
CR BELL M, 1992, LATE QUATERNARY ENV
BENNETT KD, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P103
BETANCOURT JL, 1990, PACKRAT MIDDENS LAST, P435
BIRKS HH, 1994, DISSERTATIONES BOT, V234, P129
BOND G, 1993, NATURE, V365, P143
CLARK JS, 1988, QUATERNARY RES, V30, P67
CULIBERG M, 1995, RAZPRAVE 4 RAZREDA S, V36, P49
DENTON GH, 1971, LAST GREAT ICE SHEET
DOBOSI V, 1967, ARCHEOLOGIAI ERTESIT, V94, P184
FIGUEIRAL I, 1995, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V89, P441
FINK J, 1977, QUATERNARY RES, V7, P363
FOLLIERI M, 1988, POLLEN SPORES, V30, P329
GABORICSANK V, 1960, ARCHEOLOGIAI ERTESIT, V87, P125
GEYH MA, 1969, FOLDRAJZI ERTESITO, V18, P5
HERTELENDI E, 1992, RADIOCARBON, V34, P833
HICKS S, 1985, GRANA, V24, P167
HICKS S, 1994, PACT, V33, PS17
JOHNSEN SJ, 1992, NATURE, V359, P311
KERNEY MP, 1983, LANDSCHNECKEN NORD M
KORDOS L, 1977, FOLDRAJZI KOZLEMENYE, V25, P222
KORDOS L, 1987, GEOJOURNAL, V15, P163
KOROSTELEV AP, 1987, STATISTICAL METHODS, P52
KROLOPP E, 1977, FOLDRAJZI KOZLEMENYE, V26, P228
KROLOPP E, 1996, FOLDTANI KOZLONY, V125, P309
KROLOPP E, 1995, GEOJOURNAL, V36, P213
KUTZBACH JE, 1993, GLOBAL CLIMATES LAST, P24
KUTZBACH JE, 1986, J ATMOS SCI, V43, P1726
LAJ C, 1996, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V23, P2045
LOZEK V, 1987, HDB HOLOCENE PALEOEC, P729
LOZEK V, 1964, ROZPR USTRED USTAVU, V31, P1
MAGRI D, 1989, NEW PHYTOL, V112, P123
MAGRI D, 1994, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V81, P313
MAROSI S, 1974, FOLDRAJZI ERTESITO, V23, P333
MARUSZCZAK H, 1987, LOESS PERIGLACIAL PH, P285
MARZIANI GP, 1991, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V70, P214
MASPERO A, 1996, QUATERNARIO, V9, P591
MEIJER T, 1985, MEDED RIJKS GEOL DIE, V39, P75
NIKOLOV N, 1992, SYSTEMS ANAL GLOBAL, P13
PASTOR J, 1992, SYSTEMS ANAL GLOBAL, P216
PECSI M, 1976, FOLDRAJZI KOZLEMENYE, V23, P228
PECSI M, 1961, FOLDRAJZI KOZLEMENYE, V9, P1
PECSI M, 1977, GEONOMIA BANYASZAT, V10, P183
PECSI M, 1991, QUATERNARY ENV HUNGA, P9
PECSI M, 1993, QUATERNARY LOESS RES
RUDNER ZE, 1994, THESIS KOSSUTH LAJOS
SANDER PM, 1990, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V63, P269
SCHWEINGRUBER FH, 1989, TREE RINGS BASICS AP
SPARKS BW, 1964, J ANIM ECOL S, V33, P87
STOILOV KG, 1984, LOESS FORMATION BULG
STUIVER M, 1993, RADIOCARBON, V35, P215
SUMEGI P, 1989, THESIS KOSSUTH LAJOS
SZEKEL A, 1987, LOESS PERIGLACIAL PH, P303
TZEDAKIS PC, 1993, NATURE, V364, P437
VANANDEL TH, 1998, ANTIQUITY, V72, P26
VERNET JL, 1987, J BIOGEOGR, V14, P117
VERTES L, 1964, QUARTAR, V15, P132
VOELKER AHL, 1998, RADIOCARBON, V40, P1
VOGEL IC, 1964, RADIOCARBON, V6, P349
WHITLOCK C, 1996, HOLOCENE, V6, P7
WILLIS KJ, 1998, ANTIQUITY, V72, P101
WILLIS KJ, 1997, ECOLOGY, V78, P740
WILLIS KJ, 1994, HIST BIOL, V9, P103
WILLIS KJ, 1997, LANDSCAPES FLUX CENT, P193
WILLIS KJ, 1992, NEW PHYTOL, V121, P139
WILLIS KJ, 1995, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V118, P25
WILLIS KJ, 1994, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V13, P769
WOILLARD G, 1979, QUATERNARY RES, V9, P1
WRIGHT HE, 1967, J SEDIMENT PETROL, V37, P975
ZACKRISSON O, 1996, OIKOS, V77, P10
TC 0
BP 203
EP 213
PG 11
JI Quat. Res.
PY 2000
PD MAR
VL 53
IS 2
GA 295GK
J9 QUATERNARY RES
UT ISI:000085958200008
ER
PT J
AU Willis, KJ
Whittaker, RJ
TI Paleoecology - The refugial debate
SO SCIENCE
NR 12
CR AIDE TM, 1998, J BIOGEOGR, V25, P695
AVISE JC, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P457
BENNETT KD, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P103
COLINVAUX PA, 2000, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V19, P141
COLINVAUX PA, 1996, SCIENCE, V274, P85
DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515
HABERLE SG, 1999, QUATERNARY RES, V51, P27
HAFFER J, 1969, SCIENCE, V165, P131
HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87
KLICKA J, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1666
NORES M, 1999, J BIOGEOGR, V26, P475
TABERLET P, 1994, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V255, P195
TC 4
BP 1406
EP 1407
PG 2
JI Science
PY 2000
PD FEB 25
VL 287
IS 5457
GA 287WZ
J9 SCIENCE
UT ISI:000085531600024
ER
PT J
AU Velichko, AA
Kononov, YM
Faustova, MA
TI Geochronology, distribution, and ice volume on the earth during
the last glacial maximum: Inferences from new data
SO STRATIGRAPHY AND GEOLOGICAL CORRELATION
NR 63
AB The evaluated area and volume of ice sheets on the Earth during
the Last Glacial Maximum (18-20 thousand years ago, oxygen
isotope stage 2) are adjusted to the most recent data and our
subglobal to global paleoglaciological reconstructions
published between 1986 and 1997. In the West Eurasian Arctic
sector (Svalbard and Franz Josef Land), the compensation uplift
rate, calculated on the basis of radiocarbon dating of risen
marine terraces, is considerably lower than that estimated
using the model of an ice sheet stretched over the whole
Barents Sea shelf. From the viewpoint of isostasy and new
radiocarbon dates, according to which sediments left by the ice
sheet of the Kara Sea are older than 40 ka, the idea suggesting
a solid ice mass that existed in this region appears to be
invalid. Glaciation in the Novaya Zemlya and Polar Urals was
also autonomous. Glaciers in mountain valleys were typical of
Taimyr and northeastern Siberia. Data on the western hemisphere
again suggest a limited extent of glaciation in high latitudes,
e.g., in the Canadian Arctic Archipelago. At the same time, ice
sheets were most extensive in North America as compared to all
others in the northern hemisphere. Outside the Antarctic
continent, glaciation in the southern hemisphere was not
intense; and limited ice sheets were mainly characteristic of
southern South America and New Zealand. The total area of ice
sheets during the Last Glacial Maximum was 36 million km(2) and
progressively decreased to 9600 thousand km(2) about 13 ka ago
and to 4700 thousand km(2) about 10 ka years ago.
CR 1987, CHETVERTICHNYE OLEDE
1992, PALEOCLIMATES PALEOE
1982, PALEOGEOGRAFIYA EVRO
ALEKSEEV MN, 1996, PALAEOGEOGRAPHIC ATL
ARKHIPOV SA, 1980, PALEOGEOGRAFIYA ZAPA, P7
ARKHIPOV SA, 1993, RAZVITIE LANDSHAFTOV, P28
ASTAKHOV V, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P19
ASTAKHOV VI, 1985, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR+, V283, P438
ASTAKHOV VI, 1979, NEW DATA LATEST ACTI, P22
BINYNAN L, 1991, QUATERNARY GLACIAL D
BISCHOF J, 1996, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V129, P329
BOULTON GS, 1991, GEOLOGY SCOTLAND, P117
CHALTIERI L, 1997, 27 ARCT WORKSH, P95
CLAPPERTON CM, 1993, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V101, P189
CLAPPERTON CM, 1990, QUAT SCI REV, V9
COOPER A, 1995, EOS, V76, P97
DENTON YH, 1981, LAST GREAT ICE SHEET
DYKE AS, 1982, GEOGRAPHIE PHYSIQUE, V36, P5
ESPIZUA LE, 1993, QUATERNARY RES, V40, P150
FAUSTOVA MA, 1994, DEGLACIATION GLACIAL, P30
FAUSTOVA MA, 1994, DEGLACIATION RHYTHMS, P94
FORMAN SL, 1997, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V109, P1116
FULTON RJ, 1984, QUATERNARY STRATIGRA
GATAULLIN V, 1997, 27 ARCT WORKSH PROGR, P78
GROSVALD MG, 1983, POKROVNYE LEDNIKI KO
HEUSSER CJ, 1989, QUATERNARY RES, V32, P60
JACKSON LE, 1997, GEOLOGY, V25, P195
KNIES J, 1996, 1 ANN WORKSH EST SCI, P63
KOTLYAKOV VM, 1984, GLYATSIOLOGICHESKII
LANDVIK JY, 1992, LUNDQUA REPORT, V35, P61
LANDVIK JY, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P43
LEHMKUHL F, 1993, M IGCP PROJ 253 TERM, P30
LUBINSKI DJ, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V14, P1
MALYASOVA ES, 1993, NOVAYA ZEMLYA, V2, P10
MANGERUD J, 1996, 1 ANN WORKSH EST SCI, P81
MANGERUD J, 1981, BOREAS, V10, P381
MANGERUD J, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P11
MATIOUCHKOV A, 1996, 1 ANN WORKSH EST SCI, P84
MUSATOV EE, 1998, VSEROSSIISKOE SVOESH, P202
NISSEN F, 1996, 1 ANN WORKSH EST SCI, P90
OSBORN G, 1995, QUATERNARY SCI REV, P823
PAVLIDIS YA, 1992, SHELF MIROVOGO OKEAN
PELTIER WR, 1996, SCIENCE, V273, P1359
PELTIER WR, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P195
POLYAK L, 1996, 1 ANN WORKSH EST SCI, P101
RAUKAS A, 1992, SVERIGES GEOLOGISKA, V81, P277
ROBERTSON AV, 1992, QUATERNARY STRATIGRA
RUTTER NW, 1984, QUATERNARY STRATIGRA, P49
SEREBRYANNY L, 1998, LATE GLACIAL EARLY H, P323
SIBRAVA V, 1986, QUATERNARY GLACIATIO
SIEGERT C, 1996, 1 ANN WORKSH EST SCI, P122
SUETOVA IA, 1982, GEOGRAFICHESKIE ISSL, P22
SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234
TVERANGER J, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V44, P328
VELICHKO AA, 1987, CHETVERTICHNYE OLEDE, P8
VELICHKO AA, 1989, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR+, V309, P1465
VELICHKO AA, 1994, PALEOGEOGRAPHICAL BA, P63
VELICHKO AA, 1997, PRIRODA, P34
VELICHKO AA, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P43
WRIGHT HE, 1983, LATE QUATERNARY ENV
YUBBRTEN HW, 1996, 1 ANN WORKSH EST SCI, P17
ZALE R, 1993, BOREAS, V22, P159
ZHENG BX, 1989, QUATERNARY RES, V32, P121
TC 0
BP 1
EP 12
PG 12
JI Stratigr. Geol. Correl.
PY 2000
PD JAN-FEB
VL 8
IS 1
GA 288FJ
J9 STRATIGR GEOLOG CORRELATION
UT ISI:000085551600001
ER
PT J
AU Kudo, G
Nordenhall, U
Molau, U
TI Effects of snowmelt timing on leaf traits, leaf production, and
shoot growth of alpine plants: Comparisons along a snowmelt
gradient in northern Sweden
SO ECOSCIENCE
NR 43
AB Effects of snow-melt timing on leaf traits (for five deciduous
and five evergreen species), shoot growth, and leaf production
(for five evergreen species) of tundra plants were studied
along a snow-melt gradient in an alpine snowbed in northern
Sweden. In deciduous plants, leaf life-span and leaf mass per
area (LMA) decreased, and nitrogen concentration (leaf N)
increased with decreasing growing season, whereas in evergreen
plants, both leaf life-span and leaf N increased with
decreasing growing season. By extending leaf life-span,
evergreen plants are able to have a large leaf mass, which may
contribute to maintain net annual carbon gain in short snow-
free seasons. In two predominantly boreal evergreen species,
Empetrum hermaphroditum and Vaccinium vitis-idaea, leaf
lifespan was negatively correlated with both annual leaf
production and shoot growth, but there were no similar
significant correlations for the other three, strictly arctic-
alpine evergreen species (Cassiope tetragona, Loiseleuria
procumbens, and Dispensia lapponica). Based on these results,
we predict that extension of season length will decrease leaf N
of both deciduous and evergreen species, and will accelerate
leaf turnover of evergreen plants. Although annual leaf
production and shoot growth of boreal species may increase with
an extension of season length, they will remain unchanged in
strictly arctic-alpine species.
CR BILLINGS WD, 1968, BIOL REV, V43, P481
BILLINGS WD, 1959, ECOLOGY, V40, P388
CHABOT BF, 1982, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V13, P229
CHAPIN FS, 1980, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V11, P233
CHAPIN FS, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P694
CHAPIN FS, 1985, ECOLOGY, V66, P564
EVANS JR, 1989, OECOLOGIA, V78, P9
FIELD C, 1986, EC PLANT FORM FUNCTI, P25
FOWBERT JA, 1994, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V26, P290
GALEN C, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P1546
GALEN C, 1991, ECOLOGY, V74, P1052
GEHRKE C, 1996, ECOL B, V45, P192
GJOEREVOLL O, 1956, PLANT COMMUNITIES SC
GRAGLIA E, 1997, ECOSCIENCE, V4, P191
HAVSTROM M, 1995, FUNCT ECOL, V9, P650
HAVSTROM M, 1993, OIKOS, V66, P389
HOLWAY JG, 1963, AM MIDL NAT, V60, P189
INOUYE DW, 1991, AM J BOT, V78, P997
JONASSON S, 1986, AM NAT, V128, P394
KARLSSON PS, 1987, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V10, P114
KIKUZAWA K, 1995, OIKOS, V73, P214
KORNER C, 1989, FLORA, V182, P353
KORNER C, 1987, FUNCTIONAL ECOLOGY, V1, P179
KUDO G, 1993, AM J BOT, V80, P1300
KUDO G, 1991, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V23, P436
KUDO G, 1995, CAN J BOT, V73, P1451
KUDO G, 1992, CAN J BOT, V70, P1684
KUDO G, 1996, ECOSCIENCE, V3, P483
KUDO G, 1992, VEGETATIO, V98, P165
MATTSON WJ, 1980, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V11, P119
MAXWELL B, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P11
MICHELSEN A, 1996, OECOLOGIA, V105, P1
MOLAU U, 1996, ECOLOGICAL B, V45, P210
MOLAU U, 1993, ITEX MANUAL, P6
PARSONS AN, 1994, J ECOL, V82, P307
RAM J, 1988, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V20, P325
SCHULZE ED, 1977, OECOLOGIA, V30, P239
STENSTROM M, 1992, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V24, P337
TOTLAND O, 1994, ECOGRAPHY, V17, P159
WALKER DA, 1993, BIOSCIENCE, V43, P287
WIJK S, 1986, J ECOL, V74, P675
WILLIAMS K, 1989, AM NAT, V133, P198
WOOKEY PA, 1993, OIKOS, V67, P490
TC 0
BP 439
EP 450
PG 12
JI Ecoscience
PY 1999
VL 6
IS 3
GA 289MC
J9 ECOSCIENCE
UT ISI:000085624700015
ER
PT J
AU Desplanque, B
Viard, F
Bernard, J
Forcioli, D
Saumitou-Laprade, P
Cuguen, J
van Dijk, H
TI The linkage disequilibrium between chloroplast DNA and
mitochondrial DNA haplotypes in Beta vulgaris ssp maritima
(L.): the usefulness of both genomes for population genetic
studies
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 70
AB The structure and evolution of the plant mitochondrial genome
may allow recurrent appearance of the same mitochondrial
variants in different populations. Whether the same
mitochondrial variant is distributed by migration or appears
recurrently by mutation (creating homoplasy) in different
populations is an important question with regard to the use of
these markers for population genetic analyses. The genetic
association observed between chloroplasts and mitochondria
(i.e. two maternally inherited cytoplasmic genomes) may
indicate whether or not homoplasy occurs in the mitochondrial
genome. Four-hundred and fourteen individuals sampled in wild
populations of beets from France and Spain were screened for
their mitochondrial and chloroplast polymorphisms.
Mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) polymorphism was investigated with
restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) and chloroplast
DNA (cpDNA) polymorphism was investigated with polymerase chain
reaction PCR-RFLP, using universal primers for the
amplification. Twenty and 13 variants for mtDNA and cpDNA were
observed, respectively. Most exhibited a widespread
geographical distribution. As a very strong linkage
disequilibrium was estimated between mtDNA and cpDNA
haplotypes, a high rate of recurrent mutation was excluded for
the mitochondrial genome of beets. Identical mitochondrial
variants found in populations of different regions probably
occurred as a result of migration. We concluded from this study
that mtDNA is a tool as valuable as cpDNA when a maternal
marker is needed for population genetics analyses in beet on a
large regional scale.
CR ALLEFS JJHM, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V18, P3099
ANDRE C, 1992, TRENDS GENET, V8, P128
ATLAN A, 1993, GENETICS, V135, P213
BACKERT S, 1997, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V2, P477
BELHASSEN E, 1993, HEREDITY, V71, P462
BOUDRY P, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P471
CLEGG MT, 1992, EVOLUTION MOL LEVEL, P135
CLEGG MT, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P6795
CORRIVEAU JL, 1988, AM J BOT, V75, P1443
CRUZAN MB, 1998, ECOLOGY, V79, P400
CUGUEN J, 1994, GENETICS SELECTION E, V26, P87
DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515
DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129
DONG JS, 1994, GENETICS, V136, P1187
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1998, MOL BIOL EVOL, V15, P1321
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393
ECHT CS, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P307
ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P547
ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, THEOR APPL GENET, V92, P832
ENNOS RA, 1994, HEREDITY, V72, P250
FAURON CMR, 1995, PLANT SCI, V112, P11
FORCIOLI D, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1193
GIELLY L, 1994, MOL BIOL EVOL, V11, P769
KING RA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1151
KOIKE T, 1998, BOT ACTA, V111, P87
KOMARNITSKY IK, 1990, THEOR APPL GENET, V80, P253
KUBO T, 1995, CURR GENET, V28, P235
LAURENT V, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P81
LELANDAIS C, 1998, GENETICS, V150, P873
LEWONTIN RC, 1988, GENETICS, V120, P849
LEWONTIN RC, 1964, GENETICS, V49, P49
LONSDALE DM, 1988, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V319, P149
LUO H, 1995, MOL BREEDING, V1, P51
MANICACCI D, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P63
MARCHELLI P, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V97, P642
MCCAULEY DE, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P8127
MCCAULEY DE, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P198
MILLIGAN BG, 1992, AM J BOT, V79, P1325
MOGGENSEN HL, 1996, AM J BOT, V83, P383
NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN
OLMSTEAD RG, 1994, AM J BOT, V81, P1205
PALMER JD, 1988, J MOL EVOL, V28, P87
PALMER JD, 1992, MOL SYSTEMATICS PLAN, P36
PARKER PG, 1998, ECOLOGY, V79, P361
PETIT RJ, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P9996
PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462
POWELL W, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P7759
PROVAN J, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P505
PROVAN J, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P1697
RAN Z, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V91, P836
RASPE O, 1998, THESIS U CATHOLIQUE
REBOUD X, 1994, HEREDITY, V72, P132
RONFORT J, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V91, P150
SAUMITOULAPRADE P, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V85, P529
SAUMITOULAPRADE P, 1991, THEOR APPL GENET, V81, P533
SCHNEIDER S, 1997, ARLEQUIN VERSION 1 1
SENDA M, 1998, HEREDITAS, V128, P127
SENDA M, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V96, P964
SENDA M, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P914
STRAUSS SH, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P605
TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105
TOMARU N, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P629
TOZUKA A, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V96, P170
TSUMURA Y, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P1031
VANDIJK H, 2000, IN PRESS P 7 INT S P
VENDRAMIN GG, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P595
VENDRAMIN GG, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V97, P456
WOLF PG, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P283
WOLFE KH, 1987, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V84, P9054
TC 2
BP 141
EP 154
PG 14
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 2000
PD FEB
VL 9
IS 2
GA 290QN
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000085687500003
ER
PT J
AU Ehrich, D
Fedorov, VB
Stenseth, NC
Krebs, CJ
Kenney, A
TI Phylogeography and mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) diversity in North
American collared lemmings (Dicrostonyx groenlandicus)
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 34
AB Variation in the nucleotide sequence of the mitochondrial
control region (250 bp) and the cytochrome b region (870 bp)
was examined in collared lemmings (Dicrostonyx groenlandicus)
from 19 localities in northern Alaska and the Canadian Arctic.
The division of D. groenlandicus in two phylogeographical
groups with limited divergence across the Mackenzie River is
consistent with the separation of this species in more than one
refugial area located to the northwest of the Laurentide ice
sheet during the last glaciation. Populations of
D.groenlandicus from formerly glaciated areas are no less
variable than those in nonglaciated areas. Instead, the low
intrapopulation and intraregional diversity estimates in D.
groenlandicus are probably a result of regional bottleneck
events due to range contractions during Holocene warming
events. These results are consistent with findings previously
reported on collared lemmings (D. torquatus) from the Eurasian
Arctic.
CR ANDERSEN BG, 1997, ICE AGE WORLD INTRO
AVISE JC, 1994, MOL MARKERS
BENNETT KD, 1997, EVOLUTION ECOLOGY PA
COLINVAUX PA, 1996, AM BEGINNINGS PREHIS, P83
CWYNAR LC, 1995, GEOGR PHYS QUATERN, V49, P29
EDWARDS ME, 1994, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V109, P127
EGER JL, 1995, J ZOOL, V235, P143
EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479
FEDOROV V, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V66, P357
FEDOROV VB, 1999, J EVOLUTION BIOL, V12, P134
FEDOROV VB, 1999, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V266, P621
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247
KUMAR S, 1993, MEGA MOL EVOLUTIONAR
MACDONALD GM, 1998, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V88, P183
MACDONALD GM, 1995, GEOGR PHYS QUATERN, V49, P37
MACPHERSON AH, 1965, SYST ZOOL, V14, P153
MARTIN AP, 1993, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V90, P4087
MATTHEWS JV, 1986, GEOGRAPHIE PHYSIQUE, V40, P279
MELDGAARD M, 1987, BOREAS, V18, P359
MERILA J, 1997, EVOLUTION, V51, P946
MILLER SA, 1988, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V16, P215
NACHMAN MW, 1994, GENETICS, V136, P1105
NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN
PAYETTE S, 1994, ENV REV, V2, P78
PIELOU EC, 1991, ICE AGE RETURN LIFE
RITCHIE JC, 1983, NATURE, V305, P126
ROHLF FJ, 1993, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T
SAGE RD, 1986, EVOLUTION, V40, P1092
SCHNEIDER S, 1997, ARLEQUIN SOFTWARE PO
SPEAR RW, 1993, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V79, P99
STACY JE, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P751
TREMBLAY NO, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1187
WALLACE D, 1987, GUIDE MOL CLONING TE, P33
TC 0
BP 329
EP 337
PG 9
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 2000
PD MAR
VL 9
IS 3
GA 292NF
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000085800500008
ER
PT J
AU Muloko-Ntoutoume, N
Petit, RJ
White, L
Abernethy, K
TI Chloroplast DNA variation in a rainforest tree (Aucoumea
klaineana, Burseraceae) in Gabon
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 24
AB One of the dominant savannah colonists in Gabon is Aucoumea
klaineana or Okoume (Burseraceae), an endemic species which
belongs to a monotypic genus. Chloroplast DNA (cpDNA) variation
was studied in this species by means of PCR amplification of 40
kb of cpDNA sequences, followed by restriction analysis of the
resulting fragments. No insertion/deletion events were noted,
and a single point mutation was found. The level of
differentiation among the 19 populations studied was relatively
low (G(ST) = 0.54) compared to other plant species (mean of
0.76), in agreement with the pioneer status of the species.
However, cpDNA diversity was geographically structured, with
the less frequent haplotype occurring only in populations from
southern Gabon. This distribution might suggest either that
there were two ancient source populations of Okoume, one in the
north and the other in the south, from which the colonizing
process of the savannah began after the last ice age, or
alternatively that there was one polymorphic source in the
south. The low level of cpDNA diversity could indicate that
Okoume populations in these refugia were quite small.
CR ABERNETHY KA, 1996, ADANSONIA 2, V7, P13
BRETELER FJ, 1990, P 12 PLEN M AETFAT, P219
CHAT J, 1999, UNPUB THEORETICAL AP
CLEGG MT, 1984, GENETICS, V106, P449
DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129
DESAINTAUBIN G, 1963, BOIS FORETS TROPIQUE, V78, P3
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1998, THESIS U PARIS SUD F
ECHT CS, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P307
ELENGA H, 1992, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL
ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P547
FERRIS C, 1993, MOL ECOL, V2, P337
HAMRICK JL, 1992, NEW FORESTS, V6, P95
HLADIK A, 1986, VERTEBRES FORETS TRO
KING RA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1151
MALEY J, 1996, BIODIVERSITY AFRICAN, P519
MALEY J, 1998, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V99, P157
PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462
RIETKERK M, 1995, ADANSONIA, V1, P95
SOSEF MSM, 1994, STUDIES BEGONIACEAE, V5, P133
TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105
WHITE LJT, 1995, ETUDE VEGETATION
WHITE LJT, 1994, J TROP ECOL, V10, P121
ZURAWSKI G, 1984, GENETICS, V106, P735
TC 0
BP 359
EP 363
PG 5
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 2000
PD MAR
VL 9
IS 3
GA 292NF
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000085800500011
ER
PT J
AU Levesque, E
Svoboda, J
TI Vegetation re-establishment in polar "lichen-kill" landscapes:
a case study of the Little Ice Age impact
SO POLAR RESEARCH
NR 27
AB It has been accepted that the extremely sparse vegetation
currently observed in Canadian polar deserts is due to
prevailing unfavourable climatic conditions, inhibiting plant
establishment, growth and survival. Less considered in the
literature is the additional antagonistic factor of episodic
adverse climatic anomalies. Such was the most recent Little Ice
Age (LIA) cooling which caused a setback to, or even large
scale extinction of, high Arctic plant communities that had
taken centuries to develop. The LIA brought about new glacial
advances, expansion of permanent snow banks and formation of
ice crusts over entire landscapes. The newly formed ice (and
snow) killed the underlying vegetation, thus creating what is
in the geological literature referred to as "lichen-kill
zones." In these zones the current plant diversity and
abundance are exceedingly low and the plants are all relatively
young and even-aged, factors which all point to their recent
origin. Here we maintain that this vegetation has not yet
reached equilibrium with the present prevailing climate and
that it is still in an initial stage of succession. We present
results of eight upland sites sampled in the vicinity of
Alexandra Fiord Lowland, Ellesmere Island, Canada, to
demonstrate the slow recolonization process that has been
occurring within the last 100-150 years after the LIA
termination. The widespread presence of the "lichen-kill" zones
throughout the Canadian polar regions reflects the extent and
destructive nature of even minor climatic cooling on vulnerable
polar ecosystems.
CR ANDERSON DG, 1998, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V30, P97
BALL P, 1994, ECOLOGY POLAR OASIS, P255
BATTEN DS, 1994, ECOLOGY POLAR OASIS, P97
BERGERON JF, 1989, MUSK OX, V37, P76
BERGSMA BM, 1984, ARCTIC, V37, P49
BLISS LC, 1994, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V26, P46
BLISS LC, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P59
BLISS LC, 1984, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V7, P305
BRADLEY RS, 1990, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V9, P365
BRAY RH, 1945, SOIL SCI, V59, P39
DYKE AS, 1978, 781B GEOL SURV CAN P, P215
FORBES BC, 1996, ARCTIC, V49, P141
GOLD WG, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P1558
GRIBBIN J, 1978, CLIMATIC CHANGE, P68
HAVSTROM M, 1995, FUNCT ECOL, V9, P650
LEVESQUE E, 1996, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V28, P156
LEVESQUE E, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P125
LEVESQUE E, 1995, GLOBAL CHANGE ARCTIC, P97
LEVESQUE E, 1997, THESIS U TORONTO
MUC M, 1994, ECOLOGY POLAR OASIS, P41
MURRAY DF, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE BIODIV, P21
NADELHOFFER KJ, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P281
NELSON DW, 1996, METHODS SOIL ANAL 3, P961
PORSILD AE, 1980, VASCULAR PLANTS CONT
SVOBODA J, 1987, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V19, P373
SVOBODA J, 1994, ECOLOGY POLAR OASIS
SVOBODA J, 1982, P 33 AL SCI C AAS AR, P206
TC 0
BP 221
EP 228
PG 8
JI Polar Res.
PY 1999
VL 18
IS 2
GA 282PY
J9 POLAR RES
UT ISI:000085228300018
ER
PT J
AU Ingolfsson, O
Hjort, C
TI The Antarctic contribution to Holocene global sea level rise
SO POLAR RESEARCH
NR 88
AB The Holocene glacial and climatic development in Antarctica
differed considerably from that in the Northern Hemisphere.
Initial deglaciation of inner shelf and adjacent land areas in
Antarctica dates back to between 10-8 Kya, when most Northern
Hemisphere ice sheets had already disappeared or diminished
considerably. The continued deglaciation of currently ice-free
land in Antarctica occurred gradually between ca. 8-5 Kya. A
large southern portion of the marine-based Ross Ice Sheet
disintegrated during this late deglaciation phase. Some
currently ice-free areas were deglaciated as late as 3 Kya.
Between 8-5 Kya, global glacio-eustatically driven sea level
rose by 10-17 m, with 4-8 m of this increase occurring after 7
Kya. Since the Northern Hemisphere ice sheets had practically
disappeared by 8-7 Kya, we suggest that Antarctic deglaciation
caused a considerable part of the global sea level rise between
8-7 Kya, and most of it between 7-5 Kya. The global mid-
Holocene sea level high stand, broadly dated to between 8-4
Kya, and the Littorina-Tapes transgressions in Scandinavia and
simultaneous transgressions recorded from sites e.g. in
Svalbard and Greenland, dated to 7-5 Kya, probably reflect
input of meltwater from the Antarctic deglaciation.
CR ANDERSON JB, 1992, ANTARCT RES SER, V57, P39
ANDREWS JT, 1994, J QUATERNARY SCI, V9, P179
ANDREWS JT, 1992, NATURE, V358, P281
ANDREWS JT, 1991, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V6, P621
ANDREWS JT, 1989, QUARTERNARY GEOLOGY, P276
ANDREWS JT, 1995, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V14, P983
ASTAKHOV V, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P19
BANFIELD LA, 1995, ANTARCT RES SER, V68, P123
BARSCH D, 1986, Z GEOMORPHOL, V61, P25
BIRKS HH, 1994, J QUATERNARY SCI, V9, P133
BJORCK S, 1996, GEOMORPHOLOGICAL MAP, P49
BJORCK S, 1996, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V113, P195
BROECKER WS, 1990, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V9, P305
CHAPPELL J, 1991, NATURE, V349, P147
CHAPPELL J, 1986, NATURE, V324, P137
CLAPPERTON CM, 1990, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V9, P229
CLAPPERTON CM, 1988, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V7, P185
CLARK JA, 1979, QUATERNARY RES, V9, P265
CLARK PU, 1996, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V11, P563
COLHOUN EA, 1997, ANTARCTIC REGION GEO, P801
COLHOUN EA, 1992, NATURE, V358, P316
COLHOUN EA, 1992, RECENT PROGR ANTARCT, P745
DAWSON AG, 1992, ICE AGE EARTH
DENTON GH, 1979, ANTARCT J US, V14, P57
DENTON GH, 1991, GEOLOGY ANTARCTICA, P365
DENTON GH, 1981, LAST GREAT ICE SHEET
DOMACK EW, 1991, GEOLOGY, V19, P1059
DONNER J, 1995, QUATERNARY HIST SCAN
DREWRY DJ, 1982, ANN GLACIOL, V3, P83
DYKE AS, 1987, GEOGRAPHIE PHYSIQUE, V41, P237
EISENHAUER A, 1993, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V114, P529
ELVERHOI A, 1983, POLAR RES, V1, P23
FAIRBANKS RG, 1989, NATURE, V342, P637
FORMAN SL, 1989, BOREAS, V18, P51
FORMAN SL, 1990, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V102, P1580
FORMAN SL, 1999, GEOLOGY, V27, P803
FORMAN SL, 1995, GEOLOGY, V23, P113
FORMAN SL, 1987, QUATERNARY RES, V27, P41
FULTON RJ, 1989, QUATERNARY GEOLOGY C
FUNDER S, 1996, B GEOL SOC DAN, V42, P137
FUNDER S, 1989, Q GEOLOGY CANADA GRE, P741
FUNDER S, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P77
GOODWIN ID, 1993, QUATERNARY RES, V40, P70
GOODWIN ID, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P319
HALL BL, 1997, GEOLOGICAL ASSESSMEN
HARRIS PT, AGSO J AUST GEOL GEO
HAYASHI M, 1994, MEMOIRS NATL I POLAR, V50, P49
HJORT C, 1998, ANN GLACIOL, V27, P110
HJORT C, 1973, B GEOLOGICAL SOC DEN, V22, P25
HJORT C, 1997, J QUATERNARY SCI, V12, P259
HJORTH C, 1981, NOR GEOGR TIDSSKR, V35, P197
HUGHES TJ, 1981, LAST GREAT ICE SHEET, P263
HUYBRECHTS P, 1990, ANN GLACIOL, V14, P115
HUYBRECHTS P, 1990, CLIM DYNAM, V5, P79
INGOLFSSON O, 1998, ANTARCT SCI, V10, P326
INGOLFSSON O, 1992, BOREAS, V21, P209
INGOLFSSON O, 1994, J QUATERNARY SCI, V9, P147
INGOLFSSON O, 1997, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V16, P1135
JOUZEL J, 1989, QUATERNARY RES, V31, P135
KELLOGG TB, 1996, J GLACIOL, V42, P486
KIDSON C, 1982, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V1, P121
LANDVIK J, 1987, POLAR RES, V5, P29
LANDVIK JY, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P43
LICHT KJ, 1996, GEOLOGY, V24, P223
LUNDQVIST J, 1995, QUATERN INT, V28, P9
MANGERUD J, 1992, QUATERNARY RES, V38, P1
MARTINERIE P, 1994, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V99, P10565
MAYEWSKI PA, 1975, I POLAR STUD REP, V56, P1
MITROVICA JX, 1991, J GEOPHYS RES-SOL EA, V96, P20053
MOLLER JJ, 1986, NORSK GEOLOGISK TIDS, V40, P77
NAKADA M, 1988, NATURE, V333, P36
PELTIER WR, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P195
PIRAZZOLI PA, 1991, WORLD ATLAS HOLOCENE
POLYAK L, 1995, GEOLOGY, V23, P567
RAISBECK GM, 1987, NATURE, V326, P273
RAYNAUD D, 1979, NATURE, V281, P289
RUTTER N, 1995, QUATERN INT, V28, P19
SALVIGSEN O, 1981, POLAR RES, V1, P97
SHEVENELL AE, 1996, PAPERS P ROYAL SOC T, V130, P55
STUIVER M, 1981, LAST GREAT ICE SHEET, P319
SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234
TELLER JT, 1990, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V5, P897
TOSCANO MA, 1998, GEOLOGY, V26, P255
TUSHINGHAM AM, 1991, J GEOPHYS RES-SOLID, V96, P4497
VERKULICH SR, 1994, ANTARCT SCI, V6, P395
WALKER MJC, 1994, J QUATERNARY SCI, V9, P109
ZHANG QS, 1992, RECENT PROGR ANTARCT, P781
ZWARTZ D, 1998, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V155, P131
TC 0
BP 323
EP 330
PG 8
JI Polar Res.
PY 1999
VL 18
IS 2
GA 282PY
J9 POLAR RES
UT ISI:000085228300031
ER
PT J
AU Qian, H
White, PS
Klinka, K
Chourmouzis, C
TI Phytogeographical and community similarities of alpine tundras
of Changbaishan Summit, China, and Indian Peaks, USA
SO JOURNAL OF VEGETATION SCIENCE
NR 55
AB We compared the diversity, phytogeography, and plant
communities in two mid-latitude alpine tundras with comparable
aerial and elevational extents: Changbaishan Summit in eastern
Asia and Indian Peaks in western North America. Despite wide
separation, the two areas shared 72 species. In all, 43 % of
the species on Changbaishan Summit are also distributed in the
alpine zones of western North America, while 22 % of the
species on Indian Peaks are also distributed in the alpine
zones of eastern Asia. Almost all the shared species also occur
in the Beringian region. Phytogeographical profiles of species
and genera showed that 69 % of species and over 90 % of genera
in both alpine tundras belong to the three phytogeographical
categories: cosmopolitan, circumpolar, and Asian-North
American. We attributed the current floristic relationship
between these widely separated areas to the periodic past land
connection between the two continents during the Tertiary and
Pleistocene. Indian Peaks has a closer floristic relationship
with the Arctic tundra than does Changbaishan Summit. Indian
Peaks also has 45 % higher species richness and lower
vegetation cover than Changbaishan Summit. Plant communities
from the two areas were completely separated in the two-way
indicator species analysis and nonmetric multidimensional
scaling on floristic data at both species and generic levels,
whereas ordination of communities by soil data produced a
greater overlap. The plant communities on Changbaishan Summit
in general have lower alpha diversity, higher beta diversity
(lower between-community floristic similarity), and more rare
species than does Indian Peaks. Mosaic diversity does not
differ in the two alpine tundras, although the analysis
suggests that Changbaishan Summit communities are more widely
spaced on gradients than the Indian Peaks communities.
CR ALEKSANDROVA VD, 1980, ARCTIC ANTARCTIC THE
ANDERSON LE, 1990, BRYOLOGIST, V93, P448
ANDERSON LE, 1990, BRYOLOGIST, V93, P500
ARCHER AC, 1963, THESIS U BRIT COLUMB
BENEDICT JB, 1968, J GLACIOL, V7, P77
COOPER DJ, 1989, J BIOGEOGR, V16, P279
DAHL E, 1956, RONDANE SKR NORS MN, V3
DELCOURT PA, 1993, FLORA N AM N MEXICO, V1, P71
EMANUEL J, 1989, ECOSYSTEM CLASSIFICA
ESSLINGER TL, 1995, BRYOLOGIST, V98, P467
FLOCK JW, 1978, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V10, P31
HILL MO, 1979, TWINSPAN FORTRAN PRO
HULTEN E, 1973, BOT NOTISER, V126, P459
HULTEN E, 1968, FLORA ALASKA NEIGHBO
ISTOCK CA, 1987, EVOLUTIONARY ECOLOGY, V1, P11
KARTESZ JT, 1994, SYNONYMIZED CHECKLIS
KLINKA K, 1996, VEGETATIO, V125, P149
KOMARKOVA V, 1979, ALPINE VEGETATION IN
KOMARKOVA V, 1978, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V10, P1
KOMARKOVA V, 1981, SYNTAXONOMIE, P451
KOMARKOVA V, 1976, THESIS U COLORADO BO
KOMARKOVA V, 1993, VEGETATIO, V106, P155
KRASNOBOROV IM, 1976, HIGH MOUNTAIN FLORA
KUMINOVA AV, 1960, VEGETATION COVER ALT
KUVAEV VB, 1960, PROBL BOT, V5, P67
LAUSI D, 1985, VEGETATIO, V59, P9
MALYSHEV LI, 1976, FLORA PUTORANA
MALYSHEV LI, 1965, HIGH MOUNTAIN FLORA
MCCUNE B, 1997, PC ORD MULTIVARIATE
MEUSEL H, 1965, VERGLEICHENDE CHOROL, V9
MINCHIN PR, 1987, VEGETATIO, V69, P89
MUELLERDOMBOIS D, 1974, AIMS METHODS VEGETAT
QIAN H, 1990, ACTA BOT SIN, V32, P716
QIAN H, 1993, ACTA PHYTOTAXONOMICA, V31, P1
QIAN H, 1990, B BOT RES HARBIN, V10, P77
QIAN H, 1992, BOT RES BEIJING, V6, P97
QIAN H, 1990, CHIN J APPL ECOL, V1, P254
QIAN H, 1990, CHIN J ECOL, V9, P24
QIAN H, 1990, SCI GEOGR SIN, V10, P316
QIAN H, 1989, SCI GEOGR SIN, V9, P75
QIAN H, 1989, THESIS CHINESE ACAD
RITCHIE JC, 1987, POSTGLACIAL VEGETATI
SCHEINER SM, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P1860
SHANNON CE, 1949, MATH THEORY COMMUNIC
SOKAL RR, 1981, BIOMETRY
STOTLER R, 1977, BRYOLOGIST, V80, P405
TERBRAAK CJF, 1987, CANOCO FORTRAN PROGR
TIFFNEY BH, 1985, J ARNOLD ARBORETUM, V66, P73
WILKINSON L, 1992, SYSTAT WINDOWS STAT
YURTSEV BA, 1984, BERINGIA CENOZOIC ER, P129
YURTSEV BA, 1994, J VEG SCI, V5, P765
YURTSEV BA, 1974, PROBLEMS BOT GEOGRAP
ZAR JH, 1984, BIOSTATISTICAL ANAL
ZHAO DC, 1987, TEMPERATE FOREST ECO
ZHU TE, 1987, LINZER BIOL BEITR, V19, P29
TC 0
BP 869
EP 882
PG 14
JI J. Veg. Sci.
PY 1999
PD DEC
VL 10
IS 6
GA 279PA
J9 J VEG SCI
UT ISI:000085052900013
ER
PT J
AU Grytnes, JA
Birks, HJB
Peglar, SM
TI Plant species richness in Fennoscandia: evaluating the relative
importance of climate and history
SO NORDIC JOURNAL OF BOTANY
NR 69
AB In Fennoscandia, the species richness of vascular plants in 75
x 75 km squares is highly correlated with geographical
(latitude and longitude) and climatic variables (accumulated
respiration sum, mean January temperature, and mean July
temperature). When generalised additive models (GAM) are used,
over 80 % of the variation in richness can be statistically
explained by geography and climate. Even though climate has
such a high explanatory power we present several arguments for
interpreting these results with care. Climate has no
ecologically sound explanatory power when the variation due to
latitude and longitude is accounted for, and the strongest
latitudinal gradient in summer temperature is in an area where
the latitudinal gradient in species richness is absent. We
discuss the role that Holocene history might have on the
variation in species richness, and argue that history and
climate should be considered simultaneously when explaining the
observed patterns in the geographical Variation of species
richness.
CR 1977, TIMES ATLAS WORLD
*NORD MIN, 1977, NU B, P37
*UNESCO, 1972, GEOL MAPS EUR
ADAMS JM, 1989, NATURE, V339, P699
ALM T, 1991, NORD J BOT, V11, P465
ANDERSEN BG, 1994, ICE AGE WORLD
AUSTIN MP, 1996, AUST J ECOL, V21, P154
BEGON M, 1990, ECOLOGY INDIVIDUALS
BENNETT KD, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P103
BERG RY, 1963, BLYTTIA, V21, P133
BIRKS HH, 1994, DISSERTATIONES BOT, V234, P129
BIRKS HJB, 1995, ECOGRAPHY, V19, P332
BIRKS HJB, 1989, J BIOGEOGR, V16, P503
BIRKS HJB, 1993, PHYTOCOENOLOGIA, V23, P399
BLYTT A, 1876, ESSAY IMMIGRATION NO
BORGEN L, 1987, BLYTTIA, V45, P147
BROWN JH, 1981, AM ZOOL, V21, P877
CARTER RN, 1981, NATURE, V293, P644
CLARK JS, 1998, AM NAT, V152, P204
CRAWFORD RMM, 1994, BOT ACTA, V107, P271
CURRIE DJ, 1991, AM NAT, V137, P27
CURRIE DJ, 1987, NATURE, V329, P326
DAHL E, 1987, ECOL B COPENHAGEN, V38, P77
DAHL E, 1951, OIKOS, V3, P22
DAHL E, 1998, PHYTOGEOGRAPHY N EUR
DONNER J, 1965, QUATERNARY, V1, P199
DONNER JJ, 1995, QUATERNARY HIST SCAN
FAEGRI K, 1996, MAPS DISTRIBUTION NO, V3
FAEGRI K, 1960, MAPS DISTRIBUTION NO, V1
FRASER RH, 1996, AM NAT, V148, P138
FREMSTAD E, 1996, BLYTTIA, V54, P115
FREMSTAD E, 1997, NORSK GEOGRAFISK TID, V51, P199
GRIGGS RF, 1914, B TORREY BOT CLUB, V41, P25
HASTIE TJ, 1990, GEN ADDITIVE MODELS
HASTIE TJ, 1993, STAT MODELS S, P249
HEEGAARD E, 1997, J BRYOL, V19, P527
HEIKKINEN RK, 1997, BIODIVERS CONSERV, V6, P1181
HEIKKINEN RK, 1998, BIOL CONSERV, V83, P133
HEIKKINEN RK, 1996, VEGETATIO, V126, P151
HOFFMAN MT, 1994, BIODIVERSITY LETT, V2, P35
HULTEN E, 1971, ATLAS VAXTERNAS UTBR
HULTEN E, 1950, ATLAS VAXTERNAS UTBR
HUNTLEY B, 1989, J BIOGEOGR, V16, P5
HUSTON MA, 1994, BIOL DIVERSITY COEXI
KAVANAGH K, 1986, J BIOGEOGR, V13, P145
LAAKSONEN K, 1979, FENNIA, V157, P89
LAAKSONEN K, 1979, FENNIA, V157, P171
LATHAM RE, 1993, OIKOS, V67, P325
MACARTHUR RH, 1967, THEORY ISLAND BIOGEO
MCBRIDE GB, 1993, ENVIRON MANAGE, V17, P423
MCGLONE MS, 1996, GLOBAL ECOL BIOGEOGR, V5, P309
MILLER GH, 1982, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V14, P321
OBRIEN EM, 1993, J BIOGEOGR, V20, P181
PAUSAS JG, 1994, J VEG SCI, V5, P517
PEDERSEN B, 1990, NORD J BOT, V10, P163
RICHERSON PJ, 1980, AM NAT, V116, P504
ROHDE K, 1992, OIKOS, V65, P514
SAETERSDAL M, 1998, J BIOGEOGR, V25, P111
SCHLUTER D, 1993, SPECIES DIVERSITY EC, P1
SEPPA H, 1996, FENNIA, V174, P1
SJORS H, 1963, N ATLANTIC BIOTA THE, P109
SKRE O, 1979, NORW J BOT, V26, P295
TURNER JRG, 1988, NATURE, V335, P539
TURNER JRG, 1987, OIKOS, V48, P195
TUTIN TG, 1964, FLORA EUROPAEA
VESTERGAARD P, 1989, OPERA BOT, V96, P1
WRIGHT DH, 1983, OIKOS, V41, P496
WRIGHT DH, 1993, SPECIES DIVERSITY EC, P66
YEE TW, 1991, J VEG SCI, V2, P587
TC 1
BP 489
EP 503
PG 15
JI Nord. J. Bot.
PY 1999
VL 19
IS 4
GA 269KL
J9 NORD J BOT
UT ISI:000084475900011
ER
PT J
AU Siegert, MJ
Dowdeswell, JA
Melles, M
TI Late Weichselian glaciation of the Russian high arctic
SO QUATERNARY RESEARCH
NR 62
AB A numerical ice-sheet model was used to reconstruct the Late
Weichselian glaciation of the Eurasian High Arctic, between
Franz Josef Land and Severnaya Zemlya. An ice sheet was
developed over the entire Eurasian High Arctic so that ice how
from the central Parents and Kara seas toward the northern
Russian Arctic could be accounted for. An inverse approach to
modeling was utilized, where ice-sheet results were forced to
be compatible with geological information indicating ice-free
conditions over the Taymyr Peninsula during the Late
Weichselian. The model indicates complete glaciation of the
Barents and Kara seas and predicts a "maximum-sized" ice sheet
for the Late Weichselian Russian High Arctic. In this scenario,
full-glacial conditions are characterized by a 1500-m-thick ice
mass over the Barents Sea, from which ice flowed to the north
and west within several bathymetric troughs as large ice
streams. In contrast to this reconstruction, a "minimum" model
of glaciation involves restricted glaciation in the Kara Sea,
where the ice thickness is only 300 m in the south and which is
free of ice in the north across Severnaya Zemlya. Our maximum
reconstruction is compatible with geological information that
indicates complete glaciation of the Parents Sea. However,
geological data from Severnaya Zemlya suggest our minimum model
is more relevant further east. This, in turn, implies a strong
paleoclimatic gradient to colder and drier conditions eastward
across the Eurasian Arctic during the Late Weichselian. (C)
1999 University of Washington.
CR ALLEY RB, 1990, ANN GLACIOL, V14, P1
ALLEY RB, 1989, J GLACIOL, V35, P130
ANDERSEN ES, 1996, MAR GEOL, V133, P123
ASTAKHOV V, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P17
ASTAKHOV VI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P23
ASTAKHOV VI, 1988, Q SCI REV, V6, P152
BOLSHIYANOV DY, 1995, ARCHIPELAGO SEVERNAY
BOULTON GS, 1987, J GEOPHYS RES-SOLID, V92, P9059
DOWDESWELL JA, 1386F US GEOL SURV
DOWDESWELL JA, 1986, ANN GLACIOL, V8, P51
DOWDESWELL JA, 1999, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V111, P1080
DOWDESWELL JA, 1996, MAT GLYATSIOL ISSLED, V80, P248
DOWDESWELL JA, 1997, MAT GLYATSIOLOGICHES, V83, P213
EBEL T, 1999, LAND OCEAN SYSTEMS S, P425
ELVERHOI A, 1995, J GEOL, V103, P1
FAIRBANKS RG, 1989, NATURE, V342, P637
FLEMING KM, 1997, ANN GLACIOL, V24, P203
FORMAN SL, 1997, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V109, P1116
FORMAN SL, 1996, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V15, P77
FORTUIN JPF, 1990, ANN GLACIOL, V14, P78
GROSSWALD MG, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P3
HAHNE J, 1999, LAND OCEAN SYSTEMS S, P407
HAHNE J, 1997, VEG HIST ARCHAEOBOT, V6, P1
HARWART S, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P167
HUBBERTEN HW, 1996, Q ENV EURASIAN N
HUGHES T, 1992, J GLACIOL, V38, P282
KIND NV, 1982, ANTHROPOGEN TAYMYR P
KLEIBER HP, 1999, LAND OCEAN SYSTEMS S, P657
LAMBECK K, 1995, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V14, P1
LANDVIK JY, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P43
MAHAFFY MW, 1976, J GEOPHYS RES-OC ATM, V81, P1059
MAKEEV VM, 1979, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR+, V245, P421
MANABE S, 1985, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V90, P1689
MANGERUD J, 1999, BOREAS, V18, P46
MANGERUD J, 1996, GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE, V12, P11
MANGERUD J, 1992, QUATERNARY RES, V38, P1
MANGERUD J, 1992, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V11, P633
MELLES M, 1996, GEOWISSENSCHAFTEN, V14, P376
MOLLER P, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P92
NIESSEN F, 1999, LAND OCEAN SYSTEMS S, P437
OERLEMANS J, 1984, ICE SHEETS CLIMATE
PATERSON WSB, 1994, PHYSICS GLACIERS
PAVLIDIS YA, 1992, OCEANOLOGY, V32, P352
PAVLIDIS YA, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P3
PAYNE AJ, 1989, QUATERNARY RES, V31, P119
PELTIER WR, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P195
PELTO M, 1990, ANN GLACIOL, V14, P238
PELTO MS, 1991, ANN GLACIOL, V15, P115
POLYAK L, 1997, MAR GEOL, V143, P169
PUNKARI M, 1995, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V14, P589
ROMANOVSKI NN, 1993, MSU PUBLICATION
SHACKLETON NJ, 1987, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V6, P183
SIEGERT C, 1999, LAND OCEAN SYSTEMS S, P477
SIEGERT MJ, 1996, ANN GLACIOL, V23, P352
SIEGERT MJ, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V43, P1
SIEGERT MJ, 1993, THESIS U CAMBRIDGE
SOLHEIM A, 1990, GEOLOGICAL SOC LONDO, V53, P253
SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234
TVERANGER J, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V44, P328
VASILCHUK Y, 1997, RADIOCARBON, V39, P1
VELICHKO AA, 1984, LATE Q ENV SOVIET UN, P35
VELICHKO AA, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P43
TC 2
BP 273
EP 285
PG 13
JI Quat. Res.
PY 1999
PD NOV
VL 52
IS 3
GA 255LT
J9 QUATERNARY RES
UT ISI:000083670800001
ER
PT J
AU van Loon, AJ
TI The sedimentological response of glaciofluvial and
glaciolacustrine systems to abrupt climatic changes
SO GFF
NR 64
AB Sedimentological studies rarely reveal direct information about
abrupt climatic changes. The interpretations of climatic
changes, for instance at the end of the Pleistocene, are mainly
based on fossils (in the Pleistocene deposits particularly on
pollen) of species that are known to flourish within specific
temperature ranges. The relatively scarce generally accessible
literature data on the response of glaciofluvial and
glaciolacustrine sedimentation to abrupt climatic change is
based mainly on research of deposits formed at the
Pleistocene/Holocene transition, which need, however, not
necessarily reflect a representative climatic change (it may
have been exceptionally fast). Such data, in combination with
theoretical considerations, provide some insight in the
tendencies that such sediments might show during climate
changes. Yet, it is not well possible to determine during which
timespan most of such climatic changes took place. More insight
might be obtained by a structured analysis of well chosen
sedimentological sections, in combination with detailed and
accurate dating of such sections.
CR ANDREN T, 1999, J QUATERNARY SCI, V14, P361
ANTOINE P, 1994, TERRA NOVA, V6, P453
ASHLEY GM, 1993, J SEDIMENT PETROL, V63, P814
BERENDSEN H, 1994, PALAOKLIMAFORSCHUNG, V14
BERGER WH, 1987, ABRUPT CLIMATIC CHAN
BLUNIER T, 1998, NATURE, V394, P739
BOHNCKE S, 1988, BOREAS, V17, P385
BOHNCKE S, 1988, BOREAS, V17, P403
BRENNAND TA, 1996, SEDIMENT GEOL, V102, P213
BRODZIKOWSKI K, 1991, GLACIGENIC SEDIMENTS
BRODZIKOWSKI K, 1997, SEDIMENT GEOL, V113, P55
BRUNNBERG L, 1995, QUATERNARIA A, V2, P1
BUATOIS LA, 1995, SEDIMENTOLOGY, V42, P415
CWYNAR LC, 1982, ECOL MONOGR, V52, P1
DAHLJENSEN D, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, P268
DANSGAARD W, 1989, NATURE, V339, P532
DAVIS MB, 1985, QUATERNARY RES, V23, P327
DEGEER G, 1912, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, P241
DEJONG MGG, 1983, GUA PAPERS GEOLOGY, P1
FAIRBANKS RG, 1990, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V5, P937
FARD AM, 1998, QUATERNARIA A, V4, P1
FISCHER H, 1999, SCIENCE, V283, P1712
FULLER IC, 1998, GEOLOGY, V26, P275
GIBBARD PL, 1988, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V306, P318
GULLIKSEN S, 1998, HOLOCENE, V8, P249
HEIJNIS H, 1992, THESIS STATE U GRONI
HOEK WZ, 1997, THESIS FREE U AMSTER
HUISINK M, 1997, J QUATERNARY SCI, V12, P209
HUISINK M, 1998, THESIS FREE U AMSTER
HUNT AG, 1998, NATURE, V393, P155
INDERMUHLE A, 1999, NATURE, V398, P121
ISARIN R, 1997, THESIS FREE U AMSTER
ISBELL JL, 1997, J SEDIMENT RES, V67, P264
JOOSTEN JHJ, 1995, GEOL MIJNBOUW, V74, P237
KARLEN W, 1998, INT C REC ABR CLIM C
KASSE C, 1995, GEOL MIJNBOUW, V74, P251
KASSE K, 1988, THESIS FREE U AMSTER
KERR RA, 1999, SCIENCE, V284, P2069
MANN ME, 1998, NATURE, V392, P779
MARINO BD, 1992, NATURE, V357, P461
MOOKKAMPS E, 1995, GEOL MIJNBOUW, V74, P261
OPPO DW, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P1335
PARIS FP, 1979, GEOL MIJNBOUW, V58, P33
PETIT JR, 1999, NATURE, V399, P429
RAPPOL M, 1983, PUBL FYS GEOGR BODEM, V34, P1
RAYMO ME, 1998, NATURE, V392, P699
RIDGE JC, 1998, INT C REC ABR CLIM C
SEVERINGHAUS JP, 1998, NATURE, V391, P141
SMITH HJ, 1997, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V24, P1
SMITH HJ, 1999, NATURE, V400, P248
SOREGHAN GS, 1997, J SEDIMENT RES, V67, P1001
STAUFFER B, 1998, NATURE, V392, P59
STEIG EJ, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, P92
STROEVEN AP, 1996, NATURGEOGRAFISKA I S, V6, P1
STROMBERG B, 1994, BOREAS, V23, P177
SYVITSKI JP, 1998, INT C REC ABR CLIM C
TORNQVIST TE, 1993, THESIS UTRECHT U UTR
VANDENBERG MW, 1996, THESIS AGR U WAGENIN
VANDENBERGHE J, 1995, GEOL MIJNBOUW, V74, P245
VANDERMEULEN S, 1995, GEOL MIJNBOUW, V74, P257
VANDERWOUDE JD, 1981, THESIS FREE U AMSTER
VANLOON AJ, 1999, EARTH-SCI REV, V45, P209
VANLOON AJ, 1998, INT C REC ABR CLIM C
WALKER RG, 1992, FACIES MODELS RESPON
TC 0
BP 169
EP 174
PG 6
JI GFF
PY 1999
PD SEP
VL 121
PN 3
GA 251CV
J9 GFF
UT ISI:000083427800004
ER
PT J
AU Nesbo, CL
Fossheim, T
Vollestad, LA
Jakobsen, KS
TI Genetic divergence and phylogeographic relationships among
European perch (Perca fluviatilis) populations reflect glacial
refugia and postglacial colonization
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 67
AB We used the widely distributed freshwater fish, perch (Perca
fluviatilis), to investigate the postglacial colonization
routes of freshwater fishes in Europe. Genetic variability
within and among drainages was assessed using mitochondrial DNA
(mtDNA) D-loop sequencing and RAPD markers from 55 populations
all over Europe as well as one Siberian population. High level
of structuring for both markers was observed among drainages
and regions, while little differentiation was seen within
drainages and regions. Phylogeographic relationships among
European perch were determined from the distribution of 35
mtDNA haplotypes detected in the samples. In addition to a
distinct southern European group, which includes a Greek and a
southern Danubian population, three major groups of perch are
observed: the western European drainages, the eastern European
drainages including the Siberian population, and Norwegian
populations from northern Norway, and western side of
Oslofjord. Our data suggest that present perch populations in
western and northern Europe were colonized from three main
refugia, located in southeastern, northeastern and western
Europe. In support of this, nested cladistic analysis of mtDNA
clade and nested clade distances suggested historical range
expansion as the main factor determining geographical
distribution of haplotypes. The Baltic Sea has been colonized
from all three refugia, and northeastern Europe harbours
descendants from both eastern European refugia. In the upper
part of the Danube lineages from the western European and the
southern European refugia meet. The southern European refugium
probably did not contribute to the recolonization of other
western and northern European drainages after the last
glaciation. However, phylogenetic analyses suggest that the
southern European mtDNA lineage is the most ancient, and
therefore likely to be the founder of all present perch
lineages. The colonization routes used by perch probably also
apply to other fresh-water species with similar distribution
patterns.
CR ANDERSEN BG, 1994, ICE AGE WORLD
ARKHIPOV SA, 1995, BOREAS, V24, P196
AVISE JC, 1992, OIKOS, V63, P62
BANARESCU P, 1992, ZOOGEOGRAPHY FRESHWA, V2
BERNATCHEZ L, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V51, P240
BERNATCHEZ L, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P431
BERNATCHEZ L, 1992, MOL ECOL, V1, P161
BIANCO PG, 1990, ICHTHYOLOGICAL EXPLO, V1, P167
BILTON DT, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P1219
BOROWSKY RL, 1995, MOL BIOL EVOL, V12, P1022
BREMER JRA, 1995, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V52, P1720
BRUNNER PC, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P209
CANTATORE P, 1994, J MOL EVOL, V39, P589
CASTELLOE J, 1994, MOL PHYLOG EVOL, V3, P102
CRAIG JF, 1987, BIOL PERCH RELATED F
DONNER J, 1995, QUATERNARY HIST SCAN
EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479
FABER JE, 1997, MOL SYSTEMATICS FISH, P125
FELSENSTEIN J, 1995, PHYLIP PHYLOGENY INF
FRITSCH P, 1996, MOL GENETIC APPROACH, P54
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
GARCIAMARIN JL, 1999, HEREDITY, V82, P46
GIBBARD PL, 1988, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V318, P559
GYLLENSTEN U, 1985, HEREDITAS, V102, P57
HANSEN MM, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P239
HARDING RM, 1996, NEW USES NEW PHYLOGE, P15
HELDSTAB H, 1995, AQUAT SCI, V57, P14
HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247
HEWITT GM, 1993, EVOLUTIONARY PATTERN, P98
HUFF DR, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P927
HULTMAN T, 1989, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V17, P4937
JERZMANSKA A, 1991, FOLIA QUATERNARIA, V61, P109
LARGIADER CR, 1996, CONSERVATION ENDANGE, P181
LYNCH M, 1994, MOL ECOL, V3, P91
MANTEL N, 1967, CANCER RES, V27, P209
MARSDEN JE, 1995, COPEIA, V4, P977
MEYER A, 1990, NATURE, V347, P550
NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN
NESBO CL, 1998, GENETICS, V148, P1907
NESBO CL, 1998, HEREDITAS, V129, P241
NIELSEN AV, 1975, DANMARKS NATUR LANDS, P251
NIELSEN EE, 1996, HEREDITY, V77, P351
OSINOV AG, 1996, J ICHTHYOL, V36, P723
PAMILO P, 1988, MOL BIOL EVOL, V5, P568
PERSAT H, 1990, AQUATIC LIVING RESOU, V3, P253
REFSETH UH, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1015
RHOLF F, 1990, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T
RIFFEL M, 1995, HEREDITY, V74, P241
RUDI K, 1997, BIOTECHNIQUES, V22, P506
SCHNEIDER S, 1997, ARLEQUIN VERSION 1 1
SHECHREBUKHA A, 1993, VESHNIK ZOOLOGII, V4, P39
SHOLENIUS G, 1996, QUARTERNARYA, V3, P3
STEPIEN CA, 1998, J GREAT LAKES RES, V24, P361
STRECKER U, 1996, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V6, P143
SWOFFORD DL, 1998, PAUP PHYLOGENETIC AN
TABERLET P, 1998, J BIOTECHNOL, V6, P91
TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453
TAJIMA F, 1983, GENETICS, V105, P437
TAMURA K, 1993, MOL BIOL EVOL, V10, P512
TEMPLETON AR, 1993, AM ANTHROPOL, V95, P51
TEMPLETON AR, 1995, GENETICS, V140, P767
TEMPLETON AR, 1993, GENETICS, V134, P659
TEMPLETON AR, 1992, GENETICS, V132, P619
TEMPLETON AR, 1987, GENETICS, V117, P343
TEMPLETON AR, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P381
ZHU DQ, 1994, MOL BIOL EVOL, V11, P672
ZHUKOV PI, 1965, FISHES BELARUS
TC 3
BP 1387
EP 1404
PG 18
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 1999
PD SEP
VL 8
IS 9
GA 252JL
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000083498300003
ER
PT J
AU Burban, C
Petit, RJ
Carcreff, E
Jactel, H
TI Rangewide variation of the maritime pine bast scale Matsucoccus
feytaudi Duc. (Homoptera : Matsucoccidae) in relation to the
genetic structure of its host
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 53
AB The bast scale Matsucoccus feytaudi is a specific pest of
maritime pine, but the damage inflicted by the insect on the
host trees is variable, ranging from no apparent effect to
severe decline of the maritime pine stands. Rangewide variation
of mitochondrial DNA among M. feytaudi populations was analysed
by polymerase chain reaction-restriction fragment length-
single-strand conformation polymorphism (PCR-RFLP-SSCP)
analysis and the results compared with the genetic information
already available for its host. Three main nonoverlapping
lineages can be distinguished in M. feytaudi. The
phylogeography of the pest population is clearly related to the
history of its host. Most local associations could result from
common evolution while others must be interpreted as
intraspecific host shifts. Because the distribution of
cultivated tree species is greatly influenced by humans, much
may be learned concerning their genetic structure from the
indirect study of their specific pests.
CR ALTSCHUL SF, 1990, J MOL BIOL, V215, P403
AVISE JC, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P489
AVISE JC, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P371
BAHRMAN N, 1994, THEOR APPL GENET, V88, P407
BARADAT P, 1988, THESIS U BORDEAUX 1
BASSAM BJ, 1991, ANAL BIOCHEM, V196, P80
BIRKY CW, 1989, GENETICS, V121, P613
BLACK WC, 1997, MOL BIOL INSECT DIS, P361
BODENES C, 1996, THEOR APPL GENET, V93, P348
BROWN JM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P215
CARLE P, 1973, THESIS U BORDEAUX 1
COVASSI M, 1992, ESTRATTO REDIA, V75, P453
DIEHL SR, 1984, ANNU REV ENTOMOL, V29, P471
DOUGLAS AE, 1998, ANNU REV ENTOMOL, V43, P17
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1996, FOREST GENETICS, V3, P227
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1998, MOL BIOL EVOL, V15, P1321
EINHORN J, 1990, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V46, P6633
HAMRICK JL, 1992, NEW FORESTS, V6, P95
HARFOUCHE A, 1995, ANN SCI FOREST, V52, P307
HAYASHI K, 1991, PCR METH APPL, V1, P34
HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247
HICSON RE, 1996, MOL BIOL EVOLUTION, V13, P150
IWAHANA H, 1992, BIOTECHNIQUES, V12, P64
JACTEL H, 1996, ANN SCI FOREST, V53, P145
JACTEL H, 1994, J CHEM ECOL, V20, P2159
LOXDALE HD, 1998, B ENTOMOL RES, V88, P577
MENDEL Z, 1994, ANN ENTOMOL SOC AM, V87, P165
MOREAU F, 1994, FOREST GENETICS, V1, P51
MORITZ C, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P269
ORITA M, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P2766
ORTI G, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P575
PELLMYR O, 1998, BIOL J LINN SOC, V63, P367
PETERSON MA, 1998, AM NAT, V152, P428
PETIT RJ, 1995, HEREDITY, V75, P382
PONS O, 1996, GENETICS, V144, P1237
PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462
REILLE M, 1977, ECOLOGIE MEDITERRANE, V2, P153
RIOM J, 1994, REV FORESTIERE FRANC, V46, P437
RIOM J, 1980, THESIS U BORDEAUX 1
RODERICK GK, 1996, ANNU REV ENTOMOL, V41, P325
SCHVESTER D, 1986, ANN SCI FOREST, V43, P459
SCHVESTER D, 1970, REV FORESTIERE FRANC, V22, P240
SCHVESTER D, 1967, REV FORESTIERE FRANC, V6, P374
SIMON C, 1994, ANN ENTOMOL SOC AM, V87, P651
STOTHARD JR, 1998, B ENTOMOL RES, V88, P553
TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453
TEIXEIRA C, 1945, BOL SOC BROTERIANA, V19, P209
THOMPSON JD, 1994, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V22, P4673
VANLERBERGHEMAS F, 1994, INSECT MOL BIOL, V3, P229
VENDRAMIN GG, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V97, P450
VILLABLANCA FX, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P547
WALSH PS, 1991, BIOTECHNIQUES, V10, P506
TC 2
BP 1593
EP 1602
PG 10
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 1999
PD OCT
VL 8
IS 10
GA 251VJ
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000083466800004
ER
PT J
AU Arft, AM
Walker, MD
Gurevitch, J
Alatalo, JM
Bret-Harte, MS
Dale, M
Diemer, M
Gugerli, F
Henry, GHR
Jones, MH
Hollister, RD
Jonsdottir, IS
Laine, K
Levesque, E
Marion, GM
Molau, U
Molgaard, P
Nordenhall, U
Raszhivin, V
Robinson, CH
Starr, G
Stenstrom, A
Stenstrom, M
Totland, O
Turner, PL
Walker, LJ
Webber, PJ
Welker, JM
Wookey, PA
TI Responses of tundra plants to experimental warming: Meta-
analysis of the international tundra experiment
SO ECOLOGICAL MONOGRAPHS
NR 95
AB The International Tundra Experiment (ITEX) is a collaborative,
multisite experiment using a common temperature manipulation to
examine variability in species response across climatic and
geographic gradients of tundra ecosystems. ITEX was designed
specifically to examine variability in arctic and alpine
species response to increased temperature. We compiled from one
to four years of experimental data from 13 different ITEX sites
and used meta-analysis to analyze responses of plant phenology,
growth, and reproduction to experimental warming. Results
indicate that key phenological events such as leaf bud burst
and flowering occurred earlier in warmed plots throughout the
study period; however, there was little impact on growth
cessation at the end of the season. Quantitative measures of
vegetative growth were greatest in warmed plots in the early
years of the experiment, whereas reproductive effort and
success increased in later years. A shift away from vegetative
growth and toward reproductive effort and success in the fourth
treatment year suggests a shift from the initial response to a
secondary response. The change in vegetative response may be
due to depletion of stored plant reserves, whereas the lag in
reproductive response may be due to the formation of flower
buds one to several seasons prior to flowering. Both vegetative
and reproductive responses varied among life-forms; herbaceous
forms had stronger and more consistent vegetative growth
responses than did woody forms. The greater responsiveness of
the herbaceous forms may be attributed to their more flexible
morphology and to their relatively greater proportion of stored
plant reserves. Finally, warmer, low arctic sites produced the
strongest growth responses, but colder sites produced a greater
reproductive response. Greater resource investment in
vegetative growth may be a conservative strategy in the Low
Arctic, where there is more competition for light, nutrients,
or water, and there may be little opportunity for successful
germination or seedling development. In contrast, in the High
Arctic, heavy investment in producing seed under a higher
temperature scenario may provide an opportunity for species to
colonize patches of unvegetated ground. The observed
differential response to warming suggests that the primary
forces driving the response vary across climatic zones,
functional groups, and through time.
CR ADAMS DC, 1997, ECOLOGY, V78, P1277
ARNQVIST G, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P236
BARNES BV, 1998, FOREST ECOLOGY, P63
BERENDSE F, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P337
BILLINGS WD, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P91
BILLINGS WD, 1973, BIOSCIENCE, V23, P697
BLISS LC, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P59
BLISS LC, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P111
BLISS LC, 1981, TUNDRA ECOSYSTEMS CO, P8
CALLAGHAN TV, 1995, ECOL STUD, V113, P151
CALLAGHAN TV, 1985, POPULATION STRUCTURE, P399
CHAPIN FS, 1996, ECOLOGY, V77, P822
CHAPIN FS, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P694
CHAPIN FS, 1985, ECOLOGY, V66, P564
CHAPIN FS, 1996, J VEG SCI, V7, P347
CHESTER AL, 1982, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V5, P200
CHRISTENSEN K, 1995, 5 ANN ITEX M APR 199
COHEN J, 1969, STAT POWER ANAL BEHA
DIGGLE PK, 1997, AM J BOT, V84, P154
ELLENBERG H, 1988, VEGETATION ECOLOGY C
FREEDMAN B, 1982, CAN J BOT, V60, P2112
GRULKE NE, 1988, ECOLOGY, V69, P484
GUGERLI F, 1995, 5 ANN ITEX M APR 199
GUREVITCH J, 1992, AM NAT, V140, P539
GUREVITCH J, 1999, ECOLOGY, V80, P1142
HAVSTROM M, 1993, OIKOS, V66, P389
HEDGES LV, IN PRESS STAT METHOD
HEDGES LV, 1985, STAT METHODS METAANA
HENRY GHR, 1990, CAN J BOT, V68, P2660
HENRY GHR, 1986, CAN J BOT, V64, P2502
HENRY GHR, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P1
HENRY GHR, 1998, PLANT ECOL, V134, P119
HOBBIE S, 1998, ECOL MONOGR, V66, P503
HOUGHTON JT, 1996, CLIMATE CHANGE 1995, P13
ISARD SA, 1987, PHYSICAL GEOGR, V8, P133
JOHNSTONE J, 1995, ITEX ANN M APR 1995
JONASSON S, 1982, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V5, P367
JONES MH, 1995, THESIS U ALBERTA EDM
JONSSON BO, 1996, J ECOL, V84, P449
KEILLAND K, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P321
KJELVIK S, 1975, FENNOSCANDIAN TUND 1, P111
KOMARKOVA V, 1980, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V12, P447
KORNER C, 1996, CARBON DIOXIDE TERRE, P177
LOHILUOMA MA, 1995, THESIS U OULU OULU F
MARION GM, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P20
MARION GM, 1996, ITEX MANUAL INT TUND, P14
MARION GM, 1993, P 4 INT S THERM ENG, P205
MAXWELL B, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P11
MCGRAW JB, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P359
MCGRAW JB, 1989, ECOLOGY SOIL SEED BA, P91
MCGRAW JB, 1982, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V5, P212
MICHELROSALES A, 1996, MYCORRHIZA, V6, P105
MILLER PC, 1982, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V5, P117
MITCHELL JFB, 1990, CLIMATE CHANGE IPCC, P131
MOLAU U, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P97
MOLAU U, 1998, IN PRESS AMBIO
MOLAU U, 1996, ITEX MANUAL, P20
MOLGAARD P, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P116
MORGENSTERN J, 1996, J SUBST ABUSE, V8, P45
NADELHOFFER KJ, 1991, ECOLOGY, V72, P242
OBERBAUER SF, 1995, ITEX ANN M APR 1995
OECHEL WC, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P11
OECHEL WC, 1993, NATURE, V361, P520
OSENBERG CW, 1997, AM NAT, V150, P798
PARSONS AN, 1995, OIKOS, V72, P61
PRICE MV, 1998, ECOLOGY, V79, P1261
REYNOLDS JF, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P413
ROBINSON CH, 1998, ECOLOGY, V79, P856
ROSENBERG MS, 1997, METAWIN STAT SOFTWAR
RUSTAD LE, 1998, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V4, P597
SEASTEDT TR, 1993, AM NAT, V141, P521
SHAVER GR, 1979, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V11, P335
SHAVER GR, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P193
SHAVER GR, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P146
SHAVER GR, 1997, PLANT FUNCTIONAL TYP, P153
SORENSEN T, 1941, MEDDELELSER GRONLAND, V125, P1
STEINGER T, 1996, OECOLOGIA, V105, P94
STENSTROM M, 1992, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V24, P337
STENSTROM M, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P44
SVOBODA J, 1987, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V19, P373
SVOBODA J, 1994, ECOLOGY POLAR DESERT
THORHALLSDOTTIR TE, 1998, OECOLOGIA, V114, P43
TIESZEN LL, 1978, VEGETATION PRODUCTIO, P242
TISSUE DT, 1987, ECOLOGY, V68, P401
TOTLAND O, 1997, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V29, P285
WALKER DA, 1989, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V12, P238
WALKER MD, 1995, ECOL STUD, V113, P1
WALKER MD, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P1067
WALKER MD, 1994, J VEG SCI, V5, P843
WEBBER PJ, 1977, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V9, P105
WEBBER PJ, 1978, VEGETATION PRODUCTIO, P37
WELKER JM, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P61
WOOKEY PA, 1995, OECOLOGIA, V102, P478
WOOKEY PA, 1994, OIKOS, V70, P131
WOOKEY PA, 1993, OIKOS, V67, P490
TC 5
BP 491
EP 511
PG 21
JI Ecol. Monogr.
PY 1999
PD NOV
VL 69
IS 4
GA 254ER
J9 ECOL MONOGR
UT ISI:000083599400004
ER
PT J
AU Dumolin-Lapegue, S
Kremer, A
Petit, RJ
TI Are chloroplast and mitochondrial DNA variation species
independent in oaks?
SO EVOLUTION
NR 36
AB Extensive introgression of cytoplasmic genomes across oak
species is now a well-established fact. To distinguish between
ancient hybridization events and ongoing introgression, a
direct test for the existence of local exchanges is proposed.
Such local exchanges must be comparatively recent, that is,
contemporaneous with or later than the last postglacial
recolonization. The test is applied to an extensive set of data
comprising 377 pure or mixed populations (1744 individuals) of
four white oak species in southern France. After demonstrating
that local exchanges have occurred frequently between all
species pairs, another test is performed to check if species
status does nevertheless play some role in restricting
cytoplasmic gene flow. The results vary according to the
species pairs considered, and the observed pattern may be
related to the ecology and/or compatibility of interspecific
crosses. It is also shown that, for some of these oak species,
the presence of related species in a population significantly
influences the intraspecific diversity. Altogether, the results
demonstrate that (1) intraspecific cytoplasmic gene flow varies
according to the species, (2) interspecific cytoplasmic gene
flow varies according to the species pair, and (3) both
components of gene flow are at least partly related.
CR BACILIERI R, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P900
BAIN JF, 1996, CAN J BOT, V74, P1719
BODENES C, 1997, HEREDITY, V78, P433
BOSSEMA I, 1979, BEHAVIOUR, V70, P11
BURGER WC, 1975, TAXON, V24, P45
DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129
DOW BD, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P615
DUMOLIN S, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V91, P1253
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1998, MOL BIOL EVOL, V15, P1321
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393
DUPOUEY JL, 1993, ANN SCI FOREST, V50, PS228
FERRIS C, 1993, MOL ECOL, V2, P337
HOWARD DJ, 1997, EVOLUTION, V51, P747
JONES EW, 1959, J ECOL, V47, P169
KLEINSCHMIT J, 1993, ANN SCI FOREST, V50, PS166
KREMER A, 1993, ANN SCI FORESTIER S1, V50, P186
KREMER A, 1991, GENETIC VARIATIONS E, P141
MANOS PS, 1987, SYST BOT, V12, P365
MULLERSTARCK G, 1993, ANN SCI FOR S1, V50, PS233
NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN
PETIT RJ, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P9996
PETIT RJ, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P122
PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462
RAMEAU JC, 1989, FLORE FORESTIERE FRA
RIESEBERG LH, 1991, EVOL TREND PLANT, V5, P65
RUSHTON BS, 1993, ANN SCI FOR S1, V50, PS73
SAMUEL R, 1995, BOT ACTA, V108, P290
SOKAL RR, 1995, BIOMETRY PRINCIPLES
STEINHOFF S, 1993, ANN SCI FOR S1, V50, P137
STREIFF R, 1998, GENET SEL EVOL S1, V30, PS137
TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105
VANVALEN L, 1976, TAXON, V25, P233
WHITTEMORE AT, 1991, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V88, P2540
WOLF PG, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P283
ZANETTO A, 1995, HEREDITY, V75, P506
TC 3
BP 1406
EP 1413
PG 8
JI Evolution
PY 1999
PD OCT
VL 53
IS 5
GA 253QK
J9 EVOLUTION
UT ISI:000083567100008
ER
PT J
AU Voelker, G
TI Dispersal, vicariance, and clocks: Historical biogeography and
speciation in a cosmopolitan passerine genus (Anthus :
motacillidae)
SO EVOLUTION
NR 113
AB Dispersal and vicariant hypotheses have for decades been at
odds with each other, notwithstanding the fact that both are
well-established natural processes with important histories in
biogeographic analyses. Despite their importance, neither
dispersal nor vicariant methodologies are problem-free. The now
widely used molecular techniques for generating phylogenies
have provided a mechanism by which both dispersal- and
vicariance-driven speciation can be better tested via the
application of molecular clocks; unfortunately, substantial
problems can also exist in the employment of those clocks. To
begin to assess the relative roles of dispersal and vicariance
in the establishment of avifaunas, especially intercontinental
avifaunas, I applied a test for clocklike behavior in molecular
data, as well as a program that infers ancestral areas and
dispersal events, to a phylogeny of a speciose, cosmopolitan
avian genus (Anthus; Motacillidae). Daughter-lineages above
just 25 of 40 nodes in the Anthus phylogeny are evolving in a
clocklike manner and are thus dateable by a molecular clock.
Dating the applicable nodes suggests that Anthus arose nearly 7
million yr ago, probably in eastern Asia, and that between 6
and 5 million yr ago, Anthus species were present in Africa,
the Palearctic, and North and South America. Speciation rates
have been high throughout the Pliocene and quite low during the
Pleistocene; further evidence that the Pleistocene may have had
little effect in generating modern species. Intercontinental
movements since 5 million yr ago have been few and largely
restricted to interchange between Eurasia and Africa. Species
swarms on North America, Africa, and Eurasia (but not South
America or Australia) are the product of multiple invasions,
rather than being solely the result of within-continent
speciation. Dispersal has clearly played an important role in
the distribution of this group.
CR *AM ORN UN, 1983, CHECK LIST N AM BIRD
ALAVI M, 1994, TECTONOPHYSICS, V229, P211
ALI S, 1973, HDB BIRDS INDIA PAKI
AN ZH, 1991, QUATERNARY RES, V36, P29
ARBOGAST BS, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, PA1955
AVISE JC, 1992, OIKOS, V63, P62
AVISE JC, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P457
BAKKER EMV, 1986, S AFR J SCI, V82, P70
BALL IR, 1975, SYST ZOOL, V24, P407
BATES JM, 1994, AUK, V111, P507
BERMINGHAM E, 1992, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V89, P6624
BONNEFILLE R, 1983, NATURE, V303, P487
BOWEN BW, 1997, EVOLUTION, V51, P1601
BREMER K, 1992, SYST BIOL, V41, P436
BRITTON P, 1978, SYST BIOL, V120, P215
BROWN JH, 1983, BIOGEOGRAPHY
BROWN WM, 1982, J MOL EVOL, V18, P225
BRUMFIELD RT, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P1607
BURGESS N, 1996, E AFRICAN ECOSYSTEMS, P329
CAPPARELLA AP, 1992, ACT 20 C INT ORN, V1, P307
CLANCEY PA, 1990, DURBAN MUS NOVITATES, V15, P42
COETZEE JA, 1993, BIOL RELATIONSHIPS A, P37
COETZEE JA, 1986, S AFR J SCI, V82, P71
CRACRAFT J, 1991, AUST SYST BOT, V4, P211
CRACRAFT J, 1986, EVOLUTION, V40, P977
CRACRAFT J, 1985, NEOTROPICAL ORNITHOL, V36, P49
CRACRAFT J, 1988, SYST ZOOL, V37, P221
CRAMP S, 1988, HDB BIRDS EUROPE, V5
CROWE TM, 1992, AUK, V109, P24
CROWE TM, 1982, J ZOOL, V198, P417
CUNNINGHAM CW, 1994, MOL ECOLOGY EVOLUTIO, P405
DASILVA JMC, 1995, STEENSTRUPIA, V21, P49
DEVRIES TJ, 1987, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V92, P14471
EDWARDS SV, 1997, AVIAN MOL EVOLUTIN S, P251
ENGHOFF H, 1996, CLADISTICS, V11, P223
FJELDSA J, 1990, ACT 20 C INT ORN, V1, P342
FJELDSA J, 1992, STEENSTRUPIA, V18, P9
FLEISCHER RC, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P533
FLINT VE, 1984, FIEDL GUID BIRDS USS
FRENZEL B, 1968, SCIENCE, V161, P637
FRIESEN VL, 1997, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V7, P252
FRY CH, 1986, ACT 19 C INT ONR, V2, P2528
GANSSER A, 1973, J GEOL SOC LONDON, V129, P93
HAFFER J, 1974, AVIAN SPECIATION TRO
HAFFER J, 1969, SCIENCE, V165, P131
HEDGES SB, 1994, CLADISTICS, V10, P43
HOFFSTETTER R, 1986, HIGH ALTITUDE TROPIC, P218
HSU KJ, 1977, NATURE, V267, P399
HUMPHRIES CJ, 1986, CLADISTIC BIOGEOGRAP
IRIONDO MH, 1993, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V101, P209
JAIN DVS, 1989, PALEOCLIMATIC PALEOE
KEITH SEK, 1992, BIRDS AFRICA, V4
KLEIN NK, 1994, EVOLUTION, V48, P1914
KLICKA J, 1999, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V266, P695
KLICKA J, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1666
KLICKA JT, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, PA1955
KRAJEWSKI C, 1996, MOL BIOL EVOL, V13, P21
KUKLA G, 1989, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V72, P203
KUTZBACH JE, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P440
LIVINGSTONE DA, 1975, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V6, P249
LIVINGSTONE DA, 1993, BIOL RELATIONSHIPS A, P455
MAIJER S, 1997, BIOL RELATIONSHIPS A, V139, P606
MARTIN AP, 1992, NATURE, V357, P153
MAYDEN RL, 1988, SYST ZOOL, V37, P329
MAYR E, 1986, EVOLUTION, V40, P55
MEGARD F, 1992, EVOLUTION PACIFIC OC, P208
MOORE WS, 1995, EVOLUTION, V49, P718
MOREAU RE, 1952, P ZOOL SOC LOND, V121, P869
MORRONE JJ, 1995, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V26, P373
NELSON G, 1981, SYSTEMATICS BIOGEOGR
NORES M, 1992, AUK, V109, P346
OSMASTON HA, 1965, THESIS OXFORD U OXFO
PATTON JL, 1994, EVOLUTION, V48, P1314
PATTON JL, 1992, EVOLUTION, V46, P174
PITMAN WC, 1993, BIOL RELATIONSHIPS A, P15
PORTER SC, 1983, LATE QUATERNARY ENV, V1, P74
RABASSA J, 1990, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V9, P153
RICHMAN AD, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2461
RIDGELY RS, 1989, BIRDS S AM, V1
RIPLEY SD, 1990, J BIOGEOGR, V17, P639
ROHWER S, 1998, AUK, V115, P284
RONQUIST F, 1996, DIVA VERSION 1 1 COM
RONQUIST F, 1997, SYST BIOL, V46, P195
ROSEN DE, 1978, SYST ZOOL, V27, P159
ROY MS, 1997, AVIAN MOL EVOLUTION, P325
ROY MS, 1997, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V264, P1337
SARICH VM, 1973, SCIENCE, V179, P1144
SCHMINCKE HU, 1976, BIOGEOGRAPHY ECOLOGY, P67
SEBRIER M, 1988, GEODYNAMIQUE, V3, P85
SELTZER GO, 1990, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V9, P137
SHIELDS GF, 1987, J MOL EVOL, V24, P212
SHORT LL, 1990, ACT 20 C INT ORN, V1, P468
SHORT LL, 1975, B AM MUS NAT HIST, V154, P163
SIBLEY CG, 1990, DISTRIBUTION TAXONOM
SICK H, 1985, ORNITHOLOGICAL MONOG, V36, P233
SLIKAS B, 1996, J AVIAN BIOL, V27, P70
STRIMMER K, 1996, SYST BIOL, V45, P516
TAKEZAKI N, 1995, MOL BIOL EVOL, V12, P823
TARR CL, 1993, AUK, V110, P825
TEDFORD RH, 1985, S AFR J SCI, V81, P262
VANDERHAMMEN T, 1986, HIGH ALTITUDE TROPIC, P153
VISSER JNJ, 1984, PALEONT AFRICA, V25, P5
VOELKER G, 1999, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V11, P84
VRBA ES, 1993, BIOL RELATIONSHIPS A, P393
VRBA ES, 1985, S AFR J SCI, V81, P263
VUILLEUMIER BS, 1971, SCIENCE, V173, P771
WESSELMAN HB, 1985, S AFR J SCI, V81, P260
WINTERBOTTOM JM, 1967, PALAOECOL AFR SUR IS, V2, P77
WOOD TC, 1996, AUK, V113, P655
YOUNG TP, 1996, FAST AFRICAN ECOSYST, P401
ZINK RM, 1988, ACT 19 C INT ORN NAT, P2573
ZINK RM, 1995, CONDOR, V97, P639
ZINK RM, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P5832
TC 3
BP 1536
EP 1552
PG 17
JI Evolution
PY 1999
PD OCT
VL 53
IS 5
GA 253QK
J9 EVOLUTION
UT ISI:000083567100020
ER
PT J
AU McRoberts, N
Finch, RP
Sinclair, W
Meikle, A
Marshall, G
Squire, G
McNicol, J
TI Assessing the ecological significance of molecular diversity
data in natural plant populations
SO JOURNAL OF EXPERIMENTAL BOTANY
NR 52
AB Despite extensive research for several decades, there remains a
lack of understanding of the processes that determine the
dynamics of natural plant communities. In this paper some
current concepts in vegetation dynamics are reviewed and an
attempt is made to provide a perspective of the way in which
data for molecular diversity might be used to help in
developing an understanding of population processes. It is
proposed that data from assessments of general population
diversity, and specific ecophysiological traits can be used to
assess the potential for individual species be used to assess
the potential for Individual species to compete and substitute
for each other in a community.
CR AERTS R, 1999, J EXP BOT, V50, P29
BACHMANN K, 1994, NEW PHYTOL, V126, P403
BEGON M, 1996, ECOLOGY INDIVIDUALS
BENJAMIN LR, 1996, ASPECTS APPL BIOL, V46, P103
BROWN SM, 1996, GENOME MAPPING PLANT, P85
BUSO GSC, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P107
CLARKE B, 1992, GENES ECOLOGY, P353
CRAWLEY MJ, 1987, J THEOR BIOL, V125, P475
CRAWLEY MJ, 1990, POPULATION REGULATIO, P3
DAWSON IK, 1993, MOL ECOL, V2, P151
DIGBY PGN, 1987, MULTIVARIATE ANAL EC
ELTON CS, 1958, ECOLOGY INVASIONS AN
FINCH RP, 1997, RICE BIOTECHNOLOGY Q, V29, P10
FRANK DA, 1991, OIKOS, V62, P360
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
GARDNER MR, 1970, NATURE, V228, P784
GILLIES ACM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P1133
GRAHAM J, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P1001
GRAY AJ, 1987, COLONISATION SUCCESS, P273
GRIME JP, 1997, OIKOS, V79, P259
HE QS, 1994, BIOTECHNIQUES, V17, P82
HUFF DR, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P927
KARP A, 1996, ANN BOT-LONDON, V78, P143
KRZANOWSKI WJ, 1990, PRINCIPLES MULTIVARI
LANDER ES, 1989, GENETICS, V121, P185
LEBOWITZ RJ, 1987, THEOR APPL GENET, V73, P556
LECORRE V, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P519
LUO ZW, 1998, HEREDITY, V80, P198
MARSHALL B, 1996, ASPECTS APPL BIOL, V46, P181
MARTIN C, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P813
MAY RM, 1974, STABILITY COMPLEXITY
METZ CE, 1978, SEMIN NUCL MED, V9, P283
MURTAUGH PA, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P132
NOLI E, 1997, GENOME, V40, P607
PALACIOUS C, 1998, MOL ECOL, V6, P1107
PARAN I, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V85, P985
PATERSON AH, 1996, GENOME MAPPING PLANT, P41
PEAKALL R, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P135
PIMENTEL D, 1961, ANN ENTOMOL SOC AM, V54, P76
PINO J, 1995, WEED RES, V35, P141
SHMIDA A, 1984, VEGETATIO, V58, P29
SOUTHWOOD TRE, 1970, CONCEPTS PEST MANAGE, P6
SOUTHWOOD TRE, 1996, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V351, P1113
SYDES MA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P87
TILMAN D, 1994, ECOLOGY, V75, P2
TILMAN D, 1994, NATURE, V367, P363
TURNER JRG, 1992, GENES ECOLOGY, P29
WARDLE DA, 1998, J ECOL, V86, P405
WELSH J, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V18, P7213
WILLIAMS JG, 1993, METHOD ENZYMOL, V218, P497
WILLIAMS JGK, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V18, P6531
ZWEIG MH, 1993, CLIN CHEM, V39, P561
TC 0
BP 1635
EP 1645
PG 11
JI J. Exp. Bot.
PY 1999
PD NOV
VL 50
IS 340
GA 255CR
J9 J EXP BOT
UT ISI:000083652400002
ER
PT J
AU Oswald, WW
Brubaker, LB
Anderson, PM
TI Late Quaternary vegetational history of the Howard Pass area,
northwestern Alaska
SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF BOTANY-REVUE CANADIENNE DE BOTANIQUE
NR 78
AB Palynological records from Tukuto and Etivlik Lakes contribute
to an improved understanding of the late Quaternary history of
vegetation in the Howard Pass area of northern Alaska. During
the Itkillik II glaciation (24-14 ka BP), the vegetation of the
western Arctic Foothills was sparse, xeric tundra, as evidenced
by taxa indicative of dry,rocky substrates (e.g., Selaginella
rupestris (L.) Spring, Chenopodiaceae, and Encalypta cf.
rhaptocarpa) and very low pollen accumulation rates in this
interval of the 30-ka-old Tukuto Lake record. Mesic tundra
dominated by non-Sphagnum (Bryidae) mosses, Cyperaceae, and
Salix species expanded near Tukuto Lake during the late-glacial
period, followed by the establishment of Sphagnum moss and
increased shrub cover at ca. 10 ka EP. Landscapes around both
lakes supported stands of Populus cf. balsamifera during the
early Holocene, and Alnus crispa expanded in the Howard Pass
area during the middle Holocene. Local Variation in plant
communities is illustrated by the comparison of the Tukuto and
Etivlik pollen records. During the early Holocene, Populus cf.
balsamifera was more common near Etivlik Lake than Tukuto Lake,
and Juniperus cf. communis was present only in the vicinity of
Etivlik Lake. Throughout the middle to late Holocene, Sphagnum,
mesic tundra shrubs (Betula nana L., Salix, and Ericaceae
species), and minor herbaceous taxa (e.g., Rubus chamaemorus
L., Thalictrum, and Caryophyllaceae) were more prevalent at
Tukuto Lake than at Etivlik Lake. These differences are likely
related to the influence of local landform and soil
characteristics near the two sites.
CR *PALE, 1994, PAGES WORKSH REP SER, V941
*W REG CLIM CTR, 1998, W US CLIM HIST SUMM
ABBOTT MB, 1996, QUATERNARY RES, V45, P300
AGER TA, 1975, 54 OH STAT U I POL S
ANDERSON PM, 1988, CAN J EARTH SCI, V25, P84
ANDERSON PM, 1994, QUATERNARY RES, V41, P306
ANDERSON PM, 1990, QUATERNARY RES, V33, P400
ANDERSON PM, 1988, QUATERNARY RES, V29, P263
ANDERSON PM, 1985, QUATERNARY RES, V24, P307
ANDERSON PM, 1994, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V13, P71
ANDERSON PM, 1986, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V46, P273
BARTLEIN PJ, 1991, QUATERNARY INT, V10, P73
BARTLEIN PJ, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V44, P417
BERGSTROM MF, 1984, THESIS OHIO STATE U
BETANCOURT JL, 1984, NATURE, V311, P653
BLISS LC, 1984, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V7, P305
BRUBAKER LB, 1998, CAN J BOT, V76, P2145
BRUBAKER LB, 2000, IN PRESS Q SIC REV
BRUBAKER LB, 1983, QUATERNARY RES, V20, P194
CALKIN PE, 1988, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V7, P159
CARTER LD, 1983, 4TH PERM P INT C WAS, P109
CARTER LD, 1984, PROGRAMS ABSTRACTS, P20
CARTER LD, 1981, SCIENCE, V211, P381
CHAPIN FS, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P694
COLINVAUX PA, 1964, ECOL MONOGR, V34, P297
CWYNAR LC, 1982, ECOL MONOGR, V52, P1
DETTERMAN RL, 1970, EARLY HOLOCENE WARM, V23, P130
DETTERMAN RL, 1958, GLACIATION ARCTIC SL, V11, P43
EDWARDS ME, 1985, CAN J BOT, V63, P616
EDWARDS ME, 1986, CAN J EARTH SCI, V23, P1765
EDWARDS ME, 2000, IN PRESS Q SCI REV
EDWARDS ME, 1994, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V109, P127
EDWARDS ME, 1985, US ARCT ALP RES, V17, P271
EISNER WR, 1991, ARCTIC, V44, P279
EISNER WR, 1990, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V63, P35
EISNER WR, 1992, US ARCT ALP RES, V24, P56
ELLIS JM, 1979, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V11, P403
ELLIS JM, 1984, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V95, P897
GERLACH SC, 1988, LATE PREHISTORIC DEV, V4, P107
HAMILTON TD, 1994, GEOLOGY ALASKA, P813
HAMILTON TD, 1984, GLACIATION ALASKA GE, P9
HAMILTON TD, 1975, QUATERNARY RES, V5, P471
HEUSSER CJ, 1963, POLLEN DIAGRAMS OGOT, V4, P149
HOPKINS DM, 1981, QUATERNARY RES, V15, P217
HU FS, 1993, CAN J BOT, V71, P1133
HU FS, 1998, QUATERNARY RES, V49, P86
HULTEN E, 1968, FLORA ALASKA NEIGHBO
JOHNSON AW, 1966, ENV CAPE THOMPSON RE, P277
LAFARGEENGLAND C, 1988, CAN J BOT, V67, P491
LEV DJ, 1987, THESIS U WASHINGTON
LIVINGSTONE DA, 1957, AM J SCI, V255, P254
LIVINGSTONE DA, 1955, ECOLOGY, V36, P587
LOZHKIN AV, 1993, QUATERNARY RES, V39, P314
MURRAY DF, 1974, NOTES BOTANY SELECTE
NELSON RE, 1987, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V19, P230
NELSON RE, 1988, QUATERNARY RES, V29, P66
PEWE TR, 1969, PERIGLACIAL ENV
POLUNIN N, 1959, CIRCUMPOLAR ARCTIC F
PORSILD AE, 1964, ILLUSTRATED FLORA CA
RITCHIE JC, 1983, NATURE, V305, P126
RITCHIE JC, 1984, PAST PRESENT VEGETAT
SNYDER JA, 1994, HOLOCENE, V4, P413
STOCKMARR J, 1971, POLLEN SPORES, V13, P615
STUIVER M, 1977, RADIOCARBON, V19, P355
TIKHOMIROV BA, 1969, VEGETATION FAR N USS, V6, P4
TIKHOMIROV BA, 1969, VEGETATION FAR N USS, V6, P74
VIERECK LA, 1992, ALASKA VEGETATION CL
VITT DH, 1988, MOSSES LICHENS FERNS
WALKER DA, 1981, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V13, P153
WALKER DA, 1991, ECOL MONOGR, V61, P437
WALKER DA, 1989, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V12, P238
WALKER DA, 1998, NATURE, V394, P469
WALKER MD, 1994, J VEG SCI, V5, P843
WIGGINS IL, 1962, FLORA ALASKAN ARCTIC
WILSON MJ, 1986, ARCTIC, V39, P150
WRIGHT HE, 1984, ECOLOGY, V65, P657
WRIGHT HE, 1993, GLOBAL CLIMATE SINCE
YOUNG SB, 1971, CONTRIBUTIONS GRAY H, V201, P11
TC 0
BP 570
EP 581
PG 12
JI Can. J. Bot.-Rev. Can. Bot.
PY 1999
PD APR
VL 77
IS 4
GA 249DR
J9 CAN J BOT
UT ISI:000083318000012
ER
PT J
AU Forman, SL
Ingolfsson, O
Gataullin, V
Manley, WF
Lokrantz, H
TI Late Quaternary stratigraphy of western Yamal Peninsula,
Russia: New constraints on the configuration of the Eurasian
ice sheet
SO GEOLOGY
NR 28
AB Ice-sheet reconstructions for the last glacial maximum in
northern Eurasia range from nearly complete coverage by a
contiguous marine-based ice sheet to large unglaciated areas.
Stratigraphic records from Yamal Peninsula, Russia, provide new
insight on the eastern limit of the Eurasian ice sheet in the
Kara Sea. Radiocarbon and infrared stimulated luminescence ages
from coastal cliff sections date the emplacement of the Kara
diamicton as older than ca. 40 ka, reflecting regional
glaciation, Ice-wedge growth, peat accumulation, and eolian and
fluvial deposition characterized the past similar to 40 k.y.
and do not support coverage of Yamal Peninsula by an ice sheet
or proximity to a glacier margin. Thus, the late Weichselian
Eurasian ice sheet was largely confined to Parents Sea and its
global sea-level contribution is reduced to similar to 7 m of
sea-level equivalent.
CR ANDREEV AA, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P135
ANDREWS JT, 1992, NATURE, V358, P281
ASTAKHOV V, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P17
ASTAKHOV VI, 1996, PERMAFROST PERIGLAC, V7, P165
BOLSHIYANOV DY, 1995, ARCHIPELGO SEVERNAYA
FORMAN SL, 1999, ARCT ANTARCT ALP RES, V31, P34
FORMAN SL, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P133
FORMAN SL, 1997, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V109, P1116
GATAULLIN VN, 1988, THESIS FEDERAL GEOLO
GROSSWALD MG, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P3
KAPLANSKAYA FA, 1986, POLAR GEOGRAPHY GEOL, V10, P65
KITIGAWA H, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P1187
LAMBECK K, 1995, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V14, P1
LANDVIK JY, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P43
LUBINSKI DJ, 1996, BOREAS, V25, P89
MAKEYEV VM, 1993, POLAR GEOGRAPHY GEOL, V17, P55
MANGERUD J, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P46
MANGERUD J, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P11
MOLLER P, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P92
PELTIER WR, 1996, SCIENCE, V273, P1359
PELTIER WR, 1988, SCIENCE, V240, P895
POLYAK L, 1997, MAR GEOL, V143, P169
SOLHEIM A, 1990, GEOLOGICAL SOC LONDO, V53, P253
STUIVER M, 1993, RADIOCARBON, V35, P215
SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234
TUSHINGHAM AM, 1991, J GEOPHYS RES-SOLID, V96, P4497
VASILCHUK Y, 1997, RADIOCARBON, V39, P1
VELICHKO AA, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P43
TC 1
BP 807
EP 810
PG 4
JI Geology
PY 1999
PD SEP
VL 27
IS 9
GA 235DE
J9 GEOLOGY
UT ISI:000082524100010
ER
PT J
AU Greenberg, R
Pravosudov, V
Sterling, J
Kozlenko, A
Kontorschikov, V
TI Divergence in foraging behavior of foliage-gleaning birds of
Canadian and Russian boreal forests
SO OECOLOGIA
NR 59
AB We compared foraging behavior of foliage-gleaning birds of the
boreal forest of two Palaearctic (central Siberia and European
Russia) and two Nearctic (Mackenzie and Ontario, Canada) sites.
Using discriminant function analysis on paired sites we were
able to distinguish foliage-gleaning species from the Nearctic
and Palaearctic with few misclassifications. The two variables
that most consistently distinguished species of the two
avifaunas were the percentage use of conifer foliage and the
percentage use of all foliage. Nearctic foliage-gleaner
assemblages had more species that foraged predominantly from
coniferous foliage and displayed a greater tendency to forage
from foliage, both coniferous and broad-leafed, rather than
twigs, branches, or other substrates. The greater
specialization on foliage and, in particular, conifer foliage
by New World canopy foliage insectivores is consistent with
previously proposed hypotheses regarding the role of
Pleistocene vegetation history on ecological generalization of
Eurasian species. Boreal forest, composed primarily of spruce
and pine, was widespread in eastern North America, whereas
pockets of forest were scattered in Eurasia (mostly the
mountains of southern Europe and Asia). This may have affected
the populations of birds directly or indirectly through
reduction in the diversity and abundance of defoliating
outbreak insects. Loss of habitat and resources may have
selected against ecological specialization on these habitats
and resources.
CR *NAT RES CAN, 1996, GEOACC SPAT DAT PIL
*STATS, 1995, STATISTICA WIND, V3
ADAMS JM, 1995, REV ATLAS PALEOVEGET
BLONDEL J, 1984, EVOLUTIONARY BIOL, V18, P141
BLONDEL J, 1998, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V13, P488
BONAN GB, 1989, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V20, P1
BRYANT JP, 1989, AM NAT, V134, P20
CODY ML, 1974, COMPETITION STRUCTUR
COOPE GR, 1987, ORG COMMUNITIES PRES, P421
CRAMP S, 1992, HDB BIRDS EUROPE MID, V6
CURRIE DJ, 1987, NATURE, V329, P326
EHRLICH PR, 1988, BIRDERS HDB FIELD GU
EHRLICH PR, 1994, BIRDWATCHERS HDB GUI
ERSKINE AJ, 1977, CAN WILDL SERV REP S, V41
FRENZEL B, 1992, ATLAS PALEOCLIMATES
FRENZEL B, 1968, SCIENCE, V161, P637
FROLOV DI, 1938, SIBERIAN SILKWORM E
GREENBERG R, 1999, CONDOR, V101, P299
GRUBB PJ, 1987, ORG COMMUNITIES PAST, P99
HAILA Y, 1990, BIOGEOGRAPHY ECOLOGY, P61
HAMETAHTI L, 1981, FENNIA, V159, P69
HELLE P, 1990, BIOGEOGRAPHY ECOLOGY, P299
HOLMES RT, 1986, CONDOR, V88, P427
HOLMES RT, 1979, ECOLOGY, V60, P512
HUSSELL DJT, 1992, ECOLOGY CONSERVATION, P101
KARR JR, 1975, ECOLOGY EVOLUTION CO, P258
KONDAKOV YP, 1974, NOVOSIVIRSK SCI, P206
KOZLENKO A, 1987, THESIS I COMP ECOLOG
LATHAM RE, 1993, SPECIES DIVERSITY HI, P294
MACARTHUR RH, 1958, ECOLOGY, V39, P599
MADDISON WP, 1992, MACCLADE ANAL PHYLOG
MONKKONEN M, 1994, ANN ZOOL FENN, V31, P61
MONKKONEN M, 1994, J BIOGEOGR, V21, P183
MORSE DH, 1980, LIVING BIRD, V18, P7
NEWTON I, 1972, FINCHES
NIEMELA J, 1994, PERSPECTIVES INSECT, P132
NIEMI GJ, 1985, ECOLOGY, V66, P1215
PARRISH JD, 1995, CONDOR, V97, P935
PRICE T, 1991, J ANIM ECOL, V60, P643
RABENOLD KN, 1978, ECOL MONOGR, V48, P397
REMSEN JV, 1985, ORNITHOL MONOGR AM O, V36, P733
REMSON JV, 1990, STUD AVIAN BIOL, V13, P133
RICKLEFS RE, 1980, AUK, V97, P321
RICKLEFS RE, 1994, ECOLOGICAL MORPHOLOG, P13
ROBINSON SK, 1982, ECOLOGY, V63, P1918
ROYAMA T, 1984, ECOL MONOGR, V54, P429
ROZHKOV AS, 1958, ZOOL J, V37, P1749
SAB SR, 1983, CONDOR, V85
SCHLUTER D, 1986, ECOLOGY, V67, P1073
SCMIEGELOW FKA, 1997, ECOLOGY, V78, P1914
SCOTT GAJ, 1995, CANADAS VEGETATION W
SIBLEY CG, 1990, PHYLOGENY CLASSIFICA
TERBORGH J, 1985, COMMUNITY ECOLOGY PA, P65
WALTER H, 1979, VEGETATION EARTH ECO
WEBB T, 1993, GLOBAL CLIMATES LAST, P415
WELSH DA, 1987, ACTA OECOL-OEC GEN, V8, P247
WIENS JA, 1989, ECOLOGY BIRD COMMUNI, V1
WIENS JA, 1991, OIKOS, V60, P50
WIENS JA, 1975, P S MANAGE FOREST RA, P226
TC 0
BP 451
EP 462
PG 12
JI Oecologia
PY 1999
PD AUG
VL 120
IS 3
GA 233PU
J9 OECOLOGIA
UT ISI:000082435900015
ER
PT J
AU Davies, CM
Webster, JP
Kruger, O
Munatsi, A
Ndamba, J
Woolhouse, MEJ
TI Host-parasite population genetics: a cross-sectional comparison
of Bulinus globosus and Schistosoma haematobium
SO PARASITOLOGY
NR 34
AB The genetic population structures of the freshwater snail
Bulinus globosus and its trematode parasite Schistosoma
haematobium from 8 river sites in the Zimbabwean highveld were
compared using randomly amplified DNA (RAPD) markers. There was
significant variability between snail populations collected at
different sites, but schistosome populations only showed
differentiation at a wider geographical scale (between 2 non-
connected river systems). For snails, genetic distance was
better correlated with proximity along rivers than absolute
geographical separation. In contrast, schistosome genetic
distance was better correlated with absolute geographical
separation than proximity along rivers. These results are
consistent with different dispersal mechanisms for snails and
schistosomes and the implications for host-parasite coevolution
are discussed.
CR APOSTOL BL, 1996, HEREDITY, V76, P325
BULL JJ, 1994, EVOLUTION, V48, P1423
DABO A, 1997, ACTA TROP, V66, P15
DYDBAHL MF, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2264
EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479
FRANK SA, 1991, HEREDITY, V67, P73
FRANK SA, 1996, Q REV BIOL, V71, P37
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
GANDON S, 1996, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V263, P1003
GANDON S, 1998, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V13, P215
HOFFMAN JI, 1998, ANN TROP MED PARASIT, V92, P693
HUFF DR, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P927
JACCARD P, 1908, B SOCIETE VAUDOISE S, V44, P223
LEGENDRE P, 1991, R PACKAGE MULTIDIMEN
LEGENDRE P, 1989, VEGETATIO, V80, P107
MANNING SD, 1995, INT J PARASITOL, V25, P37
MANTEL N, 1967, CANCER RES, V27, P209
MINCHELLA DJ, 1995, PARASITOLOGY, V111, P217
MORAND S, 1996, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V263, P119
MUKARATIRWA S, 1996, INT J PARASITOL, V26, P269
NADLER SA, 1995, J PARASITOL, V81, P395
PRESTON TM, 1994, PARASITOL TODAY, V10, P69
PRICE PW, 1980, EVOLUTIONARY BIOL PA
RICE WR, 1989, EVOLUTION, V43, P223
RICHARDS CS, 1987, J PARASITOL, V73, P1146
RICHARDS CS, 1992, PARASITOL TODAY, V8, P171
SLATKIN M, 1987, SCIENCE, V236, P787
SMITHERS SR, 1965, PARASITOLOGY, V55, P695
SNEATH PHA, 1973, NUMERICAL TAXONOMY
THOMPSON JN, 1994, COEVOLUTIONARY PROCE
VERNON JG, 1995, J MOLLUS STUD, V61, P455
WEBSTER JP, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P1627
WOOLHOUSE MEJ, 1990, INT J PARASITOL, V20, P325
WOOLHOUSE MEJ, 1990, J APPL ECOL, V27, P41
TC 2
BP 295
EP 302
PG 8
JI Parasitology
PY 1999
PD SEP
VL 119
PN 3
GA 237GY
J9 PARASITOLOGY
UT ISI:000082648500007
ER
PT J
AU Vendramin, GG
Degen, B
Petit, RJ
Anzidei, M
Madaghiele, A
Ziegenhagen, B
TI High level of variation at Abies alba chloroplast
microsatellite loci in Europe
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 32
AB Based on two polymorphic chloroplast microsatellites that had
been previously identified and sequence characterized in the
genus Abies, genetic variation was studied in a total of 714
individuals from 17 European silver fir (Abies alba Mill.)
populations distributed all over the natural range. We found
eight and 18 different length variants at each locus,
respectively, which combined into 90 different haplotypes.
Genetic distances between most populations were high and
significant. There is also evidence for spatial organization of
the distribution of haplotypes, as shown by permutation tests,
which demonstrate that genetic distances increase with spatial
distances. A large heterogeneity in levels of diversity across
populations was observed. Furthermore, there is good congruence
in the levels of allelic richness of the two loci across
populations. The present organization of levels of allelic
richness across the range of the species is likely to have been
shaped by the distribution of refugia during the last
glaciation and the subsequent recolonization processes.
CR BERGMANN F, 1994, GENETIK WALDBAU WE 2, P65
BUCCI G, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1633
DEGEN B, 1998, FOREST GENETICS, V5, P191
DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129
ECHT CS, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P307
ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, THEOR APPL GENET, V92, P832
GLIEMEROTH AK, 1997, J APPL BOT-ANGEW BOT, V71, P54
GREGORIUS HR, 1974, SILVAE GENET, V23, P22
HAMRICK JL, 1992, NEW FORESTS, V6, P95
HUNTLEY B, 1990, J QUATERNARY SCI, V5, P103
KONNERT M, 1995, PLANT SYST EVOL, V195, P19
KRAL F, 1980, P 3 IUFRO TANN WIEN, P158
LANGER H, 1963, FORSTWISS CENTRALBL, V83, P33
LEVIN DA, 1974, EVOL BIOL, V7, P139
MANLY BFJ, 1997, RANDOMIZATION BOOTST
MEUSEL H, 1965, VERGLEICHENDE CHOROL
MORGANTE M, 1997, MOL TOOLS SCREENING, P407
NEI M, 1973, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V70, P3321
NOREEN EW, 1989, COMPUTER INTENSIVE M
PARDUCCI L, 1996, HEREDITAS, V125, P11
PETIT RJ, 1998, CONSERV BIOL, V12, P844
PETIT RJ, 1993, HEREDITY, V71, P630
PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462
POWELL W, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V99, P7759
PROVAN J, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P1
SCHILLER G, 1986, SILVAE GENET, V35, P11
SCHROEDER S, 1989, MITT VEREIN FORSTL S, V34, P77
SMOUSE PE, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P399
VENDRAMIN GG, 1997, GENOME, V40, P857
VENDRAMIN GG, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P111
VENDRAMIN GG, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V97, P456
WAKASUGI T, 1994, PLANT MOL BIOL REP, V12, P227
TC 2
BP 1117
EP 1126
PG 10
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 1999
PD JUL
VL 8
IS 7
GA 226WL
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000082045800003
ER
PT J
AU Tremblay, NO
Schoen, DJ
TI Molecular phylogeography of Dryas integrifolia: glacial refugia
and postglacial recolonization
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 60
AB Chloroplast DNA variation in the Arctic plant species Dryas
integrifolia (Rosaceae) was analysed in relation to both the
present-day geographical distribution of populations and to
Pleistocene fossil records of this species. The
phylogeographical structure was weak but the analysis of
haplotype diversity revealed several groups of haplotypes
having present-day geographical ranges that overlap locations
postulated from geographical and fossil evidence to have been
glacial refugia. Based on this information we infer that two
important refugial sources of Arctic recolonization by this
species were Beringia and the High Arctic. Two other putative
refugia, located southeast of the ice sheet and along coastal
regions of the eastern Arctic may have served as sources for
recolonization of smaller portions of the Arctic. The genetic
substructure in the species is mostly due to variation among
populations regardless of the ecogeographical region in which
they are found. Spatial autocorrelation at the regional scale
was also detected. High levels of diversity both within
populations and ecogeographical regions are probably indicative
of population establishment from several sources possibly
combined with recent gene flow.
CR *PARKS CAN, 1994, RES DESCR AN ELL NAT
ABBOTT RJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P199
ARGUS GW, 1962, AM MIDL NAT, V67, P106
AVISE JC, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P489
AVISE JC, 1994, MOL MARKERS NATURAL
AVISE JC, 1992, OIKOS, V63, P62
BERNATCHEZ L, 1991, EVOLUTION, V45, P1016
BLAKE W, 1974, CAN J EARTH SCI, V11, P1025
BOILEAU MG, 1991, EVOLUTION, V45, P721
BONDE E, 1969, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V1, P135
CRAWFORD RMM, 1994, BOT ACTA, V107, P271
DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515
DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393
EFRON B, 1982, JACKKNIFE BOOTSTRAP
EGER JL, 1995, J ZOOL, V235, P143
EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479
FERGUSON MAD, 1996, GEOSCI CAN, V23, P245
FLINT RF, 1971, GLACIAL QUATERNARY G
FUNDER S, 1979, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V28, P279
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
GIVEN DV, 1981, PUBLICATIONS BOT, V10
GLASER PH, 1981, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V13, P173
HOLLAND PG, 1981, PROG PHYS GEOG, V5, P535
HULTEN E, 1937, OUTLINE HIST ARCTIC
HULTEN E, 1959, SVENSK BOT TIDSKR, V53, P507
JOBES DV, 1995, TAXON, V44, P379
KRANNITZ PG, 1996, CAN J BOT, V74, P1451
LAMB HF, 1978, THESIS U MINNESOTA M
LECORRE V, 1997, GENET RES, V69, P117
MANTEL N, 1967, CANCER RES, V27, P209
MCCAULEY DE, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P198
MCELROY D, 1991, REAP RESTRICTION ENZ
MILLER NG, 1976, BRYOLOGIST, V76, P55
MOONEY HA, 1961, ECOL MONOGR, V31, P1
MURRAY DF, 1987, DIFFERENTIATION PATT, P239
NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN
PIELOU EC, 1991, ICE AGE
PONS O, 1996, GENETICS, V144, P1237
PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462
PORSILD AE, 1947, CAN FIELD NAT, V61, P175
PORSILD AE, 1980, VASCULAR PLANTS CONT
RITCHIE JC, 1992, ACTA BOT FENN, V144, P81
RITCHIE JC, 1987, POSTGLACIAL VEGETATI
SAVILE DBO, 1972, ARCTIC ADAPTATIONS P
SCOTT GAJ, 1995, CANADAS VEGETATION W
SLATKIN M, 1987, SCIENCE, V236, P787
SMOUSE PE, 1986, SYST ZOOL, V35, P627
SOLTIS DE, 1992, MOL SYSTEMATICS PLAN, P117
SOLTIS DE, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V206, P353
SOLTIS DE, 1992, PLANT SYST EVOL, V181, P203
STEBBINS GL, 1985, ANN MO BOT GARD, V72, P824
STEBBINS GL, 1984, BOT HELV, V94, P1
SWOFFORD DL, 1998, PAUP PHYLOGENETIC AN
TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105
TEMPLETON AR, 1995, GENETICS, V140, P767
TREMBLAY NO, 1998, THESIS MCGILL U
VANRAAY TJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P149
WEIDER LJ, 1997, HEREDITY, V78, P363
WEIDER LJ, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P107
TC 3
BP 1187
EP 1198
PG 12
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 1999
PD JUL
VL 8
IS 7
GA 226WL
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000082045800009
ER
PT J
AU Amane, M
Lumaret, R
Hany, V
Ouazzani, N
Debain, C
Vivier, G
Deguilloux, MF
TI Chloroplast-DNA variation in cultivated and wild olive (Olea
europaea L.)
SO THEORETICAL AND APPLIED GENETICS
NR 29
AB Polymorphism in the lengths of restriction fragments of;he
whole cpDNA molecule was studied in cultivated olive and in
oleaster (wild olive) over the whole Mediterranean Basin.
Seventy two olive cultivars, 89 very old trees cultivated
locally, and 101 oleasters were scored for ten endonucleases.
Moreover, maternal inheritance of cpDNA in olive was shown by
analysing the progeny of a controlled cross between two parents
which differed in their cpDNA haplotypes. In the whole species,
three site- and three length-mutations were observed,
corresponding to five distinct chlorotypes. The same chlorotype
(I) was predominant in both oleasters and cultivated olive
trees, confirming that these are closely related maternally.
Three other chlorotypes (II, III and IV) were observed
exclusively in oleaster material and were restricted either to
isolated forest populations or to a few individuals growing in
mixture with olive trees possessing the majority chlorotype. An
additional chlorotype (V) was characterised by three mutations
located in distinct parts the cpDNA molecule but which were
never observed to occur separately. This chlorotype, more
widely distributed than the other three, in both cultivated and
wild olive, and occurring even in distant populations, was
observed exclusively in male-sterile trees showing the same
specific pollen anomaly. However, in the present study, no
evidence was provided for a direct relationship between the
occurrence of the cpDNA mutations and male sterility. It is
suggested that the large geographic distribution of chlorotype
V may be related to the high fruit production usually observed
on male-sterile trees. These may be very attractive for birds
which are fond of olive fruit and spread the stones
efficiently. Probably for the same reason, people preserved
male-sterile oleasters for long periods and, in several places,
used male-sterile cultivars over large areas.
CR ALCANTARA JM, 1997, ANAL JARDIN BOTANICO, V55, P101
CHAUX C, 1959, OLEICOLES INT, V5, P61
CHEN ZJ, 1990, THEOR APPL GENET, V80, P727
DAY A, 1985, CURR GENET, V9, P671
DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515
DUGGLEBY RG, 1981, ANAL BIOCHEM, V110, P49
DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475
ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P547
GALAU GA, 1989, THEOR APPL GENET, V78, P23
GRIGGS WT, 1975, CALIFORNIA AGR EXPT, V869, P3
HAGEMANN R, 1989, PROTOPLASMA, V152, P57
KREMER A, 1993, ANN SCI FORESTIER S1, V50, P186
LIPHSCHITZ N, 1991, J ARCHAEOL SCI, V18, P441
LOUKAS M, 1983, J HORTIC SCI, V58, P121
LUMARET R, 1997, BOCCONEA, V7, P39
MICHAUD H, 1995, PLANT MOL BIOL REP, V13, P131
NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN
OUAZZANI N, 1993, J HERED, V84, P34
OUKSILI A, 1988, OLIVAE, V16, P23
OUZZANI N, 1995, AGRONOMIE, V15, P1
OUZZANI N, 1996, EUPHYTICA, V91, P9
PALMER JD, 1987, AM NAT, V130, PS29
PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462
SAUMITOULAPRADE P, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V83, P529
SIGIURA M, 1986, PL SCI, V44, P211
TRUJILLO T, 1995, J AM SOC HORTIC SCI, V120, P318
VILLEMUR P, 1984, FRUITS, V39, P467
ZOHARY D, 1993, DOMESTICATION PLANTS
ZOHARY D, 1975, SCIENCE, V187, P319
TC 2
BP 133
EP 139
PG 7
JI Theor. Appl. Genet.
PY 1999
PD JUL
VL 99
IS 1-2
GA 223QN
J9 THEOR APPL GENET
UT ISI:000081851900016
ER
PT J
AU Weider, LJ
Hobaek, A
Colbourne, JK
Crease, TJ
Dufresne, F
Hebert, PDN
TI Holarctic phylogeography of an asexual species complex I.
Mitochondrial DNA variation in arctic Daphnia
SO EVOLUTION
NR 46
AB Pleistocene glacial cycles undoubtedly altered the evolutionary
trajectories of many taxa, yet few studies have examined the
impact of such events on genetic differentiation and
phylogeography at large geographic scales. Here we present the
results of a circumarctic survey of mitochondrial DNA diversity
in members of the Daphnia pulex complex. The analysis involved
the survey of restriction site polymorphisms in a 2100-bp
fragment of the NADH-4 (ND4) and NADH-5 (ND5) genes for 276
populations representing the two major groups (tenebrosa and
pulicaria) in this complex across their Holarctic range. A
comparison of the distribution patterns for seven clades in
this complex revealed very clear phylogeographic structuring.
Most notably, pulicaria group lineages were restricted
primarily to the Nearctic, with some colonization of formerly
glaciated portions of northern Europe. This group was not
detected from vast expanses of northern Eurasia, including the
Beringian glacial refuge. In contrast, tenebrosa group
haplotypes showed considerable intercontinental divergence
between Eurasian and North American lineages, but were absent
from Greenland and Iceland, as well as the Canadian arctic
archipelago. Dispersal in Eurasia was primarily in a westerly
direction from Beringia, whereas dispersal in the Nearctic
followed proglacial drainage patterns. Long-distance dispersal
of certain lineages was observed in both groups, and variation
in haplotype richness and nucleotide diversity allowed us to
make inferences about the positioning of putative glacial
refugia. Overall, the phylogeographic pattern of
diversification in this arctic complex is characterized by the
apparently unique postglacial histories for each clade,
indicating that even closely allied taxa can respond
independently to the allopatric effects of glacial cycles. This
is in sharp contrast to other phylogeographic studies of
species assemblages from more southern (unglaciated) latitudes,
which are often characterized by concordant patterns.
CR ABBOTT RJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P199
ALERSTAM T, 1986, BIOSCIENCE, V21, P3
ANDREWS JT, 1970, GEOMORPHOLOGICAL STU
AVISE JC, 1994, MOL MARKERS NATURAL
BERNATCHEZ L, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V51, P240
BERNATCHEZ L, 1991, EVOLUTION, V45, P1016
BERNATCHEZ L, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P431
BISCHOF JF, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P74
BOILEAU MG, 1992, J EVOLUTION BIOL, V5, P25
BROWER AVZ, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P6491
COLBOURNE JK, 1998, BIOL J LINN SOC, V65, P347
COLBOURNE JK, 1996, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V351, P349
DIXONPM, 1993, DESIGN ANAL ECOLOGIC, P290
DUFRESNE F, 1997, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V264, P201
DUFRESNE F, 1994, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V258, P141
DYKE AS, 1987, GEOGRAPHIE PHYSIQUE, V41, P237
FELSENSTEIN J, 1993, PHYLIP PHYLOGENY INF
FRENZEL B, 1968, SCIENCE, V161, P637
FREY DG, 1991, J PALEOLIMNOLOGY, V6, P193
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
GROSSWALD MG, 1980, QUATERNARY RES, V13, P1
HEBERT PDN, 1986, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V43, P1416
HEBERT PDN, 1990, FUNCT ECOL, V4, P703
HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247
HULTEN E, 1962, SV BOT TIDSSKR, V56, P362
IBRAHIM KM, 1996, HEREDITY, V77, P282
IVES JD, 1974, ARCTIC ALPINE ENV, P605
LYNCH M, 1990, MOL BIOL EVOL, V7, P377
MADDISON WP, 1992, MACCLADE VERS 3 0 AN
MAGURRAN AE, 1988, ECOLOGICAL DIVERSITY
MCELROY D, 1991, REAP RESTRICTION ENZ
PONS O, 1996, GENETICS, V144, P1237
ROHLF FJ, 1990, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T
SALVIGSEN O, 1981, BOREAS, V10, P433
SEGERSTRALE SG, 1982, FENNIA, V160, P303
SOLTIS DE, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V206, P353
SWOFFORD D, 1998, PAUP 4 0 BETA VERS P
TAYLOR DJ, 1996, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V5, P495
VAINOLA R, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V51, P1490
VANRAAY TJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P149
WEIDER LJ, 1987, EVOLUTION, V41, P1335
WEIDER LJ, 1997, HEREDITY, V78, P363
WEIDER LJ, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1
WEIDER LJ, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P107
WEIDER LJ, 1994, MOL ECOL, V3, P497
WILSON CC, 1998, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V55, P1010
TC 3
BP 777
EP 792
PG 16
JI Evolution
PY 1999
PD JUN
VL 53
IS 3
GA 217PC
J9 EVOLUTION
UT ISI:000081507300012
ER
PT J
AU Adams, JM
Post, WM
TI A preliminary estimate of changing calcrete carbon storage on
land since the Last Glacial Maximum
SO GLOBAL AND PLANETARY CHANGE
NR 29
AB The glacial-to-interglacial shift in land carbon storage is
important in understanding the global carbon cycle and history
of the climate system. While organic carbon storage on land
appears to have been much less than present during the cold,
dry glacial maximum, calcrete (soil carbonate) carbon storage
would have been greater. Here we attempt a global estimation of
this change; we use published figures for present soil
carbonate by biome to estimate changing global soil carbonate
storage, on the basis of reconstruction of vegetation areas for
four timeslices since the Last Glacial Maximum. It appears that
there would most likely have been around a 30-45% decrease in
calcrete carbon on land accompanying the transition between
glacial and interglacial conditions. This represents a change
of about 500-400 GtC (outer error Limits are estimated at 750-
200 GtC). In order to be weathered into dissolved bicarbonate,
this would take up an additional 500-400 GtC (750-200 GtC) in
CO2 from ocean/atmosphere sources. An equivalent amount to the
carbonate leaving the caliche reservoir on land may have
accumulated in coral reefs and other calcareous marine
sediments during the Holocene, liberating an equimolar quantity
of CO2 back into the ocean-atmosphere system as the bicarbonate
ion breaks up. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
reserved.
CR *FAO ISRIC SOIL DA, 1989, 64 FAO ISRIC SOIL DA
ADAMS JM, 1998, GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE, V16, P3
ADAMS JM, 1997, J ARCHAEOL SCI, V24, P623
ADAMS JM, 1993, NATURE, V361, P213
ADAMS JM, 1990, NATURE, V348, P711
ADAMS JM, 1995, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL
BARNOLA JM, 1989, NATURE, V329, P408
BATJES NH, 1996, EUR J SOIL SCI, V47, P151
BATJES NH, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P161
BROECKER WS, 1997, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V12, P530
CLAPPERTON CM, 1993, QUATERNARY GEOLOGY G
COLINVAUX PA, 1987, ENV HIST AMAZON BASI
CROWLEY TJ, 1995, IN RPESS GLOBAL BIOG
DAOXIN Y, 1998, 379 IGBP
FAURE H, 1988, BILAN GLOBAL ACCUMUL
FAURE H, 1990, GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE, V82, P47
FRENZEL B, 1968, SCIENCE, V161, P637
KERN RA, 1992, NATURE, V357, P447
LUDWIG W, 1998, GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE, V16, P34
MOROZOVA TD, 1998, GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE, V16, P131
PRENTICE IC, 1993, GLOBAL ECOL BIOGEOGR, V3, P67
PROBST JL, 1994, SCI GEOLOGIIQUES MEM
SCHLESINGER WH, 1982, SOIL SCI, V133, P247
SOMBROEK WG, 1993, AMBIO, V22, P417
SPASSKAYA II, 1992, ATLAS PALAEOCLIMATES
VANCAMPO E, 1993, GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE, V8, P189
VANDERHAMMEN T, 1994, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V109, P247
WEBB R, 1995, PUBL SER REP NAT GEO
ZINKE PJ, 1984, PUBLICATION US DEP E, V2212
TC 2
BP 243
EP 256
PG 14
JI Glob. Planet. Change
PY 1999
PD MAY
VL 20
IS 4
GA 215BP
J9 GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE
UT ISI:000081362300003
ER
PT J
AU Kullman, L
TI Early holocene tree growth at a high elevation site in the
northernmost Scandes of Sweden (Lapland): A
palaeobiogeographical case study based on megafossil evidence
SO GEOGRAFISKA ANNALER SERIES A-PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY
NR 76
AB The paper focuses on early Holocene tree growth and alpine
tree-limits in the northernmost Swedish Scandes (Lapland).
Megafossil wood remnants in peats and lakes were searched for
over a large area at elevations high above the modem tree-
limits. Wood of Pinus sylvestris, Betula pubescens ssp.
tortuosa and Alnus incana was discovered near the shore of a
small lake (999 m a.s.l.) c. 500 m higher than today's tree-
limit of Pinus sylvestris in this region. Radiocarbon dating
yielded values of unprecedented age, c. 8500-8100 C-14 years sp
for all three species and in addition 5400-4500 C-14 years sp
for Betula and Alnus. The highest position of the Pinus tree-
limit occurred during the early Holocene, which compares well
with the situation reconstructed by megafossils in the southern
Scandes. It now appears that the long-term tree-limit and
climate histories are broadly the same in entire mid- and
northern Fennoscandia. Corrected for glacio-isostatic land
uplift, the tree-limit record suggests that the summers were c.
2.4 degrees C warmer than today at 8500 C-14 years sp. A dry
continental climate with substantial seasonal contrasts is
likely to have prevailed during this period, which restricted
the occurrence of glaciers and glacier activity. Most
circumstances point to the overriding importance of the
Milankovitch orbital theory for pacing or forcing the long-term
postglacial climate change. The results are inconsistent with
most inferences based on pollen, certain macrofossil records
and general circulation simulations. These proxy environmental
histories have frequently advocated a mid-Holocene thermal
optimum and an oceanic and humid climate in northern and
western Fennoscandia during the early Holocene. The uncovered
discrepancy between the outcome of the objective and factual
megafossil method and more subjective/inferential microfossil
methods should be important for Quaternary plant ecology in
general, stressing the usefulness of megafossil studies.
CR *COHMAP MEMB, 1988, SCIENCE, V241, P1043
ANDERSSON NA, 1996, ECOL B, V45, P11
ARNO S, 1984, TIMBERLINE MOUNTAIN
BARNEKOW L, 1998, GFF, V120, P59
BERGLUND BE, 1996, ECOLOGICAL B, V45, P15
BIRKS HH, 1994, DISSERTATIONES BOT, V234, P129
CASELDINE CJ, 1985, SOILS QUATERNARY LAN, P87
DAHL E, 1998, PHYTOGEOGRAPHY NO EU
DURIETZ GE, 1942, SVENSK BOT TIDSKR, V36, P124
ELLIS S, 1985, NORSK GEOGRAFISK TID, V39, P141
EMANUELSSON U, 1987, ECOL B, V38, P95
ENQUIST F, 1918, SGU C, V285, P1
ERONEN M, 1987, GEOGR ANN A, V69, P297
ERONEN M, 1982, GEOL FOR STOCKH FORH, V103, P437
ERONEN M, 1996, GEOPHYSICA, V32, P35
ERONEN M, 1993, PALAOKLIMAFORSCHUNG, V9, P29
HAGEM O, 1917, MEDD VESTL FORSTL FO, V2, P1
HAMMARLUND D, 1998, ISOTOPE TECHNIQUES S, P573
HAMMARLUND D, 1997, J PALEOLIMNOL, V18, P219
HARRISON SP, 1988, LUNDQUA THESIS, V21, P1
HJORT C, 1995, POLAR RES, V14, P239
HOFGAARD A, 1997, PAST FUTURE RAPID EN, P255
HOLM L, 1991, ARCHAEOL ENV, V12, P1
HUNTLEY B, 1993, GLOBAL CLIMATES LAST, P136
HYVARINEN H, 1996, PALAOKLIMAFORSCHUNG, V20, P293
KARLEN W, 1976, GEOGR ANN A, V58, P1
KARLEN W, 1973, GEOGRAFISKA ANN A, V55, P29
KARLEN W, 1995, J COASTAL RES, V17, P49
KARLEN W, 1993, PALAOKLIMAFORSCHUNG, V9, P69
KJALLGREN L, 1998, GEOGR ANN A, V80A, P1
KULLMAN L, 1998, AMBIO, V27, P312
KULLMAN L, 1988, ANN BOT FENN, V25, P219
KULLMAN L, 1997, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V29, P315
KULLMAN L, 1998, BOREAS, V27, P153
KULLMAN L, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P2490
KULLMAN L, 1997, GEOGR ANN A, V79A, P139
KULLMAN L, 1994, GEOGR PHYS QUATERN, V48, P151
KULLMAN L, 1994, GEOGRANSKA ANN, V75, P247
KULLMAN L, 1998, GLOBAL ECOL BIOGEOGR, V7, P181
KULLMAN L, 1996, GLOBAL ECOL BIOGEOGR, V5, P94
KULLMAN L, 1993, GLOBAL ECOLOGY BIOGE, V2, P181
KULLMAN L, 1996, J BIOGEOGR, V23, P843
KULLMAN L, 1998, J ECOL, V86, P421
KULLMAN L, 1992, NEW PHYTOL, V120, P445
KULLMAN L, 1976, SVENSK BOTANISK TIDS, V70, P107
KULLMAN L, 1981, WAHLENBERGIA, V8, P1
KUTTEL M, 1984, DISS BOT, V72, P191
KUTZBACH JE, 1986, J ATMOS SCI, V43, P1726
LAMARCHE VC, 1973, QUATERNARY RES, V3, P632
LANG G, 1994, QUARTARE VEGETATIONS
LAVOIE C, 1996, ECOLOGY, V77, P1226
LOWE JJ, 1991, PALAOKLIMAFORSCHUNG, V6, P37
LUNDGREN LN, 1995, CAN J FOREST RES, V25, P1097
MAHANEY WC, 1995, MT RES DEV, V15, P165
MAKELA E, 1998, HOLOCENE, V8, P55
MOE D, 1979, FORTIDEN SOKELYSET, P199
NESJE A, 1992, CLIM DYNAM, V6, P221
NESJE A, 1991, GEOLOGY, V19, P610
PAYETTE S, 1994, ENV REV, V2, P78
PETEET DM, 1991, CAN J BOT, V69, P786
RAPP A, 1996, ECOL B, V45, P170
REKSTAD J, 1903, NOR GEOL UNDERS AARB, V35, P14
SANDBERG G, 1982, BLOMMANDE FJALLET BO
SELSING L, 1996, PALAEOCLIM RES, V20, P147
SEPPA H, 1996, FENNIA, V174, P1
SNOWBALL I, 1996, HOLOCENE, V6, P367
SNOWBALL IF, 1997, HOLOCENE, V7, P119
SONESSON M, 1974, OIKOS, V25, P288
SVENSSON NO, 1991, Q INT, V9, P7
TALLANTIRE PA, 1974, NEW PHYTOL, V73, P529
VORREN KD, 1996, PALAEOCLIM RES, V20, P257
VORREN KD, 1996, PALAEOCLIM RES, V20, P271
VORREN KD, 1993, VEGETATION HIST ARCH, V2, P145
WICK L, 1997, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V29, P445
WOHLFARTH B, 1995, POLAR RES, V14, P253
YU GE, 1995, BOREAS, V24, P260
TC 4
BP 63
EP 74
PG 12
JI Geogr. Ann. Ser. A-Phys. Geogr.
PY 1999
VL 81A
IS 1
GA 219DV
J9 GEOGR ANN SER A-PHYS GEOGR
UT ISI:000081593400005
ER
PT J
AU Rundgren, M
Ingolfsson, O
TI Plant survival in Iceland during periods of glaciation?
SO JOURNAL OF BIOGEOGRAPHY
NR 81
AB Aim The paper addresses the classical question of possible
plant survival in Iceland during the last glacial period in the
light of a palaeobotanical record from northern Iceland,
spanning the period 11,300-9000 BP, including the Younger Dryas
stadial. We review the Late Cenozoic fossil plant record, the
past debate on glacial plant refugia in Iceland, and the
evidence for ice-free areas during the Weichselian. Location
The investigated lake sediment record comes from Lake
Torfadalsvatn, which is situated in the northwestern part of
the Skagi peninsula in northern Iceland. Methods The sediment
chronology was constructed from the occurrence of the Vedde Ash
and the Saksunarvatn ash, two well-dated Icelandic tephras,
together with the results from five AMS and conventional
radiocarbon dates performed on bulk sediment samples. The
vegetational reconstruction was based on detailed pollen
analysis of the sediment sequence. Results The pollen analysis
revealed that many of the taxa present in the area prior to the
Younger Dryas stadial continued to produce pollen during that
cold event. The more or less immediate reappearance of a few
other pollen taxa at the Younger Dryas-Preboreal boundary
suggests that these plants also survived, even if they did not
produce sufficient pollen to be recorded during the Younger
Dryas stadial. Main conclusions We conclude that the relatively
high plant diversity found in high Arctic areas and present-day
nunataks in Iceland and Greenland, together with the fact that
many plant species were able to survive the Younger Dryas
stadial on the Skagi peninsula, suggest that species with high
tolerance for climate fluctuations also survived the whole
Weichselian in Iceland. This conclusion is supported by recent
palaeoclimatic data from ice-cores and deep-sea sediments,
indicating that Icelandic climate during the last glacial was
only occasionally slightly colder than during the Younger Dryas
stadial.
CR ABBOTT RJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P199
ALEKSANDROVA VD, 1980, ARCTIC ANTARCTIC THE
ALEKSANDROVA VD, 1988, VEGETATION SOVIET PO
ALM T, 1993, BOREAS, V22, P171
ALM T, 1991, NORD J BOT, V11, P465
ANAMTHAWATJONSS K, 1994, NORWEGIAN J AGR SC S, V18, P9
ASKELSSON J, 1938, MEDD FRA DANSK GEOL, V9, P300
BAY C, 1992, MEDD GRON BIOSCI, V36, P1
BILLINGS WD, 1968, BIOL REV, V43, P481
BIRKS HH, 1994, DISSERTATIONES BOT, V234, P129
BIRKS HH, 1996, QUATERNARY RES, V45, P119
BIRKS HJB, 1993, PHYTOCOENOLOGIA, V23, P399
BJORCK S, 1992, BOREAS, V21, P15
BLISS LC, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P59
BLISS LC, 1984, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V7, P304
BLISS LC, 1984, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V7, P324
BLISS LC, 1988, N AM TERRESTRIAL VEG, P1
BLYTT A, 1876, ESSAY IMMIGRATION NO
BUCKLAND P, 1991, ENV CHANGE ICELAND P, P107
BUCKLAND PC, 1986, BOREAS, V13, P173
CALLAGHAN TV, 1985, POPULATION STRUCTURE, P399
CARLSSON BA, 1994, ECOGRAPHY, V17, P321
COOPE GR, 1979, CARABID BEETLES THEI, P407
COOPE GR, 1986, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V314, P619
DAHL E, 1955, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V66, P1499
DAHL E, 1963, N ATLANTIC BIOTA THE, P173
DOKKEN TM, 1996, GEOLOGY, V24, P599
EDLUND SA, 1989, ARCTIC, V42, P3
EGGERTSSON O, 1993, JOKUL, V43, P15
EGGERTSSON O, 1994, POLAR RES, V13, P209
EINARSSON E, 1970, ECOLOGY CONSERVATION, V1, P247
EINARSSON T, 1994, GEOLOGY ICELAND ROCK
EINARSSON T, 1963, N ATLANTICA BIOTA TH, P355
EINARSSON T, 1961, SONDERVEROFFENT GEOL, V6, P1
ELKINGTON TT, 1968, NEW PHYTOL, V67, P109
FREDSKILD B, 1973, MEDD GRONLAND, V198, P1
FRIDRIKSSON S, 1975, SURTSEY EVOLUTION LI
GEIRSDOTTIR A, 1993, QUATERNARY RES, V42, P115
GJAEREVOLL O, 1977, KONGLEGIGE NORSKE VI, V4, P1
GLAWION R, 1985, NATURLICHE VEGETATIO
GUOMUNDSSON A, 1995, EYJAR ELDHAFI, P33
HALLSDOTTIR M, 1995, ICELANDIC AGR SCI BU, V9, P17
HALLSDOTTIR M, 1990, JOKULL, V40, P67
HJORT C, 1985, JOKULL, V35, P9
HOPPE G, 1982, JOKULL, V32, P3
HULTEN E, 1962, SV BOT TIDSSKR, V56, P362
INGOLFSSON O, 1995, BOREAS, V24, P245
INGOLFSSON O, 1988, GEOLOGISKA FORENINGE, V110, P293
JOHNSEN SJ, 1995, TELLUS B, V47, P624
JONSDOTTIR IS, 1995, GLOBAL CHANGE ARCTIC, P81
KOC N, 1993, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V12, P115
KRISTINSSON H, 1987, GUIDE FLOWERING PLAN
LARSSEN BB, 1987, POLAR RES, V5, P313
LINDAL JH, 1939, Q J GEOL SOC LOND, V95, P261
LINDROTH CH, 1931, ZOOL BIDR UPPS, V13, P105
LOVE D, 1963, N ATLANTIC BIOTA THE, P189
MOORE PD, 1991, POLLEN ANAL
NILSEN TH, 1978, NATURE, V274, P786
NORDDAHL H, 1983, THESIS LUND U LUND
NORDHAGEN R, 1936, NORDISKA, P93
NORODAHL H, 1991, ENV CHANGE ICELAND P, P31
NORODAHL H, 1993, JOKULL, V43, P33
PFIRMAN S, 1990, GEOLOGICAL HIST POLA, P187
REIMNITZ E, 1993, J GLACIOL, V39, P186
RUNDGREN M, 1997, BOREAS, V26, P201
RUNDGREN M, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V44, P405
SARNTHEIN M, 1995, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V10, P1063
SAVILE DBO, 1972, CANADA DEP AGR MONOG, V6, P1
SEREBRYANNY LR, 1996, ECOL STUD, V124, P47
SERNANDER R, 1896, BOT NOTISER, P114
SIGBJARNARSON G, 1983, JOKULL, V33, P87
SIGURVINSSON JR, 1983, JOKULL, V33, P99
SIMONARSON LA, 1979, JOKULL, V29, P44
SORENSEN T, 1941, MEDDELELSER GRONLAND, V125, P1
STEINDORSSON S, 1963, N ATLANTIC BIOTA THE, P303
STEINDORSSON S, 1937, NATTURUFROEDINGURINN, V7
STEINDORSSON S, 1962, RIT VISINDAFELAGS IS, V35, P1
THORS K, 1991, ENV CHANGE ICELAND P, P93
TORARINSSON S, 1937, GEOGR ANN, V19, P161
VORREN TO, 1988, BOREAS, V17, P41
WALKER GPL, 1965, T LASCESTER LIT PHIL, V59, P25
TC 0
BP 387
EP 396
PG 10
JI J. Biogeogr.
PY 1999
PD MAR
VL 26
IS 2
GA 219QK
J9 J BIOGEOGR
UT ISI:000081618000016
ER
PT J
AU Borgen, L
TI Genetic variation in Minuartia (Caryophyllaceae) in Svalbard
SO NORDIC JOURNAL OF BOTANY
NR 45
AB Based on a survey of eight enzyme systems, genetic variation in
three Minuartia species was analysed and the diversity in 15
populations in Svalbard (78 degrees N) compared to seven
populations in Norway, Iceland, and Greenland. In the two
sexual diploids, M. biflora and M. rubella, genetic diversity
was as high in populations from Svalbard as in populations from
more southerly latitudes. In M. biflora, eight out of 15 loci
were polymorphic (P=53.3 %); in M. rubella eight out of 18
(P=44.4 %). The mean number of alleles per locus (A) and the
number of multilocus genotypes (MG) were also higher in M.
biflora than in M. rubella, A=1.60 and MG=21 vs. A=1.44 and
MG=9. The proportion of genetic diversity due to variation
among populations was much lower in M. biflora than in M.
rubella, FST=0.249 vs. FST=0.895, and the estimated gene flow
much higher, Nm=0.745 vs. Nm=0.029, indicating that M. biflora
is a mixed mater and M. rubella a selfer. In the vegetatively
reproducing tetraploid, M. rossii, 13 (65 %) out of 20 putative
loci showed fixed heterozygosity, the mean number of alleles
per 'locus' was A=1.70, and two multilocus phenotypes were
observed, proving that at least two clones occur in Svalbard.
No allele was shared by all three species and Nei's genetic;
identity for biflora-rubella was extremely low, I=0.07. The
results suggest that the three species, which are currently
placed in separate sections, represent lineages that diverged a
long time ago.
CR ABBOTT RJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P199
BORGEN L, 1997, NORD J BOT, V16, P487
BROCHMANN C, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P135
BROCHMANN C, 1992, AM J BOT, V79, P673
BROCHMANN C, 1993, PLANT SYST EVOL, V185, P55
BROCHMANN C, 1995, RAPP BOT SER, V3, P18
BROWN AHD, 1989, PLANT POPULATION GEN, P145
CAVALLISFORZA LL, 1967, EVOLUTION, V21, P550
CRAWFORD DJ, 1989, ADV PLANT SCI SERIES, V4, P146
CRAWFORD RMM, 1994, BOT ACTA, V107, P271
DAHL E, 1998, PHYTOGEOGRAPHY NO EU
EHRENDORFER F, 1980, POLYPLOIDY BIOL RELE, P45
ELVEN R, 1996, NORSK POLARINSTITUTT, V198, P9
GJAEREVOLL O, 1990, MAPS DISTRIBUTION NO, V2, P1
HALLIDAY G, 1993, FLORA EUROPAEA, V1
HAMRICK JL, 1989, ADV PLANT SCI SERIES, V4, P73
HAMRICK JL, 1990, POPULATION GENETICS, P43
HARALDSEN KB, 1993, NORD J BOT, V13, P377
HARTMAN CJ, 1832, HDB SKANDINAVIENS FL
HULTEN E, 1986, ATLAS N EUROPEAN VAS
HULTEN E, 1958, K SVEN VETENSKAPSAKA, V7, P1
KEPHART SR, 1990, AM J BOT, V77, P693
KNUTH P, 1898, HDB BLUTENBIOLOGIE, V2
LEVENE H, 1949, ANN MATH STAT, V20, P91
LOVE A, 1975, CYTOTAXONOMICAL ATLA
MOLAU U, 1993, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V25, P391
NEI M, 1977, ANN HUM GENET, V41, P225
NEI M, 1978, GENETICS, V89, P583
NILSSON O, IN PRESS FLORA NORDI, V1
ODASZ AM, 1996, AM J BOT, V83, P1379
PETROVSKY VV, 1997, OPERA BOT, V132, P19
PHILIPP M, 1990, MEDDELELSER GRONLAND, V34, P1
PHILIPP M, 1997, OPERA BOT, V132, P89
REINHAMMAR LG, 1998, NORD J BOT, V18, P7
RICHARDS AJ, 1986, PLANT BREEDING SYSTE
RONNING OI, 1996, FLORA SVALBARD
SNEATH PHA, 1973, NUMERICAL TAXONOMY
SWOFFORD DL, 1981, J HERED, V72, P281
TIKHMENEV EA, 1984, EKOLOGIAY, V4, P8
TIKHMENEV EA, 1997, OPERA BOT, V132, P67
WEEDEN NF, 1989, ADV PLANT SCI SERIES, V4, P5
WOOKEY PA, 1997, OPERA BOT, V132, P215
WRIGHT S, 1951, ANN EUGEN, V14, P323
WRIGHT S, 1965, EVOLUTION, V19, P395
WRIGHT S, 1978, EVOLUTION GENETICS P, V4
TC 0
BP 179
EP 192
PG 14
JI Nord. J. Bot.
PY 1999
VL 19
IS 2
GA 217LR
J9 NORD J BOT
UT ISI:000081501200006
ER
PT J
AU Hobaek, A
Weider, LJ
TI A circumpolar study of Arctic biodiversity: Phylogeographic
patterns in the Daphnia pulex complex
SO AMBIO
NR 26
AB We summarize the results of a circumarctic study on
biogeographic patterns in genetic diversity within asexual
clones of the water flea, the Daphnia pulex complex (a
freshwater crustacean). The complex is shown to consist of
several thousands of distinct clones, which can be grouped into
2 major lineage groups based on molecular markers. The main
groups and their component subgroups differ markedly in their
distributions, and hybrids are common in 2 zones of overlap
(Northern Europe and Canada). Clonal diversity is at least as
high in the Arctic as in the temperate zone. Moreover, the
genetic structure of all the subgroups is extremely fragmented,
implying that clonal composition in the Arctic differs
conspicuously among regions. This extraordinary diversity with
its spatial structure on local to continental geographic scales
defies the general notion of the Arctic tundra as a homogenous
biome of low biodiversity.
CR *UNEP, 1995, GLOB BIOD ASS
ABBOTT RJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P199
AVISE JC, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P489
AVISE JC, 1994, MOL MARKERS NATURAL
BROCHMANN CH, 1998, AM J BOT, V58, P135
COLBOURNE JK, 1998, BIOL J LINN SOC, V65, P347
COLBOURNE JK, 1996, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V351, P349
DAHL E, 1987, ECOL B COPENHAGEN, V38, P77
DARWIN C, 1959, ORIGIN SPECIES MEANS
DEMEESTER L, 1996, ECOSCIENCE, V3, P385
DUFRESNE F, 1994, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V258, P141
FISCHER S, 1851, MIDDENDORFF REISE DU, V2, P149
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
GLESENER RR, 1978, AM NAT, V112, P659
HEBERT PDN, 1988, EVOLUTION, V42, P147
HEBERT PDN, 1987, EVOLUTION SEX ITS CO, P175
HEBERT PDN, 1997, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V360, P295
HEBERT PDN, 1989, METHODOLOGIES ALLOZY
HESSEN DO, 1994, ARCH HYDROBIOL BEIH, V43, P185
NEVO E, 1984, LECTURE NOTES BIOMAT, V53, P13
REMMERT H, 1980, ARCTIC ANIMAL ECOLOG
UDVARDY MDF, 1969, DYNAMIC ZOOGEOGRAPHY
WARD RD, 1994, HEREDITY, V73, P532
WEIDER LJ, 1997, HEREDITY, V78, P363
WEIDER LJ, 1999, IN PRESS EVOLUTION
WEIDER LJ, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1
TC 0
BP 245
EP 250
PG 6
JI Ambio
PY 1999
PD MAY
VL 28
IS 3
GA 208VH
J9 AMBIO
UT ISI:000081012200007
ER
PT J
AU Bussell, JD
TI The distribution of random amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
diversity amongst populations of Isotoma petraea (Lobeliaceae)
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 82
AB RAPDs were generated from plants of six populations of Isotoma
petraea F Muell. The species occurs on rock outcrops in
southern and western Australia, with populations exhibiting
different breeding systems, including complete autogamy,
varying levels of outbreeding and complex hybridity. Non-metric
multidimensional scaling (nMDS) analysis of the random
amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPD) data set clearly resolved all
populations. The Pigeon Pock population, which is home to both
complex hybrid and structural homozygote plants, was divided
into those two groups by the nMDS analysis. There was little
diversity in highly autogamous populations, but levels were
higher in the outbred Yackeyackine population. All complex
hybrid populations and plants possessed numerous genetic
system-specific RAPDs, some of which were shown to be held in
fixed heterozygosity. Estimating GS, using RAPDs has been
problematical due to their dominance, and analytical methods
usually rely on knowledge of the selfing rate or assume Hardy-
Weinberg equilibrium. This assumption does not hold when
populations exhibit fixed heterozygosity, and an alternative
method, Shannon's Index, was used to partition genetic
diversity. The distribution of genetic diversity fit
expectations for an inbreeding species, with most of the
variation (87.5%) occurring between populations. This compares
to an average RAPD-based G(ST) of 59.6% for inbreeding species
generally and 15.5% for outbreeding species.
CR AAGAARD JE, 1998, HEREDITY, V81, P69
AAGAARD JE, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P801
APOSTOL BL, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P991
AYRES DR, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P761
BATAILLON TM, 1996, GENETICS, V144, P409
BLACKSAMUELSSON S, 1997, INT J PLANT SCI, V158, P593
BONNIN I, 1996, AM J BOT, V83, P843
BROWN AHD, 1983, ISOZYMES PLANT GEN A, P219
BRUNELL MS, 1997, SYST BOT, V22, P543
BUSSELL JD, 1997, J ROYAL SOC W AUSTR, V80, P221
BYRNE M, 1991, THESIS U W AUSTR
CARDOSO MA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P601
CHALMERS KJ, 1992, HEREDITY, V69, P465
CLARK AG, 1993, MOL BIOL EVOL, V10, P1096
DAWSON IK, 1995, HEREDITY, V74, P10
DAWSON IK, 1993, MOL ECOL, V2, P151
DOYLE JJ, 1990, FOCUS, V12, P13
EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P179
FRITSCH P, 1992, NATURE, V359, P633
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
GAGNE G, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V96, P1216
GAIOTTO FA, 1997, THEOR APPL GENET, V95, P842
GILLIES ACM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P1133
GRASHOFBOKDAM CJ, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P165
GUSTAFSSON L, 1994, PLANT SYST EVOL, V189, P133
HAMRICK JL, 1996, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V351, P1291
HARRIS SA, 1995, PLANT SYST EVOL, V197, P195
HILLIS DM, 1994, HOMOLOGY HIERARCHICA, P339
HOGBIN PM, 1998, HEREDITY, V80, P180
HUFF DR, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P927
ISABEL N, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P6369
JAMES SH, 1990, HEREDITY, V64, P289
JAMES SH, 1983, HEREDITY, V51, P653
JAMES SH, 1970, HEREDITY, V25, P53
JAMES SH, 1965, HEREDITY, V20, P341
KING LM, 1989, EVOLUTION, V43, P1117
LAMED R, 1991, APPL BIOCHEM BIOTECH, V27, P173
LANNERHERRERA C, 1996, GENET RESOUR CROP EV, V43, P13
LATTA RG, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1153
LECORRE V, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P519
LEVIN DA, 1977, EVOLUTION, V31, P477
LIAO LC, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1275
LIU F, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P293
LIU Z, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P97
LYNCH M, 1994, MOL ECOL, V3, P1
MAGUIRE TL, 1997, HEREDITY, V79, P394
MARTIN C, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P813
MENKIR A, 1997, CROP SCI, V37, P564
MILLIGAN BG, 1994, MOL ECOL, V3, P423
MONAGHAN BG, 1996, S AFR J BOT, V62, P287
NEI M, 1973, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V70, P3321
NESBITT KA, 1995, HEREDITY, V74, P628
NOLAN MF, 1996, AUST SYST BOT, V9, P291
PALACIOS C, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P1107
PEAKALL R, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P135
PENNER GA, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V85, P702
PODANI J, 1995, SYNTAX 5 02 MAC COMP
QUIROS CF, 1995, PLANT CELL REP, V14, P630
REITER RS, 1992, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V89, P1477
RIESEBERG LH, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P99
RITLAND K, 1989, CAN J BOT, V67, P2017
ROSSETTO M, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P321
RUSSELL JR, 1993, MOL ECOL, V2, P89
SALE MM, 1996, AUST J BOT, V44, P559
SAMPSON JF, 1988, AUST J BOT, V36, P447
SCHIERENBECK KA, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P137
SCHOEN DJ, 1991, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V88, P4494
SHANNON CE, 1949, MATH THEORY COMMUNIC
SNOW R, 1963, STAIN TECHNOL, V38, P9
SPOONER DM, 1996, THEOR APPL GENET, V92, P532
STEWART CN, 1996, J EVOLUTION BIOL, V9, P153
STEWART CNJ, 1995, BIOL CONSERV, V74, P132
SZMIDT AE, 1996, HEREDITY, V76, P412
TOLLEFSRUD MM, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1217
TRAVIS SE, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P735
VANOPPEN MJH, 1995, EUR J PHYCOL, V30, P251
WAYCOTT M, 1995, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V116, P289
WEISING K, 1995, DNA FINGERPRINTING P
WILLIAMS JGK, 1993, METHOD ENZYMOL, V218, P704
WILLIAMS JGK, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V18, P6531
WOLFF K, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P365
YEH FC, 1995, J HERED, V86, P454
TC 7
BP 775
EP 789
PG 15
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 1999
PD MAY
VL 8
IS 5
GA 207TY
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000080952900007
ER
PT J
AU Sandvik, SM
Totland, O
Nylehn, J
TI Breeding system and effects of plant size and flowering time on
reproductive success in the alpine herb Saxifraga stellaris L.
SO ARCTIC ANTARCTIC AND ALPINE RESEARCH
NR 32
AB The pollination and reproductive ecology of Saxifraga stellaris
was investigated in alpine southwest Norway. A breeding system
analysis, with performance of controlled crosses, revealed that
S. stellaris is self-compatible and that reproductive success
after cross- and self-pollination is equal. Relative
autodeposition efficiency (i.e. mean seed:ovule ratio in caged,
nonmanipulated Plants relative to mean seed:ovule ratio of
control plants) was, however, low (0.29, suggesting that S.
stellaris depends on insect visitation for maximum seed set.
Seed set is not restricted by pollen availability, as indicated
by a supplemental hand-pollination experiment. Plant size had a
strong positive impact on ovule number, which in turn was
positively correlated with seed number. Plant size also had a
positive influence on seed weight. Seed weight was lowest for
late-flowering plants, suggesting that shorter time for seed
maturation and lower temperatures late in the season restrict
seed weight. No correlations between flowering date and seed
number were found, perhaps because the pollinators are
relatively insensitive to temperature conditions and thus their
activity does not change through the flowering season of S.
stellaris.
CR BELL KL, 1980, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V12, P1
BERGGREN M, 1994, THESIS U OSLO
BLISS LC, 1962, ARCTIC, V15, P117
CALLAGHAN TV, 1985, POPULATION STRUCTURE, P399
GALEN C, 1991, AM J BOT, V78, P978
GALEN C, 1993, ECOLOGY, V74, P1052
HOUGHTON JT, 1996, CLIMATE CHANGE 1995
HULTEN E, 1986, ATLAS N EUROPEAN VAS
KEVAN PG, 1972, J ECOL, V60, P831
KUDO G, 1991, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V23, P436
LEVESQUE CM, 1982, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V14, P117
LINDMARK G, 1902, BIHANG TILL KUNGLIGA, V28, P1
MOLAU U, 1993, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V25, P391
MOLAU U, 1996, COMMUNICATION
MOLAU U, 1992, J ECOL, V80, P149
MULLER H, 1881, ALPENBLUMEN IHRE BEF
PEDERSEN HA, 1995, LINDLEYANA, V10, P19
PHILIPP M, 1990, MEDDELELSER GRONLAND, V34, P1
RICHARDS AJ, 1986, PLANT BREEDING SYSTE
SAVILE DBO, 1972, CANADA DEP AGR MONOG, V6, P1
SOKAL RR, 1995, BIOMETRY
STANTON ML, 1989, OECOLOGIA, V78, P477
STENSTROM M, 1992, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V24, P337
TIKHMENEV EA, 1984, SOV J ECOL+, V15, P166
TOTLAND O, 1997, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V29, P285
TOTLAND O, 1994, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V26, P66
TOTLAND O, 1994, ECOGRAPHY, V17, P159
WARMING E, 1909, MEDDELSER GRONLAND, V36, P169
WEBB DA, 1989, SAXIFRAGES EUROPE
WILKINSON L, 1992, SYSTAT WINDOWS STAT
YOUNG HJ, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P639
ZIMMERMAN M, 1988, AM NAT, V131, P723
TC 1
BP 196
EP 201
PG 6
JI Arct. Antarct. Alp. Res.
PY 1999
PD MAY
VL 31
IS 2
GA 211KV
J9 ARCT ANTARCT ALP RES
UT ISI:000081160900010
ER
PT J
AU Brubaker, LB
Anderson, PM
Murray, BM
Koon, D
TI A palynological investigation of true-moss (Bryidae) spores:
morphology and occurrence in modern and late Quaternary lake
sediments of Alaska
SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF BOTANY-REVUE CANADIENNE DE BOTANIQUE
NR 32
AB This study describes (i) spore morphology of 121 Alaskan
species of true moss (Bryidae) and (ii) percentages of Bryidae
and Sphagnum spores in mud-water interface samples from 46
Alaskan lakes and a late-Quaternary sediment core from Idavain
Lake in southwestern Alaska. Bryidae spores were collected from
herbarium specimens, prepared by standard palynological
chemical treatment and described under light microscopy. An
identification key based on spore shape, wall structure, and
size recognized 11 major morphological groups. Although family,
genus, or species identifications were not possible for most
groups, spores of a few genera and species were distinctive.
Bryidae spores occurred in 80% of the modern sediment samples,
representing boreal forest and three areas of tundra (North
Slope, Seward Peninsula, and southwestern Alaska). Bryidae and
Sphagnum spore percentages showed greatest differences between
the North Slope tundra and other vegetation types, whereas
pollen percentages distinguished boreal forest from tundra
regions as a group. Bryidae spores were present throughout the
Idavain Lake record but were most common in late-glacial
sediments. Variations in the abundance of Bryidae spores are
consistent with or enhance paleoenvironmental interpretations
based on pollen and other spore types.
CR *PALE, 1994, PAGES WORKSH REP SER, V941
AGER TA, 1982, PALEOECOLOGY BERINGI, P75
ANDERSON LE, 1990, BRYOLOGIST, V93, P448
ANDERSON PM, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P565
ANDERSON PM, 1994, QUATERNARY RES, V9, P306
ANDERSON PM, 1986, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V46, P273
BLISS LC, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P59
BONAN GB, 1989, VEGETATIO, V84, P31
BOROS A, 1975, ATLAS RECENT EUROPEA
BRUBAKER LB, 1999, IN PRESS QUATERNARY
CLARKE GCS, 1979, BRYOPHYTE SYSTEMATIC, P231
COLINVAUX PA, 1964, ECOL MONOGR, V34, P297
CWYNAR LC, 1982, ECOL MONOGR, V52, P1
CWYNAR LC, 1980, SCIENCE, V208, P1375
DICKSON JH, 1973, BRYOPHYTES PLEISTOCE
DICKSON JH, 1986, HDB HOLOCENE PALEOEC, P627
ERDTMAN, 1965, POLLEN SPORE MORPHOL
FAEGRI K, 1992, TXB POLLEN ANAL
GRICHUK MP, 1961, PALEOGRAFIYA CHETVER, P189
HORTON DG, 1983, J HATTORI BOT LAB, V54, P353
HU FS, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V43, P382
LONGTON RE, 1988, BIOL POLAR BRYOPHYTE
MCCLYMONT JW, 1955, BRYOLOGIST, V58, P287
MOCK CJ, 1998, INT J CLIMATOL, V18, P1085
STEERE WC, 1979, BRYOPHYTE SYSTEMATIC, P123
STEERE WC, 1978, VEGETATION PRODUCTIO, V29, P141
VANCLEVE K, 1991, BIOSCIENCE, V41, P78
VIERECK LA, 1992, ALASKA VEGETATION CL
VITT DH, 1974, CAN J BOT, V52, P1973
VITT DH, 1988, MOSSES LICHENS FERNS
VITT DH, 1982, SYNOPSIS CLASSIFICAT, P307
WALKER DA, 1989, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V22, P238
TC 1
BP 2145
EP 2157
PG 13
JI Can. J. Bot.-Rev. Can. Bot.
PY 1998
PD DEC
VL 76
IS 12
GA 212UK
J9 CAN J BOT
UT ISI:000081235800017
ER
PT J
AU Kume, A
Nakatsubo, T
Bekku, Y
Masuzawa, T
TI Ecological significance of different growth forms of purple
saxifrage, Saxifraga oppositifolia L., in the High Arctic, Ny-
Alesund, Svalbard
SO ARCTIC ANTARCTIC AND ALPINE RESEARCH
NR 22
AB Saxifraga oppositifolia is morphologically variable, and many
scientists recognize two morphs; the Prostrate form (P-form)
and Cushion form (C-form). In order to investigate the
adaptation of the different growth forms, we analyzed the
relationships between growth forms, growth patterns, manner of
reproduction, tolerance to disturbance and succession. The
distribution of the third internode length of shoots showed
bimodality, long-internode shoot, and short-internode shoot,
and it was closely related with the growth form-P-form and C-
form, respectively. When both C-form and P-form plants were
growing in the same moist riverbank, they :had similar net
photosynthesis per dry weight. The colony expansion rate of P-
form was faster than C-form and the shoot fragments of P-form
were easy to root and establish. On the other hand, C-form had
a larger number of flowers per plant dry weight than P-form,
and this caused an increase in seed production. These results
showed that growth forms and reproductive characteristics were
closely related, and P-form was advantageous in vegetative
propagation by shoot fragments while C-form was advantageous in
sexual reproduction. Morphological variability within
population of S. oppositifolia appeared to be adaptive for this
species as a pioneer in the primary succession in High Arctic
where the selective forces vary spatially and temporally.
CR BEKKU Y, 1999, IN PRESS POLAR BIOSC, V12
BOWMAN WD, 1993, ECOLOGY, V74, P2085
BRYSTING AK, 1996, POLAR RES, V15, P93
CHAPIN FS, 1980, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEM COA, P458
CHAPIN FS, 1994, ECOL MONOGR, V64, P149
CRAWFORD RMM, 1994, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V26, P308
CRAWFORD RMM, 1995, BOTANICAL J SCOTLAND, V41, P177
CRAWFORD RMM, 1997, BRIT ECOLOGICAL SOC, V13, P113
CRAWFORD RMM, 1993, FLORA, V188, P367
ELVEN R, 1996, CATALOGUE SVALBARD P, V198, P9
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
HULTEN E, 1986, ATLAS N EUROPEAN VAS, V2
JONES V, 1956, J ECOL, V44, P300
LID J, 1994, NORSK FLORA
MCGRAW JB, 1995, ECOL STU AN, V113, P33
MCGRAW JB, 1983, J ECOL, V71, P879
MINAMI Y, 1995, P BRYOLOGICAL SOC JA, V6, P157
MINAMI Y, 1996, P NIPR S POLAR BIOL, V9, P307
NAKATSUBO T, 1994, ECOLOGICAL RES, V9, P245
RONNING OI, 1996, SVALBARDS FLORA
STENSTROM M, 1992, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V24, P337
TEERI JA, 1972, THESIS DUKE U DURHAM
TC 0
BP 27
EP 33
PG 7
JI Arct. Antarct. Alp. Res.
PY 1999
PD FEB
VL 31
IS 1
GA 201VD
J9 ARCT ANTARCT ALP RES
UT ISI:000080616400006
ER
PT J
AU Allen, JRM
Huntley, B
TI Estimating past floristic diversity in montane regions from
macrofossil assemblages
SO JOURNAL OF BIOGEOGRAPHY
NR 44
AB The relationship between the diversity of higher plant
macrofossils in surface sediments of lakes and the surrounding
vegetation is examined in two mountain regions; Grodalen in
central Norway and the south-east Cairngorms in Scotland. Two
lake sediment cores from each area were also analysed to
examine vegetation history and to estimate changes in
biodiversity through the Holocene. The diversity of present day
vegetation in each region was estimated using both quadrat data
and classified satellite images of the study areas. The mean
surface sample macrofossil representation of species recorded
in quadrats collected within 250m of the lakes was c. 17%. This
figure drops to only c. 2% when the satellite imagery of the
same area is used to provide a maximal species list. The
macrofossil data from the Norwegian cores show that
deglaciation in this region occurred earlier on the mountain
summit than in the valley and that the maximum tree line
elevation was during the interval 9100-4400 C-14 yr sp. In the
Cairngorms the maximum tree line elevation was prior to c. 4500
C-14 yr BP. The changes in higher plant diversity recorded at
these sites through the Holocene show that c. 4000 C-14 yr sp
the reduction in the tree line resulted in decreased P-
diversity at higher altitudes but an increase at the lower
altitude as the forest cover opened up. Under conditions of
climatic warming it is likely areas that come to lie below the
tree line will experience reduced diversity and that a
permanent loss of biodiversity would result from a severe
reduction in the area above the tree line.
CR AMMANN B, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE BIODIV, P137
BARBER KE, 1994, HOLOCENE, V4, P198
BENNETT KD, 1996, BOT J SCOTLAND, V48, P51
BIRKS HH, 1994, DISSERTATIONES BOT, V234, P129
BIRKS HH, 1993, J QUATERNARY SCI, V8, P147
BIRKS HH, 1978, NEW PHYTOL, V80, P455
BIRKS HH, 1975, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V270, P181
BIRKS HH, 1973, QUATERNARY PLANT ECO, P173
BIRKS HH, 1994, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V12, P719
BIRKS HJB, 1996, ECOGRAPHY, V19, P332
BIRKS HJB, 1992, HOLOCENE, V2, P1
BIRKS HJB, 1993, PHYTOCOENOLOGIA, V23, P399
BOULTON GS, 1994, NERC SPECIAL PUBLICA, V942, P11
BREVIK O, 1996, THESIS NORWEGIAN U S
DRAKE H, 1980, NEW ZEAL J BOT, V18, P257
DUNWIDDIE PW, 1987, ECOLOGY, V68, P1
GEAR AJ, 1991, SCIENCE, V251, P544
HILL MO, 1996, EFFECTS RAPID CLIMAT, P34
HOLTEN JI, 1996, EFFFECTS RAPID CLIMA, P11
HUNTER GK, 1981, J CELL SCI, V49, P163
HUNTLEY B, 1994, J QUATERNARY SCI, V9, P311
JESSEN K, 1949, P R IR ACAD B, V52, P85
JESSEN K, 1938, P R IR ACAD B, V44, P205
KATTENBERG A, 1996, CLIMATE CHANGE, P285
KRISTIANSEN IL, 1988, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V53, P185
KULLMAN L, 1993, GLOBAL ECOLOGY BIOGE, V2, P181
KULLMAN L, 1988, NEW PHYTOL, V108, P101
MCQUEEN DR, 1969, TUATARA, V17, P13
MEGAARD T, 1996, THESIS NORWEGIAN U S
NESJE A, 1991, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V10, P87
OSULLIVAN PE, 1975, BOREAS, V4, P197
OSULLIVAN PE, 1976, J BIOGEOGR, V3, P293
OSULLIVAN PE, 1974, POLLEN SPORES, V16, P33
PEARS NV, 1968, OIKOS, V19, P71
PETEET DM, 1995, QUAT SCI REV, V14
PETEET DM, 1993, QUAT SCI REV, V12
POLUNIN O, 1985, GUIDE VEGETATION BRI
THOMSON AG, 1996, EFFECTS RAPID CLIMAT, P81
TROELSSMITH J, 1955, DANMARKS GEOL UNDE 4, V3, P1
VANDINTER M, 1996, VEG HIST ARCHAEOBOT, V2, P229
WEBB JA, 1982, NEW PHYTOL, V91, P341
WHITTAKER RH, 1977, EVOLUTIONARY BIOL, P1
WRIGHT HE, 1980, BOREAS, V9, P107
WRIGHT HE, 1967, J SEDIMENT PETROL, V37, P975
TC 0
BP 55
EP 73
PG 19
JI J. Biogeogr.
PY 1999
PD JAN
VL 26
IS 1
GA 194CC
J9 J BIOGEOGR
UT ISI:000080173700006
ER
PT J
AU Thiede, J
Bauch, HA
TI The Late Quaternary history of northern Eurasia and the
adjacent Arctic Ocean: an introduction to QUEEN
SO BOREAS
NR 8
CR ANDERSEN BG, 1994, ICE AGE WORLD
BAUMANN KH, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V43, P185
CLIMAP PM, 1976, SCIENCE, V191, P1131
KASSENS H, 1999, LAND OCEAN SYSTEMS S
LOZAN JL, 1998, WARNSIGNAL KLIMA KLI
SPIELHAGEN RF, 1997, GEOLOGY, V25, P738
STEIN R, 1998, REPORTS POLAR RES, V279, P1
SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234
TC 0
BP 3
EP 5
PG 3
JI Boreas
PY 1999
PD MAR
VL 28
IS 1
GA 188NX
J9 BOREAS
UT ISI:000079855300001
ER
PT J
AU Larsen, E
Funder, S
Thiede, J
TI Late Quaternary history of northern Russia and adjacent shelves
- a synopsis
SO BOREAS
NR 29
AB This synopsis highlights some of the main results presented in
this issue of Boreas. The collection of papers deals with ice
sheet reconstruction in space and time, isostatic and eustatic
response to deglaciation, land to shelf sediment interaction,
and Eemian and Holocene environmental variations. The most
significant new results are that the last glacial maximum of
the Kara Sea and Barents Sea ice sheets were both much smaller
and much older than in most previous hypotheses. This puts new
constraints on, for example, climate and ice sheet linkages,
ice sheet interactions (Scandinavian-Barents Sea-Kara Sea), and
land-ocean riverine input through time.
CR ASTAKHOV V, 1992, SVERIGES GEOLOGIS CA, V81, P21
ASTAKHOV VI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P23
BAUCH HA, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P194
BIRYUKOV VY, 1988, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V68, P117
CORNER GD, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P146
DENTON GH, 1981, LAST GREAT ICE SHEET
FAUSTOVA MA, 1992, SVERIGES GEOLOGISK C, V81, P113
FORMAN SL, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P133
GROSSWALD MG, 1980, QUATERNARY RES, V13, P1
HARWART S, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P167
HEBBELN D, 1997, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V12, P65
HOUMARKNIELSEN M, IN PRESS B GEOLOGICA
ISAYEVA LL, 1984, LATE QUATERNARY ENV, P21
KASSENS H, IN PRESS LAND OCEAN
KIENEL U, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P181
KNIESS J, IN PRESS BERLIN POLA
LANDVIK JY, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P43
LARSEN E, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P115
MANGERUD J, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P46
MANGERUD J, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P11
MOLLER P, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P92
PEREGOVICH B, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P205
SAARNISTO M, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P12
SEJRUP HP, 1994, BOREAS, V23, P1
SPIELHAGEN RF, 1997, GEOLOGY, V25, P783
SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234
TVERANGER J, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P81
WAHSNER M, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P215
YAKOVLEV SA, 1956, 17 VSEGEI
TC 0
BP 6
EP 11
PG 6
JI Boreas
PY 1999
PD MAR
VL 28
IS 1
GA 188NX
J9 BOREAS
UT ISI:000079855300002
ER
PT J
AU Astakhov, VI
Svendsen, JI
Matiouchkov, A
Mangerud, J
Maslenikova, O
Tveranger, J
TI Marginal formations of the last Kara and Barents ice sheets in
northern European Russia
SO BOREAS
NR 40
AB Glacial landforms in northern Russia, from the Timan Ridge in
the west to the east of the Urals, have been mapped by aerial
photographs and satellite images supported by field
observations. An east-west trending belt of fresh hummock-and-
lake glaciokarst landscapes has been traced to the north of 67
degrees N. The southern boundary of these landscapes is called
the Markhida Line, which is interpreted as a nearly synchronous
limit of the last ice sheet that affected this region. The
hummocky landscapes are subdivided into three types according
to the stage of postglacial modification: Markhida, Harbei and
Halmer. The Halmer landscape on the Uralian piedmont in the
east is the freshest, whereas the westernmost Markhida
landscape is more eroded. The west-east gradient in morphology
is considered to be a result of the time-transgressive melting
of stagnant glacier ice and of the underlying permafrost. The
pattern of ice-pushed ridges and other directional features
reflects a dominant ice flow direction from the Kara Sea shelf.
Traces of ice movement from the central Barents Sea are only
discernible in the Pechora River left bank area west of 50
degrees E. In the Polar Urals the horseshoe-shaped end moraines
at altitudes of up to 560 m a.s.l. reflect ice movement up-
valley from the Kara Ice Sheet, indicating the absence of a
contemporaneous ice dome in the mountains. The Markhida
moraines, superimposed onto the Eemian strata, represent the
maximum ice sheet extent in the western part of the Pechora
Basin during the Weichselian. The Markhida Line truncates the
huge arcs of the Laya-Adzva and Rogovaya ice-pushed ridges
protruding to the south. The latter moraines therefore reflect
an older ice advance, probably also of Weichselian age. Still
farther south, fluvially dissected morainic plateaus without
lakes are of pre-Eemian age, because they plunge northwards
under marine Eemian sediments. Shorelines of the large ice-
dammed Lake Komi, identified between 90 and 110 m a.s.l. in the
areas south of the Markhida Line, are radiocarbon dated to be
older than 45 ka. The shorelines, incised into the Laya-Adzva
moraines, morphologically interfinger with the Markhida
moraines, indicating that the last ice advance onto the Russian
mainland reached the Markhida Line during the Middle or Early
Weichselian, before 45 ka ago.
CR ARKHIPOV SA, 1980, PALAEOGEOGRAPHY W SI
ARSLANOV HA, 1987, NEW DATA GEOCHRONOLO, P101
ASTAKHOV V, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P17
ASTAKHOV V, 1992, SVERIGES GEOLOGIS CA, V81, P21
ASTAKHOV VI, 1996, PERMAFROST PERIGLAC, V7, P165
ASTAKHOV VI, 1979, QUATERNARY GLACIATIO, V4, P22
ASTAKHOV VI, 1988, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V7, P29
BARANOSKAYA OF, 1986, KAINOZOI SHELFA OSTR, P83
BIRYUKOV VY, 1988, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V68, P117
BOITSOV MN, 1961, T VSEGEI N, V64, P27
FAUSTOVA MA, 1992, SVERIGES GEOLOGISK C, V81, P113
GATAULLIN V, 1998, ALL RUSS C MAIN RES, P19
GATAULLIN V, 1997, INT C PROBL EARTH CR, P248
GESSE VN, 1963, KAINOZOISKY POKROV B, P105
GROSSWALD MG, 1993, NATO, V1, P1
GROSSWALD MG, 1980, QUATERNARY RES, V13, P1
GROSSWEEGE W, 1994, CURR OPIN SURG INFEC, V2, P40
KALETSKAYA MS, 1962, MATERIALY GEOLOGII P, V2, P60
KUZNETSOVA LA, 1971, PLEISTOCENE PECHORA
LAVROV AS, 1991, NATL GEOLOGICAL MAP
LAVROV AS, 1986, NEW DATA PALEOGEOGRA, P69
LAVROV AS, 1989, PALEOKLIMATY OLEDENE, P205
LAVROV AS, 1978, STROYENIE FORMIROVAN, P53
LAVROV AS, 1977, STRUCTURE DYNAMICS E, P83
LAVROV AS, 1966, VERKHNY PLEISTOTSEN, P112
LAVRUSHIN YA, 1989, LITOLOGIA KAINOZOISK, P3
LEVKOV EA, 1980, GLACIOTECTONICS
MANGERUD J, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P46
POPOV AI, 1962, VOPROSY GEOGRAPHICHE, P109
PUNKARI M, 1995, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V14, P589
SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234
TARAKANOV LV, 1973, GEOMORFOLOGIA, V4, P85
TVERANGER J, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P81
TVERANGER J, 1998, J QUATERNARY SCI, V13, P189
TVERANGER J, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V44, P328
VELICHKO AA, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P43
VORONOV PS, 1965, SBORNIK STATEI GEOLO, V2, P84
YAKOVLEV SA, 1956, T VSEGEI, V17
YERSHOV ED, 1988, GEOCRYOLOGY USSR EUR
YUDKEVICH AI, 1976, VOPROSY STRATIGRAFII, P142
TC 7
BP 23
EP 45
PG 23
JI Boreas
PY 1999
PD MAR
VL 28
IS 1
GA 188NX
J9 BOREAS
UT ISI:000079855300004
ER
PT J
AU Mangerud, J
Svendsen, JI
Astakhov, VI
TI Age and extent of the Barents and Kara ice sheets in Northern
Russia
SO BOREAS
NR 63
AB The youngest ice marginal zone between the White Sea and the
Ural mountains is the W-E trending belt of moraines called the
Varsh-Indiga-Markhida-Harbei-Halmer-Sopkay, here called the
Markhida line. Glacial elements show that it was; deposited by
the Kara Ice Sheet, and in the west, by the Barents Ice Sheet.
The Markhida moraine overlies Eemian marine sediments, and is
therefore of Weichselian age. Distal to the moraine are Eemian
marine sediments and three Palaeolithic sites with many C-14
dates in the range 16-37 ka not covered by till, proving that
it represents the maximum ice sheet extension during the
Weichselian. The Late Weichselian ice limit of M. G. Grosswald
is about 400 km (near the Urals more than 700 km) too far
south. Shorelines of ice damned Lake Komi, probably dammed by
the ice sheet ending at the Markhida line, predate 37 ka. We
conclude that the Markhida line is of Middle/Early Weichselian
age, implying that no ice sheet reached this part of Northern.
Russia during the Late Weichselian. This age is supported by a
series of C-14 and OSL dates inside the Markhida Line all of
>45 ka. Two moraine loops protrude south of the Markhida line;
the Laya-Adzva and Rogavaya moraines. These moraines are
covered by Lake Komi sediments, and many C-14 dates on mammoth
bones inside the moraines are 26-37 ka. The morphology
indicates that the moraines are of Weichselian age, but a
Saalian age cannot be excluded. No post-glacial emerged marine
shorelines are found along the Barents Sea coast north of the
Markhida line.
CR ARKHIPOV SA, 1995, BOREAS, V24, P196
ARSLANOV KA, 1980, GEOKHRONOLOGIA CHETV
ARSLANOV KA, 1987, NEW DATA GEOCHRONOLO, P101
ARSLANOV KA, 1993, RADIOCARBON, V35, P387
ASTAKHOV V, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P19
ASTAKHOV V, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P17
ASTAKHOV V, 1984, STRATIGRAFIA SSSR QU, P193
ASTAKHOV V, 1992, SVERIGES GEOLOGIS CA, V81, P21
ASTAKHOV VI, 1994, 1394 U BERG CTR STUD
ASTAKHOV VI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P23
ASTAKHOV VI, 1999, OTECHESTVENNAYA GEOL
ASTAKHOV VI, 1988, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V7, P29
CHERNYSCHCHEV T, 1891, IZVESTIYA GEOLOGISHE, V10, P55
DEBENHAM NC, 1985, NUCL TRACKS RAD MEAS, V10, P717
DENTON GH, 1981, LAST GREAT ICE SHEET
DEVYATOVA EI, 1982, LATE PLEISTOCENE NAT
FAUSTOVA MA, 1992, SVERIGES GEOLOGISK C, V81, P113
GATAULLIN V, 1993, BOREAS, V22, P47
GAUTAULIN V, 1997, INT C PROBL EARTH CR, P248
GOLBERT AV, 1973, PLEISTOCENE SIBERIA, P151
GROSSWALD MG, 1995, J GLACIOL, V41, P313
GROSSWALD MG, 1993, NATO, V1, P1
GROSSWALD MG, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P3
GROSSWALD MG, 1980, QUATERNARY RES, V13, P1
GUSLITSER BI, 1985, T I GEOLOGY KOMI BRA, V54, P97
KANIVETS VI, 1976, PALAEOLITHIC EXTREME, P95
KOSTER EA, 1988, J QUATERNARY SCI, P69
KVASOV DD, 1979, ANN ACADEMIAE SCI A3, V127, P1
LAMBECK K, 1996, GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE, V12, P41
LANDVIK JY, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P43
LAVROV AS, 1975, 4 ALL UN S HIST LAK, P119
LAVROV AS, 1989, PALEOKLIMATY OLEDENE, P205
LAVROV AS, 1977, STRUCTURE DYNAMICS E, P83
LAVROV AS, 1966, VERKHNY PLEISTOTSEN, P112
LAVROVA MA, 1949, UCHONYE ZAPISKI LENI, V124, P14
MAHANEY WC, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P49
MANGERUD J, 1994, 1 ANN PALE PAL ARCT
MANGERUD J, 1997, GEOL SOC AM 1997 ANN, P110
MANGERUD J, 1995, INT UN QUAT RES 14 I, P177
MANGERUD J, 1989, QUATERNARY INT, V3, P1
MANGERUD J, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P11
MEJDAHL V, 1992, ANCIENT TL, V10, P22
MICHEL FA, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P43
MILLER GH, 1985, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V4, P215
MOLODKOV A, 1988, BOREAS, V17, P267
MURRAY AS, 1999, IN PRESS QUATERNARY
MURRAY AS, 1998, RADIAT MEAS, V29, P503
PELTIER WR, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P195
POLYAK L, 1995, GEOLOGY, V23, P567
POLYAK L, 1997, MAR GEOL, V143, P169
RAUKAS A, 1991, QUATERNARY INT, V10, P183
RUTTER N, 1995, QUATERN INT, V28, P19
SCHWAN J, 1988, SEDIMENT GEOL, V55, P197
SCHWAN J, 1987, SEDIMENT GEOL, V52, P273
SCHWAN J, 1986, SEDIMENT GEOL, V49, P73
SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234
TVERANGER J, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P81
TVERANGER J, 1998, J QUATERNARY SCI, V60
TVERANGER J, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V44, P328
VELICHKO AA, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P43
WINTLE AG, 1997, RADIAT MEAS, V27, P769
YAKOVLEV SA, 1956, T VSEGEL LENINGRAD, V17, P1
ZEEBERG J, 1998, BOREAS, V27, P127
TC 8
BP 46
EP 80
PG 35
JI Boreas
PY 1999
PD MAR
VL 28
IS 1
GA 188NX
J9 BOREAS
UT ISI:000079855300005
ER
PT J
AU Ayres, DR
Ryan, FJ
TI Genetic diversity and structure of the narrow endemic Wyethia
reticulata and its congener W-bolanderi (Asteraceae) using RAPD
and allozyme techniques
SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF BOTANY
NR 46
AB Wyethia reticulata is an edaphic endemic in the Sierra Nevada
foothills. Its sympatric congener; W. bolanderi, is also
restricted to the foothills, but has a north-south range of 275
km, compared to 14 km for W. reticulata. The goals of this
study were to determine clonal diversity, population size,
genetic variation, and spatial and generic structure for each
species from paired populations in El Dorado County,
California, using allozyme and RAPD (random amplified
polymorphic DNA) methodologies. Wyethia reticulata, spreading
by rhizomes, had populations dominated by a few large
individuals, while W. bolanderi, with a basal caudex, had
populations of a few hundred evenly sized individuals. Genetic
analyses indicated that W. reticulata, compared to its
congener, had somewhat less genetic diversity (H-I: 0.28 vs.
0.38), had more of its genetic variation partitioned among
populations (F-ST: 0.25 vs. 0.07), and showed a complete
absence of inbreeding (F-IS: -0.03 vs. 0.22). Population
membership in accord with populations defined by geographical
location resulted only when all markers were included in the
analysis. Ecological limits on recruitment of genets appears to
result in small population size in W. reticulata. Limited gene
flow, drift within small populations, and sexual reproductive
dominance of large clones result in the genetic divergence of
populations in this species, while genetic diversity is
maintained by the longevity of clones and outbreeding.
CR *EIP ASS SACR CA, 1991, PRES SIT PRES STRAT
APOSTOL BL, 1996, HEREDITY, V76, P325
AYRES DR, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P761
AYRES DR, 1997, THESIS U CALIFORNIA
BASKAUF CJ, 1994, EVOLUTION, V48, P180
BLACK WC, 1985, THEOR APPL GENET, V70, P484
BLACK WV, 1995, FORTRAN PROGRAMS ANA
CRAWFORD DJ, 1985, AM J BOT, V72, P1177
EDWARDS AL, 1994, SYST BOT, V19, P291
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
HAMRICK JL, 1979, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V10, P173
HAMRICK JL, 1990, POPULATION GENETICS, P43
HARTL DL, 1989, PRINCIPLES POPULATIO
HICKMAN JC, 1993, JEPSON MANUAL HIGHER
HUNTER JC, 1991, INT C SERP EC AND HA
HUSBAND BC, 1995, HEREDITY, V75, P549
KARRON JD, 1988, AM J BOT, V75, P1114
KARRON JD, 1987, EVOL ECOL, V1, P47
LINHART YB, 1993, AM J BOT, V80, P598
LOVELESS MD, 1984, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V15, P65
LYNCH M, 1994, MOL ECOL, V3, P91
MANTEL N, 1967, CANCER RES, V27, P209
MARTIN C, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P813
NEI M, 1977, ANN HUM GENET, V41, P225
NEI M, 1978, GENETICS, V89, P583
PEAKALL R, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P135
PLEASANTS JM, 1989, AM J BOT, V76, P1136
PURDY BG, 1994, AM J BOT, V81, P904
PURDY BG, 1996, CAN J BOT, V74, P1138
PURDY BG, 1995, SYST BOT, V20, P179
ROGERS JH, 1974, SOIL SURVEY EL DORAD
ROHLF FJ, 1993, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T
RUNDEL PW, 1986, FREMONTIA, V14, P3
SCHOEN DJ, 1982, EVOLUTION, V36, P361
SHERMANBROYLES SL, 1992, SYST BOT, V17, P551
SIMPSON EH, 1949, NATURE, V163, P688
SMITH JP, 1988, CALIFORNIA NATIVE PL
STEBBINS GL, 1993, INTERFACE ECOLOGY LA
STEWART CN, 1995, BIOL CONSERV, V74, P135
SWOFFORD DL, 1989, BIOSYS 1 RELEASE 1 7
VANHEUSDEN AW, 1992, PLANT SYST EVOL, V179, P221
VANVALEN L, 1965, AM NAT, V99, P377
WEBER WA, 1946, AM MIDL NAT, V35, P400
WEIR BS, 1984, EVOLUTION, V38, P1358
WRIGHT S, 1931, GENETICS, V16, P97
YOUNG AG, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P1220
TC 7
BP 344
EP 353
PG 10
JI Am. J. Bot.
PY 1999
PD MAR
VL 86
IS 3
GA 177VM
J9 AMER J BOT
UT ISI:000079231800004
ER
PT J
AU Fedorov, V
Goropashnaya, A
Jarrell, GH
Fredga, K
TI Phylogeographic structure and mitochondrial DNA variation in
true lemmings (Lemmus) from the Eurasian Arctic
SO BIOLOGICAL JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY
NR 46
AB The geographic pattern of mtDNA variation in lemmings from 13
localities throughout the Eurasian Arctic was studied by using
eight restriction enzymes and sequencing of the cytochrome b
region. These data are used to reveal the vicariant history of
Lemmus, and to enamine the effect of the last glaciation on
mtDNA variation by comparing diversity in formerly glaciated
areas to the diversity in non-glaciated areas. Phylogenetic
congruence across different Arctic taxa and association between
observed discontinuities, and probable Pleistocene barriers,
suggest that glacial-interglacial periods were crucial in the
vicariant history of Lemmus. Differences in amount of
divergence (2.1-9.1%) across different historical barriers
indicate chronologically separate vicariant events during the
Quaternary. Populations from a formerly glaciated area are no
less variable than those in the non-glaciated area. Regardless
of glaciation history, no population structure and high
haplotype diversity were found within geographic regions. The
lack of population structure indicates that populations with
high ancestral haplotye diversity shifted their distribution
during the Holocene, and that lemmings tracked a changing
environment during the Quaternary without reduction of
effective population size. (C) 1999 The Linnean Society of
London.
CR ANDERSEN BG, 1997, ICE AGE WORLD INTRO
AVISE JC, 1994, MOL MARKERS NATURAL
BERNATCHEZ L, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V51, P240
BIBB MJ, 1981, CELL, V26, P167
CHAPIN FS, 1994, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V9, P45
CHERNYAVSKY FB, 1993, ZOOL ZH, V72, P111
COOPE GR, 1994, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V344, P19
ELIAS SA, 1996, NATURE, V382, P60
EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479
EXCOFFIER L, 1993, WINAMOVA VERSION 1 5
FEDOROV V, 1998, IN PRESS J EVOLUTION
FRANKHAM R, 1997, HEREDITY, V78, P311
FREDGA K, 1995, SWEDISH RUSSIAN TUND, P235
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
GROSSWALD MG, 1992, GEOGR ANN, V74, P295
HENTTONEN H, 1993, BIOL LEMMINGS, P157
HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247
HEWITT GM, 1993, EVOLUTIONARY PATTERN, P98
HOPKINS DM, 1982, PALEOECOLOGY BERINGI, P3
IRWIN DM, 1991, J MOL EVOL, V32, P128
JAAROLA M, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P299
JARARELL GH, 1993, BIOL LEMMINGS, P45
KIMURA M, 1980, J MOL EVOL, V16, P111
KOCHER TD, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P6196
KOWALSKI K, 1995, ACTA ZOOL CRACOV, V38, P85
KUMAR S, 1993, MEGA MOL EVOLUTIONAR
MARTIN AP, 1993, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V90, P4087
MCELROY D, 1992, J HERED, V83, P157
MERILA J, 1997, EVOLUTION, V51, P946
NEI M, 1990, GENETICS, V125, P873
NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN
OVERPECK J, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P1251
PALUMBI S, 1991, SIMPLE FOOLS GUIDE P
PIELOU EC, 1991, ICE AGE RETURN LIFE
SAGE RD, 1986, EVOLUTION, V40, P1092
SAITOU N, 1987, MOL BIOL EVOL, V4, P406
SDOBNIKOV VM, 1957, T ARKT NAUCHNO ISSLE, V205, P109
SHER AV, 1991, QUATERNARY INT, V10, P215
STACY JE, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P751
TEGELSTROM H, 1987, J MOL EVOL, V24, P218
TEGELSTROM H, 1992, MOL GENETIC ANAL POP, P89
TEMPLETON AR, 1996, CONSERVATION GENETIC, P398
WEIDER LJ, 1997, HEREDITY, V78, P363
WENINK PW, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P318
WENNERBERG L, 1998, IN PRESS IBIS
ZINK RM, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P308
TC 6
BP 357
EP 371
PG 15
JI Biol. J. Linnean Soc.
PY 1999
PD MAR
VL 66
IS 3
GA 180FV
J9 BIOL J LINN SOC
UT ISI:000079376200006
ER
PT J
AU Telleria, JL
Carbonell, R
TI Morphometric variation of five Iberian Blackcap Sylvia
atricapilla populations
SO JOURNAL OF AVIAN BIOLOGY
NR 58
AB This paper analyses the variation of several morphological
traits in five populations of Blackcaps Sylvia atricapilla
distributed along a latitudinal gradient in the Iberian
peninsula. The northern and central populations differ from the
southern ones in their longer and more pointed wings, narrower
bills, shorter tarsi and smaller body size. These features
define two morphological groups and correlate with differences
in their migration and feeding habits. Birds from northern and
central Iberia breed in habitats with harsh winter conditions,
which they abandon in autumn when they migrate to their
wintering grounds. Birds from the mild, southern sectors remain
there throughout the winter. Their migratory behaviour, and a
stronger specialisation for feeding on foliage invertebrates,
could explain the morphological differentiation of northern
Blackcaps relative to southern ones. Our results suggest that
the Iberian migratory populations might have descended from
ancestral, southern-like ones, that have become adapted to
exploit their seasonal breeding grounds.
CR *STATS INC, 1996, STAT WIND
BAKER AJ, 1992, EVOLUTION, V46, P1784
BERTHOLD P, 1993, BIRD MIGRATION GEN S
BERTHOLD P, 1990, EXPERIENTIA, V46, P107
BERTHOLD P, 1981, SCIENCE, V212, P77
CARRASCAL LM, 1990, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V13, P105
CHANDLER CR, 1988, ORNIS SCAND, V19, P212
COSTA M, 1990, ECOLOGIA FUERA SERIE, V1, P31
CRAMP S, 1992, BIRDS W PALAEARCTIC, V6
CUADRADO M, 1994, RING MIGR, V15, P58
FINLAYSON JC, 1981, IBIS, V123, P88
FREEMAN S, 1990, AUK, V107, P69
FRENZEL B, 1968, SCIENCE, V161, P637
FUENTES M, 1992, ECOGRAPHY, V15, P177
GEIST V, 1989, CAN J ZOOL, V65, P1035
GUITIAN J, 1985, ARDEOLA, V32, P155
GUSTAFSSON L, 1988, ANIM BEHAV, V36, P696
HARRISON C, 1982, ATLAS BIRDS W PALEAR
HELBIG AJ, 1996, IBIS, V138, P650
HERRERA CM, 1984, ECOL MONOGR, V54, P1
HERRERA CM, 1984, ECOLOGY, V65, P609
HERRERA CM, 1985, HABITAT SELECTION BI, P341
JAMES FC, 1982, ANN ZOOL FENN, V19, P275
JAMES FC, 1983, SCIENCE, V221, P184
JORDANO P, 1987, IBIS, V129, P175
JORDANO P, 1981, IBIS, V123, P502
LARSON DL, 1986, WILDLIFE 2000 MODELI, P37
LEDERER RJ, 1972, AUK, V92, P385
LEDERER RJ, 1984, OKOL VOGEL, V6, P119
LEISLER B, 1985, CURRENT ORNITHOLOGY, V2, P155
LESICA P, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P753
MARCHETTI K, 1995, J AVIAN BIOL, V26, P177
MARTIN L, 1990, NATO ASI SER, P157
MERILA J, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2548
MOREAU RE, 1954, IBIS, V96, P411
MORENO E, 1993, ECOLOGY, V74, P2037
MORENO E, 1997, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V264, P533
MORENO J, 1989, BIOL J LINN SOC, V37, P297
NORBERG UM, 1995, FUNCT ECOL, V9, P48
NORBERG UM, 1979, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V287, P131
NORBERG UM, 1990, VERTEBRATE FLIGHT
NORMAN SC, 1997, IBIS, V139, P617
PENALBA MC, 1994, J ECOL, V82, P815
PIERSMA T, 1991, AUK, V108, P441
PRICE TD, 1997, EVOLUTION, V51, P552
REY PJ, 1996, J AVIAN BIOL, V27, P327
RICKLEFS RE, 1994, ECOLOGICAL MORPHOLOG, P13
RISING JD, 1989, AUK, V106, P666
ROSENZWEIG ML, 1968, AM NAT, V102, P67
SANTOS T, 1995, MEDITERRANEAN TYPE E, P457
SCHULENBERG TS, 1983, WILSON BULL, V95, P505
SVENSSON L, 1992, IDENTIFICATION GUIDE
TABERLET P, 1994, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V255, P195
TELLERIA JL, 1993, J BIOGEOGR, V20, P235
TELLERIA JL, 1981, MIGRACION AVES ESTRE, V2
THORPE RS, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P524
ZINK RM, 1986, CURRENT ORNITHOLOGY, V4, P1
ZINK RM, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P308
TC 1
BP 63
EP 71
PG 9
JI J. Avian Biol.
PY 1999
PD MAR
VL 30
IS 1
GA 183TN
J9 J AVIAN BIOLOGY
UT ISI:000079569700009
ER
PT J
AU Gugerli, F
Eichenberger, K
Schneller, JJ
TI Promiscuity in populations of the cushion plant Saxifraga
oppositifolia in the Swiss Alps as inferred from random
amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 46
AB Overviews on patterns of genetic variation within and among
plant populations show that widespread, outcrossing species
should have a high proportion of the total genetic variation
within populations and a low proportion among populations,
which results in little population differentiation. However, in
Alpine areas, large-scale distribution barriers as well as
small-scale habitat heterogeneity could lead to geographical
and temporal isolation, respectively. We investigated the
genetic variation of Saxifraga oppositifolia from 10
populations of the Alps in southeastern Switzerland using
random amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPD). Based on the banding
patterns of four RAPD primers, 84 polymorphic markers
identified all 189 sampled individuals as being genetically
different. The genetic variation was mainly found within
populations (95%), whereas less than 5% was found among
populations and among regions. Analyses of molecular variance
(AMOVA) suggested that population differentiation was highly
significant. However, grouping populations differently into
regions did not appear to result in a clear correspondence of
genetic and geographical relatedness. Genetic variation did not
significantly differ between populations of two elevational
levels. This coincides with results of former pollination
experiments that revealed a breeding system of S. oppositifolia
which remains the same irrespective of the elevation. We assume
that the high outcrossing rate, rare clonal reproduction, and
some long-distance dispersal even among topographically
separated populations are the crucial determinants for the
pattern of genetic variation found in the investigated area.
CR ARFT AM, 1999, IN PRESS ECOLOGY
BAUERT MR, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1519
BAY C, 1992, MEDD GRON BIOSCI, V36, P1
BRUNELL MS, 1997, SYST BOT, V22, P543
CRAWFORD RMM, 1994, BOT ACTA, V107, P271
CRAWFORD RMM, 1995, BOT J SCOTLAND, V47, P177
EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479
FRITSCH PF, 1993, PLANT MOL BIOL REP, V11, P10
GABRIELSEN TM, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1701
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
GALEN C, 1997, OPERA BOT, V132, P179
GUGERLI F, 1997, INT J PLANT SCI, V158, P274
GUGERLI F, 1998, OECOLOGIA, V114, P60
HAMRICK JL, 1996, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V351, P1291
JOHNSON AW, 1968, BOT NOTISER, V121, P403
JONES V, 1956, J ECOL, V44, P300
KAPLAN K, 1995, GUSTAV HEGI ILLUSTRI, P130
KEVAN PG, 1972, J ECOL, V60, P831
KNABEN G, 1967, ACTA BOREALIA, V21, P1
KUDO G, 1991, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V23, P436
KUPFER P, 1983, BOT HELV, V93, P11
LOVELESS MD, 1984, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V15, P65
MCCARTHY DP, 1992, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V24, P50
MCGRAW JB, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE BIODIV, P33
MCGRAW JB, 1983, J ECOL, V71, P879
MOLAU U, 1993, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V25, P391
MOLAU U, 1997, NORD J BOT, V17, P225
MORRIS WF, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P784
MULLERSCHNEIDER P, 1986, VEROFF GEOBOT I ETH, V85, P1
ROHLF FJ, 1993, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T
SAMBROOK J, 1989, MOL CLONING LAB MANU
SCHNELLER J, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P1038
SCHROTER C, 1926, PFLANZENLEBEN ALPEN
SNEATH PHA, 1973, NUMERICAL TAXONOMY
STEINGER T, 1996, OECOLOGIA, V105, P94
STENSTROM M, 1992, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V24, P337
STENSTROM M, 1998, ECOGRAPHY, V21, P306
STENSTROM M, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P44
STEWART CN, 1996, J EVOLUTION BIOL, V9, P153
STOCKTON T, 1992, PLANT MOL BIOL REP, V10, P47
TERBRAAK CJF, 1991, CANOCO
TIKHMENEV EA, 1984, SOV J ECOL+, V15, P166
VONFLUE I, 1997, THESIS U ZURICH
WEBB DA, 1989, SAXIFRAGES EUROPE
WILLIAMS JGK, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V15, P6531
WRIGHT S, 1951, ANN EUGENIC, V15, P323
TC 1
BP 453
EP 461
PG 9
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 1999
PD MAR
VL 8
IS 3
GA 184WY
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000079637800010
ER
PT J
AU Meier, C
Holderegger, R
TI Breeding system, germination, and phenotypic differences among
populations of Saxifraga aizoides (Saxifragaceae) at the
periphery of its alpine distribution
SO NORDIC JOURNAL OF BOTANY
NR 42
AB We investigated breeding system, germination capacity, and
phenotypic variation within and among several populations of
the arctic-alpine Saxifraga aizoides from the periphery of its
alpine distribution area in Switzerland. Flowers of S. aizoides
proved to be self-compatible, but crossing yielded much higher
seed set than selfing. Agamospermy did not occur. This result
fits well into a general lay-our of the common breeding system
in the genus Saxifraga. Germination of the pioneer species S.
aizoides was fast and high in most populations and for most
stratification and germination conditions. Nevertheless, a
small, isolated population of this species exhibited a lower
germination rate, possibly caused by enhanced inbreeding.
Phenotypic variation, especially in petal colour and leaf
shape, indicated considerable genetic variation within and
among populations of S. aizoides. High germination capacity,
successful selfing, and the possibility to maintain substantial
intrapopulational genetic variation due to high outbreeding may
play decisive roles in the maintenance of biogeographically
outlying, relic populations of S. aizoides in the Swiss Plateau
as well as in the colonization of new habitat patches.
CR BAKER HG, 1955, EVOLUTION, V9, P347
BROCKMANNJEROSC H, 1926, PFLANZENLEBEN ALPEN, P1110
DAFNI A, 1992, POLLINATION ECOLOGY
DAHLGAARD J, 1995, NORD J BOT, V15, P337
ELLSTRAND NC, 1993, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V24, P217
FISCHER M, 1997, CONSERV BIOL, V11, P727
GRIME JP, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P1017
GUGERLI F, 1997, INT J PLANT SCI, V158, P274
GUGERLI F, 1998, OECOLOGIA, V114, P60
HANSEN JEL, 1994, NORD J BOT, V14, P257
HARTMANN H, 1957, JAHRESBER NATF GES G, V86, P3
HEGI G, 1904, VERH SCHWEIZ NATF GE, P230
HOHN W, 1917, BER ZURCHER BOT GES, V13, P31
HOLDEREGGER R, 1997, B GEOBOT I ETH, V63, P109
HOLDEREGGER R, 1996, BOT HELV, V106, P209
HOLDEREGGER R, 1996, BOT J LINN SOC, V122, P302
HOLDEREGGER R, 1997, FLORA, V192, P151
HOLDEREGGER R, 1998, PLANT SYST EVOL, V213, P21
HORANDL E, 1994, PHYTON-ANN REI BOT A, V34, P143
HUENNEKE LF, 1991, GENETICS CONSERVATIO, P31
JENNYLIPS H, 1948, VEGETATION SCHWEIZER
KAPLAN K, 1995, ILLUSTRIERTE FLORA M, V4, P130
KUPFER P, 1983, BOT HELV, V93, P11
LEVIN DA, 1995, AM NAT, V145, P109
MOLAU U, 1993, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V25, P391
MOLAU U, 1992, J ECOL, V80, P149
OOSTERMEIJER JGB, 1996, SPECIES SURVIVAL FRA, P93
OUBORG NJ, 1993, OIKOS, V66, P298
SACHS L, 1992, ANGEWANDTE STAT
SAPZHENKOVA TV, 1986, UKRAINE BOTANICAL J, V43, P28
SCHMID B, 1992, EVOL TREND PLANT, V6, P45
SCHMUCKER TH, 1937, BEIH BOT CENTRABL B, V57, P139
SOKAL RR, 1995, BIOMETRY PRINCIPLES
STENSTROM M, 1992, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V24, P337
STOCKLIN J, 1996, J VEG SCI, V7, P45
VARGAS P, 1996, NORD J BOT, V16, P257
WARD DB, 1974, TAXON, V23, P325
WARNCKE E, 1991, ACTA HORTIC, V288, P326
WATKINSON AR, 1993, J ECOL, V81, P707
WEBB DA, 1989, SAXIFRAGES EUROPE
WELTEN M, 1982, VERBREITUNGSATLAS FA, V1
YOUNG A, 1996, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V11, P413
TC 1
BP 681
EP 688
PG 8
JI Nord. J. Bot.
PY 1998
VL 18
IS 6
GA 177NJ
J9 NORD J BOT
UT ISI:000079215900004
ER
PT J
AU Hsiao, JY
Lee, SM
TI Genetic diversity and microgeographic differentiation of Yushan
cane (Yushania niitakayamensis ; Poaceae) in Taiwan
SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY
NR 27
AB Yushan cane (Yushania niitakayamensis) is distributed in
southeast Asia. In Taiwan, the species occurs in mountains
1000-3600 m above sea level. The species appears to spread
mainly by rhizomes and flowers only rarely. Nine locations
across its distribution range in Taiwan were sampled. Locations
at higher altitudes generally consist of grassland and forest
undergrowth habitats while those of lower altitudes generally
consist of forest undergrowth only. Thus two sampling sites
(montane grassland and forest undergrowth) were selected from
each location at higher altitudes while only one sampling site
was selected from each location at lower altitudes, resulting
in a total of 13 sampling sites. Within each sampling site, 20
individual plants were sampled. The results of the cluster
analysis and the principal coordinate analysis based on random
amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPD) indicated that the populations
are generally differentiated according to geographical
separation and altitudinal differences that interrupt gene
flow. The populations at higher altitudes, where the species is
distributed somewhat contiguously, were found to be more
similar genetically. Analysis of molecular variance (AMOVA)
revealed that the among-location, between sampling sites within
location, and among individuals within sampling site components
accounted for 15.27%, 4.80% and 79.93% of the total variance,
respectively. For locations with two sampling sites, two-level
AMOVA revealed that the diversities between sampling sites (sun
and shade habitats) within locations ranged from 2.91% to 7.99%
of the total diversity. Random permutation tests revealed that
these diversities were significant, implying that there is
microgeographic differentiation due to habitat differences.
CR BLACKSAMUELSSON S, 1997, INT J PLANT SCI, V158, P593
CHEN YF, 1989, YUSHANIA, V6, P1
CURTIS CD, 1997, AM J BOT, V84, P607
DEBUSTOS A, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V96, P101
DOYLE JJ, 1987, PHYTOCHEMISTRY B, V19, P11
EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479
GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831
HAMRICK JL, 1972, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V69, P2100
HSIAO JY, 1994, MOL ECOL, V3, P201
HSIAO JY, 1996, PLANT SPECIES BIOL, V11, P207
HUFF DR, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P927
LIU T, 1963, B TAIWAN FORESTRY RE, V92
LIU YC, 1984, Q J CHINESE FORESTRY, V17, P1
LYNCH M, 1994, MOL ECOL, V3, P91
MARTIN C, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P813
NEI M, 1979, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V76, P5269
NEVO E, 1988, EVOL BIOL, V23, P217
NEVO E, 1994, HEREDITY, V72, P109
NEVO E, 1981, PLANT SYST EVOL, V138, P287
NEVO E, 1988, THEOR APPL GENET, V75, P529
NOLAN MF, 1996, AUST SYST BOT, V9, P291
PEAKALL R, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P135
ROHLF FJ, 1993, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T
SCHAAL BA, 1975, AM NATURALISTS, V108, P511
SUN GL, 1997, GENOME, V40, P806
WILLIAMS JGK, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V18, P6531
WRIGHT S, 1965, EVOLUTION, V19, P395
TC 0
BP 263
EP 270
PG 8
JI Mol. Ecol.
PY 1999
PD FEB
VL 8
IS 2
GA 170EA
J9 MOL ECOL
UT ISI:000078792300010
ER